Document gaa4N37KnvwgDXyGNJv67XO7e

JII lTl 5 t t ! i | i > n s ! !*i 5 i i 5 [ BROWN & ROOT Safety Procedures For Operations In Norwegian North Sea December 1972 Brown 6 Root U.K. Ltd Gt. Yarmouth England j Safety Procedures for Operations In Norwegian North Sea Table of Contents A. Brown & Root's Safety Regulations for North Sea Operations. B`. Norwegian Ministry of Industry requirements for use of Personnel Baskets. C. U.S. Department of Labor "Safety 4 Health Regu lations for Construction" (14th March, 1972). D. Taylor Diving and Salvage Co. - Safety Regulations E. The force exerted on a Diver by Water Currents, f. Lay barge "H.W. Gordon" Safety Program. G. Brown & Root - Administrative Procedures - Safety. H. Emergency Procedures. B H C I o "Section A" SAFETY REGULATIONS FOR NORTH SEA OPERATIONS i i j ; i ri I i t e I E l o SAFETY REGULATIONS FOR NORTH SEA OPERATIONS SECTION 1 The Regulations 1.1 Purpose 1.2 Definitions 1.3 Responsible Persons SECTION 2 General Procedures 2.1 Visitors 2.2 Observance of SafetyRegulations 2.3 Alarm Signals 2.4 Life Jackets 2.5 Accidents 2.6 Medical 2.7 Safety Clothing and Personal Items *2.8 Alcoholic Drinks 2.9 Posting of Notices in Languages Other O than English SECTION 3 Weather 3.1 Weather Reports and Forecasts 3.2 Downweather Criteria 3.4 Heavy Seas 3.5 Client's Representatives SECTION -4 Fire 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 ' 4.5 Equipment (Inspection and Maintenance) Smoking and Other Fire Risks Inflammable Materials Action on Outbreak of Fire Fire Fighting and Training SECTION 5 Marine and Lifesaving 5.1 Boat and Lifesaving Apparatus Drill 5.2 Lifesaving Equipment 5.3 Navigational Warning Systems 0 5.4 Attendant Tugs and Workboats 5.5 Diving and Salvage Operations 5.6 "Man Overboard" R6/71 o O D - 2- SECTION 6 SECTION 7 SECTION 8 SECTION 9 SECTION 10 SECTION 11 Explosives 6.1 Handling 6.2 Storage on Barge 6.3 Return to Base Engineering 7.1 Surveys 7.2 Lifting Tackle 7.3 Electrical Precautions 7.4 Gas Cylinders Telecommunications 8.1 Responsibility 8.2 Radio Telephone and Normal Traffic 8.3 Emergency (Distress, Urgency, Safety) Special Procedures 9.1 Heavy Crane Lifts 9.2 Working Overside 9.3 X-Ray Stations Safety Procedures for Off-Shore Operations 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 Working Area Transportation and Use of Combustible Material Transportation of Personnel Living Quarters and Galleys Horse Play Rigging 11.1 11.2 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6 Basic Rules and Precautions Cable Strengths Causes of Boom Failure Hand Signals Rigging for Special Purposes Fuel Compartments -3- SECTION 1 The Regulations 1.1 Purpose The purpose of these Regulations is to assist Superintendents and others in charge to maintain uniform procedures and standards in matters affecting safety of personnel and equipment. The varied nature of Brown & Root operations, equipment and techniques, areas of operations' and weather conditions render it unwise, if not impossible, to attempt to formulate drills covering all circumstances, and it is accepted that these Regulations will be subject to revision and addition when necessary. They have been drawn up with North Sea operations particularly in mind but may equally well serve as a guide elsewhere in safety procedure. Nothing in these Regulations will replace or over1 rule any Statutory Regulations of a competent authority in the area of operations. It is proposed to incorporate certain sections of these Regulations relating to weather in contract documents when applicable, in- order to provide a uniform reference guiding decisions for Downweather which Brown & Root exec utives may be called upon to make. 1.2 Definitions 1.2.1 The word barge in these Regulations refers to the specialized work barges of Brown & Root, such as pipelaying barge, bury barge, derrick barge, etc., and where applicable will include the derrick ship "Global Adventurer". It will not refer to plain cargo-carrying barges unless specifically stated. 1.2.2 The reference to Brown & Root refers to the par ticular subsidiary companies of Brown & Root, Inc. engaged in operations where these Regulations have been stated in writing to apply. i. -4- 1.2.3 The Regulations apply to both offshore and onshore operations where appropriate. .3 Responsible Persons 1.3.1 At Worksite (Offshore) The Barge Superintendent is responsible for all decisions taken on board affecting safety of personnel and equipment. . In arriving at these decisions, he will consult with and be advised by the Barge Captain in matters purely marine; and, he may as he believes necessary consult with the General Superintendent or Operations Manager, North Sea, in his absence. In matters purely marine, he should act on the advice of the Barge Captain, any other action by him is likely to invalidate any subsequent claim on insurance arising from circumstances of a purely marine character. 1.3.2 On Tow The Barge Captain is responsible for all decisions taken on the barge affecting the safety of personnel and equipment. He will, however, consult with the Barge Superintendent on safety matters not exclusively marine, and he will at all times keep the Barge Superinten dent informed of all decisions. The Barge Captain's relationship in matters of safety as master of a vessel under tow and between himself and the master(s) of the towing vessel(s) will conform to normal international marine practice. 1.3.3 Standing-bv The Barge Captain is responsible as in 1.3.2 above whether lying-off at anchor or under tow on s tandby. 5- 1.3.A 1.3.5 General Superintendent The General Superintendent is responsible to the Operations Manager, North Sea, for compliance with these Regulations by all barges under his direction. Operations Manaeer, North Sea Operations Manager, North Sea, is ultimately responsible for the safety of all personnel and equipment in his operatioftsi area and compliance with these Regulations and for implementing their revision or extension. SECTION 2 General Procedures 2.1 Visitors All visitors must first obtain permission from the General Superintendent or Operations Manager, North Sea, and for shore establishments from the Yard Superin tendent or equivalent. A register will be maintained on shore of all offshore visitors, the barge they are boarding, date and time of departure and return, together with brief reason for visit. Brown & Root personnel who, in the normal course of their duties do not proceed offshore, will also be in cluded in this category. 2.2 Observance of Safety Regulations All personnel employed on a barge, and all visitors must comply with these Regulations and will be required to sign an acknowledgement that they have read and understood them shortly after they have come aboard. 2.3 Alarm Signals 2.3.1 -i General Emergency Instructions Posted on barges - Living quarters, galley and bulletin board. Posted on barges - Living quarters, galley and.bulletin board. 2.3.3 Abandon Barge Posted on barges - Living quarters, galley and bulletin board. 2.3.4 ''Man Overboard" Posted on barges - Living quarters, galley and bulletin board. Life Jackets All personnel and visitors will don life jackets on the alarm sounding to "Abandon Barge" and on all occasions when ordered by the Barge Captain or Barge Superintendent. Sufficient jackets for all personnel including visitors must be on board at all times and notices displayed advising their locations, with instructions for putting them on. Life jackets must be worn by all personnel when boarding barges or platforms, or when boarding crew boats, tugs, or other barges. Life jackets must be worn by employees while working on platforms, offshore structures and working on pontoons, claws, etc. During extremely rough seas, life jackets must be worn by all personnel on deck of any barge, crewboat, or tug while working under extremely rough weather conditions. Accidents 2.5.1 Accidents to Personnel Responding to First Aid An accident form will be completed'by the patient's supervisor within 24 hours, signed by the Barge Superintendent (for construction staff) or by the Barge Captain (for barge operating crew). The original will be sent to Operations Manager North Sea, and Safety Supervisor at Great Yarmouth for distribution. -7- 2.5.2 2.5.3 A copy will be retained on board by the Barge Superintendent or Barge Captain, as appropriate. A copy of all accidents will be sent to Houston clo Larry T. Allen with special emphasis on American personnel. Accidents to Personnel Requiring Shore Aid The Barge Superintendent or Barge Captain will immediately radio Onshore Headquarters, Operations Manager if available, of the nature of the casualty and if a doctor is required for treatment of the patient before transporting ashore. Onshore Headquarters from thence on will be responsible for providing and co-ordinating trans port and medical aid and hospitalization. An accident form will be completed as before and the original sent ashore with the patient if possible. The Shore Base will comply with any local statutory regulations regarding the reporting of accidents to the authorities. If returned to Houston for hospitalization, give nature of injury or illness, time of arrival, if ambulance is required and if man would prefer one night at home before entering hospital. Fatal Accidents Accidents resulting in death offshore will be immediately reported by radio to Operations Manager, North Sea; and, as far as it is practical, the site of the accident will be left undisturbed until clearance has been given by the authorities. The Shore Base will immediately inform the Police Authorities and the office in Houston, and will be responsible for all further arrangements. - 8- The Barge Superintendent or Barge Captain will take written and signed statements, from witnesses of the accident as soon as possible after the occurrence and the originals of these, together with the accident report, will be sent to Operations Manager. 2.5.4 Accidents to Plant and Equipment All accidents to barges and equipment, or equipment not owned by Brown & Root, whether causing injury or not, must be reported in writing to Operations Manager, General Superin tendent or, alternatively, the Safety Supervisor if applicable. Damaged components must be retained for inspection. 2.5.5 Accident to Constructional Materials All accidents involving materials of-construc tion e.g. steel structures, explosives, pipe, etc., must be reported and procedure followed as in subparagraph 2.5.4. 2.6 Medical Medical stores for first aid treatment will be maintained on board the barges and an experienced first aid attendant will always be on board. Medical attention on board will be first aid, a suitable quarter being set aside for this purpose and fur. nished for this purpose. Medical attendant will be responsible for initiat ing replenishment of medical stores and he will maintain a record of all patients treated and the treatment provided. A monthly report of all first aid treatments will be sent to Operations Manager and the London Office, with a copy sent to Houston Safety Department. Regular sick reports will be provided by him to the Barge Superintendent and Barge Captain, who will obtain advice from Shore Base as necessary if doubtful cases require shore treatment. -9 2.7 Safety Clothing and Personal Items Adequate supplies of special safety clothing and personal items with spares, and for visitors, will be available at all tines, e.g. welder's overalls, goggles, masks, gloves, boots, oilskins, helmets, etc., and will be issued or loaned on a scale appropriate to the work on which the wearer is normally engaged. 2.8 Alcoholic Drinks No drinking of alcoholic beverages or liquor will be permittedon crew boats, nor will liquor be allowed on board barges. Men under the influence of liquor shall not be transported to offshore locations until they are sober. Violations of these rules are a condition of employment. 2.9 Posting of Notices in Languages other than English All instructions or notices for general informa tion on subjects affecting the safety of personnel or equipment, in addition to their posting in English, must be repeated in other languages as necessary, according to the nationalities of those normally on board in order to ensure they are understood. SECTION 3 Weather 3.1 Weather Reports and Forecasts Copies of all Weather Reports and Forecasts will be passed to the Barge Superintendent and Barge Captain immediately after they are received and a copy will be posted up in the control tower, bridge or equivalent of the barge. 3.2 Warning of Deterioration in Weather Weather Reports include a look ahead, usually up to three days. 10 It is this look ahead at deteriorating conditions, in association wich the present situation, that is vitally important to the Barge Superintendent and Barge Captain in arriving at the degree of downweather procedure to be followed. 3.3 Downweather Criteria and Procedure 3.3.1 Responsibility for Decision In accordance with international marine custom and for purpose of indemnity, decision to take measures for the safety of the barge or vessel and chose on board her for reasons of weather must nominally be issued by the Barge Superintendent. The Barge Superintendent, in arriving at his decision, will consult with the Barge Captain and take account of.all factors presented by the Barge Captain in relation to the operations on which the barge is engaged. 3.3.2 Action To assist the Barge Captain and Barge Superintendent to reach their decision, they will be guided by the division of downweather procedure into five phases as follows: * Phase 1 - Cease all productive crane work by the main derrick, put boom in rack and secure. Tie down all piling hammers, commence fastening down of piling and any other bulky or heavy objects on deck. Phase 2 - Stop all other productive work and prepare for moving barge away from work site. Phase 3 - Move barge away from worksite, if alongside platform, to the practical limit allowed by the working anchors. Continue to tie down all loose mater ial on deck. Secure mobile deck crane and any other mobile plant to previous ly prepared tie downs. Secure and c o o fu 11 . 3.3.3 batten down all cargo hatches opening onto weather deck. Phase 4 - Bring working anchors into barge and move barge at least.one mile to lee ward (sea room permitting) and anchor barge on chain anchor only. Continue all tie downs including reinforcing of any previous tie downs. Notify General Superintendent by radio at the commencement of Phase 4. Phase 5 - Seek shelter - before taking tow line and getting underway for shelter, the General Superintendent shall be con tacted by radio if possible and the severity of the situation discussed. The General Superintendent will re commend one of the following courses of action: (a) Remain at anchor near location. (b) Get under tow but remain within 5 to 10 miles of location. (c) Get under tow to designated shelter. After full consideration of the General Superintendent's recommendations, the final decision must be made on the barge by the Barge Superintendent in consultation with the Barge Captain. Wave Conditions Influencing Decisions The following guide is provided to aid Barge Captains and Barge Superintendents in determining the action required. For this purpose a "Wind Chop" is defined as waves not more than 40 to 50 feet apart and gener ally of small volume. On the other hand, a swell is defined as waves over 75 feet apart and gener ally much wider at the base and heavier than a "wind chop". The Phases below correspond to those in 3.3.2. 12 Phase 1 - Action will normally be initiated by the Barge Superintendent after con sideration of the crane work in pro gress and to be undertaken within three hours of the decision, rate of buildup of sea, weather reports and forecasts. The Barge Captain will be informed. Phase 2 - Action will be determined by the Barge Superintendent after consid eration of the productive work still in progress, rate of build up of sea, weather reports and forecasts and after consultation with the Barge Captain. Phase 3 - "Wind Chop" Swell Weather Wave Height Ft. Wave Height Ft. Forecast 6 to 8 7 to 9 8 to 10 4 to 6 4 to 6 4 to 6 Deteriorating Static Improving Phase 4 - '*Wind Chop" Swell Weather Wave Height Ft. Wave Height Ft. Forecast 8 to 10 9 to 11 10 to 12 6 to 8 6 to 8 6 to 8 Deteriorating Static Improving The above criteria is a realistic guide based on North Sea conditions, it is not a rigid regulation and will be considered in particular context with: (a) Wind direction, whether offshore or over long stretches of sea. (b) Position of barge-to leeward or wind ward of the platform and the direc tion of the anticipated wind. (c) Freeboard. (d) Tidal and ocean currents. (e) Soundings. (f) Shipping lanes and traffic. (g) Distance from known shelter. Phase 5 - Follows discussion with the General Super intendent and further assessment of the situation. 3.4 3.5 Fire 4.1 13 A reprint of Table VI of "Ships Code and Decode Book", published by the British Meteorological Office ref. M.0.509 (Fifth Edition) 1961, showing relationship between Beaufort Scales, Wind Velo cities and Probable Wave Heights is included in this sub-section together with a map issued by the Meteorological Office showing sea and land . areas used in British weather reporting. Heavy Seas - Safety of Personnel If at any time heavy seas ("green water") begin sweeping the main deck, then the following orders will be issued by the Barge Captain. (a) No personnel, whether Brown & Root, subcontractor, client, visitor or other, will be allowed on the exposed weather deck without the specific author ity of the Barge Captain. (b) No person shall be on deck unaccompanied and all personnel working on deck shall work in pairs. (c) No more than six men (three pairs) shall'be on deck at one time - save in exceptional emergency. If at any time the wind velocity reaches 60 knots or greater, Beaufort Scale 11, violent storm, no personnel shall be allowed on the weather deck save in the gravest of emergencies and with the personal authority of the Barge Captain. Clients' Representatives Clients' representatives on board should be informed of decisions to cease productive work on account of weather.. Their agreement or disagreement with the decision should be noted on the Daily Progress Report. All Daily Progress Re ports being signed by the Clients' representative when on board. SECTION 4 Equipment (Inspection and Maintenance) The Barge Captain is responsible that all fire fighting equipment is inspected, maintained and kept in 14 4.2 4.3 4.4 a state of.immediate readiness. He will ensure that, at all times, he has the listed full complement of items on board and that equipment is serviceable at all times and that fire fighting expendables are replaced or recharged as necessary. Smoking and Other Fire Risks In those compartments and areas of the barge in which smoking is prohibited, prominent "NO SMOKING" notices will be displayed and paragraph 2.9 will Also apply. If at any time the barge is alongside a structure or engaged in operations where special fire risks prevail, then the Barge Captain and Barge Superintendent will comply with any additional precautions in force, or will introduce additional restrictions on smoking and other fire risks. Inflammable Materials Used cotton waste is liable to spontaneous com bustion and constitutes a fire hazard. This and other refuse should not be allowed to accumulate. Oil and paint drums must be kept sealed when not in use and stored in designated areas. Action on Outbreak of Fires On outbreak of fire, the Barge Captain and Barge Superintendent should be at once informed. Meanwhile, those in the vicinity of the fire should immediately commence dealing with it. The Barge Captain will decide whether or not to sound the General Fire Alarm. Should the fire have taken good hold before it is discovered, the person discovering the fire will immediately sound the Alarm at one of the Alarm Stations before reporting, if this can be done more quickly. The Barge Captain will take charge of the fire fighting operations. Procedure signs will be posted in the living quarters, galley and bulletin board. '7 15 - 4.5 Fire Fighting and Training All of the permanent barge crew are to have had some training in -the use of the fire fighting apparatus. All personnel on board should be considered available for fire fighting if called upon. The nature of barge operations renders it im practical to lay down fire drills at regular intervals, but it is the Barge Captain's responsibility to organize fire fighting practice when opportunity presents itself, and in any case at such intervals to ensure that a nucleus of men have practice in the use of the apparatus they will be required to operate in the event of fire. SECTION 5 Marine and Lifesaving 5.1 Boat and Lifesaving Apparatus Drill The nature of barge operations renders it im practical to hold drills for all personnel on board at regular intervals without interfering with operations. It is the Barge Captain's responsibility, how ever, to organize Boat and Lifesaving Apparatus Drill at least once per two. months for all members of the barge operating crew and to post instructions in all quarters and sufficient public spaces advising personnel of the action to be taken in event of emergency. Paragraph 2.9 applies. 5.2 Life Saving Equipment The Barge Captain will ensure that sufficient members of the barge crew are familiar with the operation and use of the life saving equipment provided which may include all, or part of, the following: 5.2.1 5.2.2 5.2.3 Lifeboats To be maintained and directed by Barge Captain. Liferafts To be maintained and directed by Barge Captain Lifejackets On board barges and stocked in warehouse. 16 5.2.4 Lifebuoys On board barges and stocked in warehouse. 5.2.5 Scrambling Nets On board barges and stokes litters. 5.2.6 Life Lines On board barges. 5.2.7 Rockets and Flares On board barges. ' All to be on board ,all barges at all times 5.3 Navigational Warning Systems Portable navigation warning lights and foghorns carried on barges for use on structures must be checked frequently and maintained in full operational working order. Responsibility for installation and maintenance of the approved navigational lights and warning systems employed during construction of a structure and after the completion shall be in compliance with the contractual agreement with the client. In emergency, in event of the client not having complied with this responsibility or the failure of the warning devices provided by him, the barge should tempor arily install a portable light and foghorn carried for this purpose and should advise Shore Base of their action, who will in turn advise the appropriate navigation author ity of the characteristics of the light and foghorn. 5.4 Attendant Tugs and Workboats 5.4.1 Mooring Unauthorized vessels will not be allowed to moor up to a structure under construction or barge or associated buoys. T -17- 5.4.2 Assisting Vessels in Distress Tugs and attendant vessels must leave 0 station in response to distress signals from other vessels in distress. 5.4.3 Salvage Tugs and attendant vessels will not leave station for salvage operations without first obtaining permission of the Barge Superintendent, who in turn should obtain approval of the Operations Manager or General Superintendent. 5.5 Diving and Salvage Operations Diving operations will only take place with the approval of the Barge Superintendent, and the Barge Captain will be kept informed of such operations. 5.5.1 ' Supervisors A. Bottom time and decompression time will be controlled by the diving supervisor or the diver's tender. D B. On all jobs requiring four (4) divers, a diving supervisor shall be present to facilitate coordination between divers and the barge, and diver to diver...plus his other responsibilities. C. When extensive diving operations are conducted in excess of one hundred (100) feet and re quiring more than two divers using air as a breathing media, a diving supervisor will be in attendance. D. When dives are conducted in excess of one hundred fifty (150) feet for fifty (50) minutes bottom time, a diving supervisor, HEq2 equipment and required' personnel will be on board. E. When a diving supervisor's service is required, there shall be two (2) supervisors assigned to each diving task that .requires continuous diving D for over twelve (12) hours, (one supervisor for each shift.) R6/71 7. O -17a- 5.5.2 5.5.3 5.5.4 Divers A. A diver working in excess of one hundred (100) feet will have a standby diver on deck and an emergency diving rig in a standby-ready service or at any other time it is deemed necessary by the diver assigned on the job. B. A diver working in shallow water thirty (30) feet or less will not be required to work more than twelve (12) hours without having proper rest. C. The diver shall never work under any object suspended by a crane or otherwise, when there is a danger of it falling on him or across his umbilical. D. Divers will remain on barge, near vicinity of recompression chamber for four (4) hours after last dive or after last chamber decompression. E. No diver nor tender shall be utilized who has not had a physical in the past twelve (12) months. F. After a case of bends, a man shall not be allowed to dive again until he has been okayed by a company physician except at the discretion of a diving supervisor. G. Divers will remain near vicinity of recompression chamber for twelve (12) hours after treatment. Tenders A. No tender shall be allowed to dive unless he had had a diver's physical examination and passed same. B. No diver nor tender shall be utilized who has not had a physical in the past twelve (12) months. Recompression Chambers A. A recompression chamber will be on the diving site during all diving operations -17B- in excess of sixty (60) feet, whenever a recompression chamber is not available, only no decompression dives are allowed. B. Oxygen Decompression: When oxygen surface . decompression is to be used after an air dive, extra care shall be taken to make sure'the ascent rate does not exceed twenty five (25) feet per minute. If the diver gets ahead of this rate, he shall be stopped until he is back on schedule. Care should be exercised to make sure all oxygen equipment is kept oxygen clean and free from hydrocarbon such as grease and oil. This includes the inside of the recompression chamber. The recompression chamber shall be ventilated for at least one (1) minute out of every five (5) when breathing air and two (2) minutes out of every five (5) when breathing oxygen. When the decom pression table calls for more than twenty (20) minutes continuous oxygen breathing, the diver shall be taken off oxygen for a period of five (5) minutes and for every fifteen (15) minutes thereafter to restore normal metabolism and prevent poision These five (5) minute air breathing intervals do not count as part of the schedule - they will be additional time. C. The safe operating condition of the re- . compression chamber shall be the responsi bility of the diving supervisor or the leading diver, noting such things as: 1. Positioned in a safe location. 2. Have proper air supply with good deck hose, etc. 3. Oxygen breathing system in safe condition 4. Mechanical condition including doors, gaskets, valves, depth gauges, port lights, and air conditioner. 5. The electrical equipment including lights switches, air conditioning pump,supply cable, etc. 6. INTERNAL LIGHTS SHALL NEVER BE USED WITH O o o 3- > -17C- 5.5.5 BULBS GREATER THAN TWENTY-FIVE (25) WATTS. 7. If internal lamps are in any way unsafe; such as having broken globes or small bulbs or not being available, they shall be turned out and portable lamps used for illumination. 8. If a portable light is used within the chamber, it must be of the pressureproof low wattage type, such as the ike light, which does not generate excessive heat. In no case shall a thallium iodine light be used for this purpose. 9. No unauthorized, combustible material shall be allowed in the chamber. 10. No tobacco nor any type of igniter shall be allowed in this chamber. 11. Smoking shall never be allowed in the chamber whether it is under pressure or not. D. Personnel in a recompression chamber under pressure shall make sure that both they and all loose material are kept clear of atmos phere inlet and exhaust openings. The exhaust is especially dangerous because it acts as a suction capable of causing extreme bodily harm. Compressors A. Diving Air Compressors: Only approved compressors shall be used for divers breathing medium as ordinary commercial compressors contaminate the air with oil fumes as well as generate carbon monoxide putting the diver in danger of toxicity, diving compressors shall be used for diving only. Detergent lubricating oil shall not be used. Lubricating oil with a viscosity of less than S.A.E. 30 shall not be used. Compressor lube oil sumps shall never be filled above the full mark on the dip stick. All precautions shall be taken to be sure the compressor is not intaking air fouled -17D- O by Che exhaust of its own drive engine or any other internal com bustion engine. B.. A model 210 Quincy Compressor shall not be used in excess of fifty (50) feet. 5.5.6 Masks A demand breathing mask shall not be used deeper than sixty (60) feet except by direction of a diving supervisor. 5.5.7 Hoses Either gas or liquid hoses under pressure in excess of two hundred and fifty (250) PSI shall be secured with safety lines to prevent whipping in the event of a fitting blowing off or the hose otherwise being parted. o 5.5.8 HEq2 DIVES A. Under normal working conditions in excess of or.e hundred and seventy (170) feet there shall be HEq2 diving equipment aboard all barges with one diving super visor, one rack operator and the required number of divers. B. When dives are conducted in excess of one hundred and fifty (150) feet for fifty (50) minutes bottom times, a diving supervisor, HEq2 equipment and required personnel shall be on board. 5.5.9 Scuba A. Aqua lungs: The aqua lung shall be used only for short inspection dives. NOT FOR WORK ING DIVES. It shall not be used for dives requiring decompression. It shall not be O used to a depth greater than one hundred and thirty (130) feet. It shall not be used after dark or in swift currents.. B. When using scuba equipment, the diver will always wear an inflatable life jacket and be tended by_a life line secured around the diver. -17E- 5.5.10 Life Boats Life bo-ating shall not be conducted at night or in rough seas or from vessels with insufficient manueverability to cause the diver's umbilical to fouling in the screws. Except when a recompres sion chamber is carried aboard the diving boat, no dives shall be made that require decompression. The tender must have experi ence with life boating and show himself to be qualified in this type of tending. 5.5.11 Repetitive Dives After repetitive .diving is planned, maximum bottom time to be used on the initial dive is that which puts you in a repetitive group "0". A second dive may now be made for a bottom time again indicated by the repetitive , group "0" minus the penalty. The diver must not dive again until he has had a twelve (12) hour surface period. When a number of short repetitive dives are to be made, they shall not exceed six (6) in number nor exceed the bottom time of the two dives to the repeti tive group letter"0". The diver shall not dive again until he has a surface period of twelve (12) hours. When a multitude of short dives are made,after the last dive during any twelve (12) hour period, the diver shall be given at least ten (10) minutes 0/2 breathing time in a recompression chamber at a depth pressure of thirty (30) feet, after which five (5) minutes additional 0/2 breathing time shall be given to surface the diver. If 0/2 is not available, air will have to be used. 5.5.12 Notification The Diving Superintendent, Barge Captain, Plpe_ line Superintendent and Shore Base shall * be notified as soon as possible of all diving accidents, including bends. This will remain the divers or diver's tender responsibility 5.5.13 Investigation Any accident causing injury to a diver shall be investigated. If the investigation shows a method or procedure to be the cause, it shall be -17F- eliminated or modified to make safe. 5.5.14 Symptoms If a diver has a breathing difficulty that cannot otherwise be accounted for, it shall be assumed that he has monoxide poisioning and shall be given oxygen theraphy under pressure. 5.5.15 Horseplay Skylarking or carelessness shall never be allowed with a hose connected to a source of pressure. A hose in this condition aimed at a person while at close.quarters is as dangerous as a .loaded gun. Even with a relatively low pressure, it maintains the potential to blind, deafen or kill its victim. The greatest danger is having the hose come in contact with any of the body openings, it is liable to cause internal inflation and agonizing death. 5.5.16 Hairstyles - Etc. No man shall dive wearing a hairstyle,beard or mustache that interferes with the safe operation of the diving helmet, face mask, or oral-nasal mask necessary to properly perform the job. 5.5.17 Alcoholic Beverages DRINKING OR POSSESSION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES . WILL NOT BE TOLERATED on the jab, or its crew boats. Breach of the above rule can mean immediate discharge. 5.5.18 Oxygen and Associated Equipment A. Except in emergency only medical breathing oxygen shall be used for decompression or bends treatment. B. Extra care shall be given to the handling and storage of oxygen cylinders. C. No equipment; such as, pressure regulators hoses, vfoips, pipe fittings, pressure gauges, J, / s-< etc. shall not be used in oxygen service unless they are oxygen-clean,that is, 100 7, free of hydrocarbons. D. After any repairs to oxygen equipment, it shall not be used again until oxygencleaned under the supervision of a diving supervisor. . No compound or lubricant shall be used in conjuction with oxygen equipment unless okayed by a diving supervisor. F. Before attaching a pressure regulator to an oxygen cylinder, be sure that both male and female fittings are clean. G. Never allow one's person, clothing or any other equipment to be blown down with oxygen. If one's clothing is blown with oxygen, it will become saturated and remain that way for a considerable length of time. If, during this time, a spark is induced, the victim will become a human torch. Victim of an oxygen enriched fire, such as this, very seldom survive or wish they hadn't. Ordinary fire, severe as it may be, only tends to cook the skin or flesh while this type of fire actually consumes the flesh. 5.5.19 Statement The above instructions will be strictly adhered to in order to get the most work out of the smallest number of divers and keep danger of accidents to a minimum. If a diving supervisor is on the scene, he is authorized to make changes as necessity dictates in accordance with good safety practices. 5.6 "Man Overboard" In event of a person falling overboard,the person nearest,' or first to see the accident, will immedia ly. launch or throw a life buoy with lights as a marker and raise the alarm and inform the Barge Captain and Barge Superintendent. It is important that someoneremain on deck to mark the position of the person overboard. -17H- . The Barge Captain will supervise the rescue operations including alerting attendant vessels and informing the Shore Base by radio and calling for helicopter rescue service if necessary and available. Procedure instructions will be posted in living quarters, galley and bulletin board. -16- SECTION 6 Explosives 6.1 Handling Explosives will only be handled by authorized specialises and explosives and detonators must be separately stored remote from each other.' 6.2 Storage on Barge ( Explosives and detonators will not be stored aboard 'a barge for longer than is absolutely necessary. 6.3 Return to Base Explosives returned to Shore Base will be properly packed for transportation and the details recorded. Ncr personnel shall be transported with explosives. Engineering 7.1 Surveys SECTION 7 All plant, equipment and machinery subject to periodic survey by Statutory Regulations will be surveyed at the time of the Barge Survey unless Statutory Regulation or operational wear and tear require any item(s) to be surveyed more frequently. The original of all Survey Reports and Certificates will be held at the Shore Base, copies will be retained on board. The Barge Superintendent is responsible for ensuring the above rules are complied with and for initiating the arrange ments inassociation with the Shore Base and construction programme. 72 Lifting Tackle 7.2.1 Wire Rope Slings All slings will be visually inspected for damage at frequent intervals and always before a major lifting operation. 7.2.2 Shackles and Crane Hooks All shackles and crane hooks will be plainly stamped with the safe working load and will be 19 inspected and disposed of as in sub-paragraph 7.2.1 above. 7.3 Electrical Precautions 7.3.1 Instructions for the treatment of persons suffer ing from electric shock will be prominently dis played on each barge. Paragraph 2.9 applies. 7.3.2 Only authorized persons will work on electrical installations and equipment, or will operate main switchgear on distribution circuits. 7.3.3 When electrical equipment has been isolated in order that work may be carried out, warning . notices will be attached to relevant switchgear to safeguard against accidental energiz ing of the equipment under repair or mainten ance. Paragraph 2.9 applies. 7.4 Gas Cylinders 7.4.1 Identification Gases stored in cylinders are identified by color markings on the cylinder. Cylinders aboard barges may have been supplied from different countries of origin and color mark ings may not be uniform for any one gas. Great care must be exercised therefore to ensure the correct cylinders are used and also that the cylinders are recharged with the correct gas. 7.4.2 Oxygen Cylinders (a) Under no circumstances may oil, grease or lubricants of any kind be used on valves or fittings. Grease or oil in contact with high pressure oxygen con stitutes an explosion hazard. All valves, spindles and fittings must be kept dry and free from dirt. (b) The use of lead or copper washers or any other form of packing in the valve joints of oxygen cylinders is forbidden. Face to face joints only are permissable 7.4.3 7.4.4 20 - (c) Oxygen cylinders must not be exposed to heat and must be kept clear of work when cutting or welding. Liquid Butane and Acetvlene Cylinders (a) Cylinders should not be exposed to direct rays of sun; rise in pressure due to heat with liquified gases in storage cylinders is much greater than for oxygen, which is in gaseous state. (b) Butane and Acetylene Cylinders should be as far away from naked flame or hot material as possible. (c) If Butane Cylinders are stored in confined space then it must be well ventilated and the use of a naked flame in the store strictly forbid den under all circumstances. Handling of Gas Cylinders All cylinders must be handled with extreme care to avoid damage. A cradle or similar instru ment should be employed when lifting by crane; and, when being transported by truck or stored afloat, they should be secured to prevent movement. All storage facilities for cylinders must be exceptionally well'ventilated and "NO SMOKING" notices displayed. Paragraph 2.9 applied. SECTION 8 Telecommunications 8.1 Responsibilitv . The qualified radio operator on board'the barge is responsible for the maintenance, testing and efficient working of all barge telecommunication equipment. He will also pass and receive all messages by Morse telegraphy . when applicable. - 21 - 8.2 Radio Telephone and Normal Traffic This provides normal communication and only personnel authorized by the Barge Superintendent, which will include the Barge Captain, will be allowed to use it. 8.3 Emergency (Distress. Urgency. Safety) The decision to transmit a message in this category is the responsibility of the Barge Superin tendent and/or Barge Captain. Instructions for making emergency calls, and to whom to be made, will be issued by Shore Base (the detail of these may vary with location) and will be posted up in a position where they can be read by the person making the call. Paragraph 2.9 applies. SECTION 9 Special Procedures 9.1 Heavy Crane Lifts Ballast operations - responsibilities, etc. to be determined by Barge Superintendent and Barge Captain. 9.2 Working Overside To be determined by Barge Superintendent and Barge Captain. 9.3 X-Ray Stations X-ray stations must be properly designated with proper signs and roped off to prevent undue exposure of personnel to radiation from X-ray. - 22 SECTION 10 Safety Procedures for Off-Shore Operations 10.1. Working Area 10.1.1 Working areas must be kept clean of material, equipment, or any debris that would impede or hamper full movement of men and equipment in the process of productive work. 10.1.2 Daily clean*up of deck area, welding stations, doping stations, etc. shall be regular practice. 10.2 Transportation and Use of Combustible Materials 10.2.1 No gasoline or combustible material shall be stored below the decks; in fact, it should be stored above decks. No gasoline-powered crew boats shall be used. 10.2.2 Gasoline, acetylene, and oxygen will be trans ported to off-shore locations separately, and no personnel shall be allowed to ride boats carrying gasoline, oxygen, or acetylene. 10.3 Transportation of Personnel 10.3.1 Crewboats shall never be loaded beyond manufac turer's or Coastguard prescribed capacity. Life jackets for prescribed capacity of men must be on board crewboats. 10.4 Living Quarters and Galleys 10.4.1 Living quarters must be kept clean and linens changed daily. Restrooms and bath stalls shall be cleaned and mopped daily, and disinfectant solution used in mop water. Wash basins must be cleaned thoroughly. Kitchens and utensils, along with dishes, must be kept clean and sterilized. 10.5 Horse Play 10.5.1 Horse play has no place arong men on any con struction and will not be tolerated on any work. 23 - SECTION 11 Rigging 11.1 Basic Rules and Precautions 11.1.1 Maintenance Change all hoisting cables at least once a year, keeping specific dates and records. 11.1.2 Cable Slines Keep cables inside as much as possible and store in a workmanlike manner, hung on cable baskets or out of the way of work on deck. Brown & Root has instituted a practice of attaching brass plaques showing date sling was made, size of sling, length of sling and recommended safe working load. Remove from off-shore service at regular intervals and use in shipyard. Before every maximum capacity lift, check all the slings on the crane for broken wires or weak spots. Also, check slings for damaged lifting eyes. Remove from service if any of the above are found. This is a good time to lubricate. 11.1.3 Job Preoaration Use safety hooks and proof-tested safety pin type shackles. 11.2 Cable Streneths 11.2.1 11.2.2 The stresses a cable must stand are those due to direct tension, impact or acceleration, shock loads and bending loads. Safety factors are the ratio of breaiking strength of the rope divided by the safe working load; or, to put this another way, to find the safe working load, divide the breaking strength by the recom-. mended safety factor. 24 - 11.3 11.4 11.5 11.6 11.2.3 The Joint Safety Council recommends 5 for lifting slings and this, we feel, is a satisfactory figure. Causes of Boom Failure 11.3.1 The most frequent cause of boom failure is allow ing the load to swing out from under the boom, causing bending in the boom in the weakest plane. 11.3.2 Allowing the load to hit the boom during a lift is another cause. 11.3.3 Lowering maximum capacity loads through the brakes instead of through the draw works is another cause. Hand Signals 11.4.1 Ve use recommended National Safety Council hand signals. They are self-explanatory and appear in this section. 11.4.2 Only one person shall give hand signals to opera tors of cranes. Rizelne for Special Purposes 11.5.1 Launching jacket. 11.5.2 Setting deck. 11.5.3 Set well guard. Fuel Compartments 11.6.1 Upon entry to any fuel compartment for work, such as cutting, welding or painting, a certified chem ist shall be employed to check out such compartment and certify them to be safe for such operations. 11.6.2 All fuel compartments of any barge or boat must be designated, either by solid red paint on deck of such vessel and covering said compartments or, in lieu of solid paint, a red stripe 12" wide must be painted on top of the vessel to designate fuel compartment so that no cutting or welding will be done which might cause fire or explosion. 6. These signals art In accordance with the latest codes standards o o HOIST fm LOWER USE MAIN HOIST USE WHIPLINE RAISE BOOM LOWER 300BI MOVE SLOWLY RAISE THE BOOM AND LOWER THE LOAD LOWER THE BOOM AND RAISE THE LOAD o :I o o oo TRAVEL (ONE track) EXTEND BOOM (Telescoping Booms) RETRACT BOOM (Telescoping Booms) a J' *i 0 oo 1 Norwegian Ministry of Industry Requirements for use of Personnel Baskets 1. Maximum of four people transported per trip. 2. Be sure other cargo hauled within the basket does not overload the basket. 3. Inspect basket frequently. 4. Store the basket when not being used such that it is protected from damage. 5. Approved life jackets ere to be worn when using the basket. 6. A supervisor is to be in charge of basket movements to ensure the above items are adhered to and also to direct the crane operator. ALL/11 per Phillips letter, 6th Nov. 1972 Section C" U.S. Department of labor Safety & Health Regulations for Construction* (14 March 1972} 0 Section F" Laybarge "Hugh H. Gordon" Safety Program 1972 I I ^; , -j i "H.VI. Gordon" SAFETY PROGRAM - 1972 I. PRE-JOB MEETING Personnel Present: Superintendent Diving Superintendent Cepteln Asst. Superintendent Two Barge Foreman Chief Mechanic Chief Electrician Medic ~ The purpose of this meeting Is to review safe working practices and to emphasize the Importance of safety to all key H.W.Gordon and Taylor Diving personnel. During this meeting the following subjects are discussed: Rigging Practices, Fire Fighting Practices and Procedures, Man overboard Procedures, Sea Evacuations, Transfer of Per sonnel from Tugs and Supply Boats, and Procedures to follow during Emergency Medical Situations. II. The pre-job meeting Is followed up with twn{2) meetings per' month during the job with same people to review the safety program and to discuss recent safety related problems.- III. After pre-job meeting, key people meet with their personnel - to review the program. This enables each person aboard the "Hugh W. Gordon" to understand what Is expected of the individual during the job. ' -fc "Section G* Brown & Root Inc. & Associated Companies , Extract from V Administrative Procedures .. Personnel Services SAFETY' .Pages 1 thru 23 Brown & Root, Inc. AND Associated Companies ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES SECTION II PERSONNEL SERVICES VOLUME D SAFETY Houston Texas U. SA. SECTION: SUBJECT: Safety Gxil Iratructiom ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Section It D, P*t Mirth V 1972 Thii minull is on* ol five covering the tru of Parsonnel Services. the other four manuilt being Parsenn*i, Job OtaificM/or *nd Codas. employ** Bttwfia and Corporat* Portonnol Training. Tha Houston Offid Pvionnat Sarvieas Dapirtmam it dtvidad into four sub-dapartmams: Partonnal Dapartmant, Employes Benefits Dapartmant, Sifaty Dapartmam and Personnel Training Dapartmant, all undar tha direction of tha Ganaral Minagar of Parnnnal Services. It d resporebta for tha adminittration of Company policy in than aw and for assrting md advising Management in tha formulation of thow policies. This manual wat praparad for tha purpoa of awitting job managamant in tha formulation of an affactiva ind practicable accident-preventtan program. Thi prtcticas outlined herein are fundamental to tha prevention of accidents and the tuecemful completion of our jobs. Thi forms and reports pratamad art basic to tha overall Safety Program. 77m proper and tim*/y o*ocution and submmion of Cheer reports are essentia/. Each Job Supervisor is reenable for implementing his Job Safety Program in accordance with the practices eat forth in this manual, including tha US. Dapartmant of Labor publications located at tha back of this Section of tha Administrative Procedures. These publications cover tha Safety and Hwlth Regulations for Coiwtructlon and tha Recordkeeping Requirements undar tha Williams Steigar Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1670. Various safety publications and promotional, aids to assist in tha administration of individual job accidentprevention programs are available through the Houston Office Safety Departmam. Safety bulletins and pamphlets published by the National Safety Council expressing a variety of safety themas are available to aach job. Reference manuels on industrial safety, axti as. tha Acddmt Prevention manual for Induttria! Operation* publidled by tha National Safety Council and the Manner of Acddant /Varantson in Construction disrbated by The Aseociated Ganaral Contractors of America, Inc., may be purrhsaarl through tha Safety Department. Safety manuals distrbuted by tha U. S. Army Corps of Engineers, tha U. S. Bureau of Reclamation and tha Amvban National Standards Institute tra avsllabla for reference in tha Houston Office Safety Departmam. Thaaa art few publications and harm of safety promotional mstviel, many others vs ale A selection of safety and protective equipment is available from tha main warehouse in Houston. A catalog of recommended safety and protective equipment, including illustrations and prices of equipment on currant contract and stocked in tha warahousa, is prepared by the Safety Department periodically and distrbuted to all jobs. By designating the identifying catalog number, any ham of srfety or protective equipment can be ordered directly from tha main warehouse. In accordance with Company policy directing that alt employees will wav safety glasses, provision has been mads for prescription safety glasses to be furnished to thow employees requiring vision correction. Authorization forms and prescription blanks together with instructiora regarding ordering procedure ve available in tha Houston Office Safety Dapartmam. For those desiring protective footwear, vrangements have been made with a Houston supplier to provide safety dioes and boots. Upon request, s mobile Otoe unit will visit an individual job by appointment and remain as long as required. This footwev may also be purchswd directly from the Houston Office Warehouse or by pay-roll deduction. Accident prevention in construction largely a matter of education, vigilance and cooperation. It is a matter of human relations rather than an engineering problem. Herd end fast rules alone will not insure safety on the job. This can be cured only by tha constant and careful attention on the pan of the Superintendent end Foreman, with the coopvatbn of the workmen. I i SECTION: Safety 'l SUBJECT: Table of Contents ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE _ Section II D. Pap ii March 1. 1872 title page no. General Instructions........................................................ i Table of Contana.............................................................................................. ii Salary Supervisor.................................................................................................................................................................................. 1 Baiic Salary Rules ................................................................................................................................................................................ 2 Salary Training Mooting ........................................................................................................................................................................ 3 Monthly Accdem Summary ............................................................................................................................ 5 First Ad Register.................................................................................................................................................................................... 7 Ordar for Medical Traotmant ................................................................................................................................................................ 9 Employer's First Raport oflnjury...................................................................................................................... 13 Employer's Supplomama! Raport of Injury .......................................................................................................................................16 Employer's First Raport of Injury Fcraign Projects ...................................................................................................................19 Employer's First Raport of Injury OH-Shora Projaeti ............................................................................................................... 21 ) Motor Vehicle Accdant Raport.......................................................................................................................................................... 24 Bodily Injury and Proparty Oamaga .................................................................................................................................................. 27 Handling of Daath Casas Ovarsaas ...................................................................................................................................................... 29 Williams Staigar Occupational Safaty and Haalth Act of 1970 .................................................................................... Appendix 1 SECTION: SUBJECT: Safety Salaty Supervisor ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Section II D. Fags 1 March 1, 1972 A Salaty Supervisor chosen for hit initiative and hit ability to accept responsibility. Production and quality of work ara the Supervaor't responstoility at wall at the diaciplina. order, morale, good judgement and tafety of the employed. The Job Safety Supervitor it under the supervision of the Job Superintendent and the general direction of the Houston Office Safety Department. Outlet of the Safety Supervrtor contitt of, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparing and administering a sound, workable accident prevention program for personnel and equipment. 2. Advising management, foremen, and supervisors of all matters pertaining to safety hazards that may occur from day to day. 3. Schaduling and assisting with weekly safety meetings with job management and periodic "Tool Box' type employee safety meetings. 4. Familiarizing ell employees with basic safety rules and regulations including such basic fundamentals of construction safety as housekeeping; us* of pwsonal protects* equipment; fir* prevention and protection; accident immstigation and reporting; and, emergency treatment end transportation of the injured. 6. Interviewing all new employees, informing them of the basic safety rules and regulations as sat forth by Company policy; familiarizing them with how and where to acquire safety equipment and its use; pointing out the availability and location of first aid tecfltlie* and, emphasizing that all Injuries, no matter how minor, must be reported immadiataty to the injured's uparvrsor. 6. Maintaining accident records by making reports, personal investigations of accidents, and checking corrective actions to prevent further occurrences. 7. Obtwing employees end their work habits and nuking necessary changes to correct unsafe conditions. 8. Designating local medical facilities to assure adequate treatment and car* of injured employees. 9. Requisitioning necessary personal protective equipment for specific te*s 10. Endeavoring (by individual personal contact, advertising, contests, merit awards, (te.) to develop interest in tht safety program and to instill in supervisors and their men faith in accident prevention es an indispensable pert of the job. 11. Maintaining required records and preparing reports in accordance with instruct ions set forth in this procedure manual. It is essential that the Safety Supervisor comply with the safety end health requirements under the Williams Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. A copy of the "Recordkeeping Requirements'' and the "Federal Register", detailing the Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, art located in the back of this Section of the Administrative Procaourts. SECTION; SUBJECT: Safety Besic Safety Rules ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Section II D. March 1,. 1972 The Basic Safety Rules to ba followed by all Company and Subcontractor amployaat on all Company jobs ara: 1. Hard hats will ba worn by all amployaat whila on construction titas. 2. Safety glasaet or other prescribed eye protection will ba worn by all employeeswhileon construction sites or while working in a d*op or plant area 3. Employees will not ride the load, hook, or headache ball. 4. Booms and blades will ba lowered to the ground at the completion of each days work. 5. All electrical tools and equipment will be properly grounded. 6. Compressed air will not ba used to dust off hands, face or clothes. 7. It will ba the responsibility of each foreman to hold regular crew safety meetings etleast once everyweak. 6. Good housekeeping will be recognised as an integral part of every job. 9. Employees will work fully clothed. 10. Compliance with the Company's afety regulations, a well a those established by the Owner a they apply to our work by contractors! agreement, is a condition of employment. 11. Federal end State Safety Standards must be complied with a all tima. 12. The ua of drugs, alcohol and "hone play" on tha job ae strictly prohibited. From a practical standpoint certain exceptions to the above basic ruia at recognized; therefore, it is the responsibility of the Job Superintendent or Project Msnaga to work with tha Houston Office Safety Depertment before any changes are made in the Besic Safety Rules. SECTION: Safety ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Saction II D, Pg 3 PURPOSE To provide a record of all fety training hold on tha job. PREPARED BY Safety Supervisor or othar designated employee COPIES REQUIRED Too INSTRUCTIONS Each safety training moating held on tha Job must be recordad by tha Job Safety Supervisor on a Brown & Root. Inc. Safety Training Meeting form. See illustration on page 4 in this Section of tha Administrative Procedures. Tha form is prepared by entwing the following information In the appropriate spaces provided: 1. Job No. and Location 2. Oats, Day of tha weak and Hour (AM. or PJJ.) of meeting 3. Name of Supervisor holding meeting 4. Number employees prseant and their craft After the above information is entered, the TOPICS DISCUSSED are Indicated by entering s chock mark by the appropriate subiacts listed under the following general headings: 1. FIRST AID 2. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 3. TOOLS ft MATERIALS 4. FIRE PREVENTION 5. INDUSTRIAL SANITATION ft HYGIENE B. SAFETY RESPONSIBILITY 7. HOUSEKEEPING B. LADDERS ft SCAFFOLDS 9. VEHICLES HEAVY EQUIPMENT 10. CONSTRUCTION ft MAINTENANCE Tha original of the completad Safety Training Meeting form is forwarded to the Houston Office Safety Department immediately following each meeting. The duplicate copy is retained by the Job Safety Supervisor or designated employee until rob completion. DISTRIBUTION Original Houston Office Safety Department Duplicate Job Safety Supervisor, filed in date order / ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: SUBJECT: Ssfty Salety Training Moating Section II 0, Fags 4 Mirch t, 1972 ( i I MOWN 4 MOT. INC. safety thawing meeting JOS MO. 4*-U_______________________ LOCATION I"'". ' BAIT JW ) 1*72_________ BAY FTtAiTSOUS Sl0 Ml_______________ PK 1 suravisos MOLDINC Mtmic Jf >. Olsee nuHsa present is curt rnct >" TOPICS DISCUSSED (CHECK) PIRST AID ( ) (sporting 4 Records ( ) Trtaosoot of: (Nsne)______________ ( ) Pscllltlos sum SESPOBSISILm ( ) Supervisor ( > Tors*an (x ) Crftsn PEBSOMAL PICrrtCTIVE PUIPKOIT V ) Clossss, Goss1**- Shields ( ) Safety Hots ( ) Respirators, dust - s*> ( ) Glovss ( ) Shoos, Boots ( ) Safety Bolts ( ) Other TOOLS 4 MATERIALS ( ) Pouor Tools, list of ( ) Head Tools, Ust of ( ) Hsndllos 4 Storsss ( 1 Inspection of ( ) Starting 4 Stopplos ( ) Guerds ( ) Other_____________________________ PISE PBWmiCM 1 ) teploeive 4 Plaaehlc Liquids ( ) Extlngulehers, Plre Moses ( ) Sooting ( ) Oeyactylene Work ( ) Other HOUSES! EPDC ( ) Vests Contslners ( ) Vests Hsterlsls ( ) Ton Reomals ( ) Tloor 4 Work Arses ( ) Protrudlns Neils ( ) Other LADDEltS 4 SCATTOLDS ( ) Plecsoent 4 Securlss ( ) Inspection of ( ) Aseendlns 4 Descendlns ( ) Tubulsr Scsffeldlos ( ) Hollins Scstfolds ( 1 Extension Stepladdeis ( ) Construction of VPI1CLIS - HEAVY BOUIWCrT ( i) Trentports Cion of teployoos ( i) Vehicle Begulstlens ( x) Losd Lialtt 4 Slt(iot ( ) Operscloe 4 Inspection ( ) Preventive Maintenance ( ) Other IHDUSTR1AL SAHITATICN 4 HYGIENE ( ) Drlnkins Veter ( ) kesCTOcos, Porto-cans ( ) Air Contnination ( ) Pertonel Cleanliness ( ) Other__________________________ CONSTRUCTION 4 MAINTENANCE ( ) Excavation - Shorlns ( ) Holier 4 Signal Systoae ( ) Signs 4 Serrlcedes ( ) Flint Regulations ( ) Concrece Pleconent ( ) other_____________________ CCHHEMTS rtret of eve eectlats ceverlns Vehicles e SeevT teulwet- tlH will cover Ovcrec lenuirv IS. HT1 Prepared bv: John t, Qlsee Tide: Seletv jaservlaer I SECTION: Srttty ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Section II D, Pag* S PURPOSE 1. To providt a rapon of all injuries on th* fob for th* month. 2. To aummarix* th* total man hours worked, number of injuries and numb* of to* tim* accidents for th* month and to dat*. PREPARED BY Safety Supervisor, Timtttwp* or oth* d*signat*d employe* COPIES REQUIRED Two INSTRUCTIONS Th* Monthly Acddwit Summary mutt b aibmlttad to tha Houston Offic* Safety 0*p*rtmww no lat* than on* watt folkwving th* doting of th* latt payroll p*tod of th* month. Aft* th* fob nurrtow, location, month and ya* * entarad on th* Summary, th* appropriata amounts art antarad und* th* following headings: 1. TOTAL MAN HOURS 2. NUMBER Of INJURIES 3. NUMBER Of LOST TIME ACCIDENTS for each of that* headings th* amounts ar* antarad at follows: 1. For Month Entw amount for th* currant month. 2. Brought forward from Previous Report Ent* th* Yaw to Dat* amount on th* previous report. 77 aimmulath* amounts are not carried ovar from one year to th* next. The amount tor Brought Forward from Pmriout Report on aaeh January Beport would be taro. 3. Yaw*to Dat* Down total th* For Month and Brought forward from Previous Rapon amounts. Th* manhours for th* month should b obtained from tha fob payrolls. Th* numb* of injuries and tost time accidents for th* month art obtained from th* Emptoy*'s first Rapon of Injury files. Cumulstrv* amounts tm**d on th* Summary ar* brought forward from th* first of th* year or th* first day of th* fob, whichav* is iat*. Tha Yar to Dat* manhours Would b* balanced with th* payroll recaps monthly. All th information required for th* DETAIL Of ACCIDENTS FOR MONTH section of the Summwy is obtained from th* Employer's First Rapon of Injury files. In deaeribing injuries und* TYPE AND CAUSE, th* ponion of the body injured should b* *m*red first and then details of th* accident. Each Monthly Accident Summary must be signed by the Timekeeper and approved by th* Job Superintendent. DISTRIBUTION Origin*! Houston Offic* Safety 0p*nm*nt Duplicate Job Otfice. filed in dat* order ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Sf(ty SU6JECT^___MontMj'_Acgdnt_Summ>ry Section II D. Pj* 6 Mrch 1, 1972 SECTION: Safaty SUBJECT: First Aid Register administrative procedure Section II D, Pap 7 Mwch 1. 1972 PURPOSE 1. To provide a detailed record el all las aid cam treated on the job. 2. To provida rtatittica tor determining tha frequency with which employees bacoma involved in accident! requiring firs aid. PREPARED BY Medic, Safety Supervisor or Timekeeper COPIES REQUIRED Two INSTRUCTIONS The Safety Supervisor, or other panon designated to handle first aid cases, maintaim a Pint Aid Register in which all injuries and fir* aid cam traatad are recorded. It is not necessary to render Employer's Fir* Report of Injury on ampioyaat whose injuries require only fir* aid on tha job, but try trtttmtnt rtndtrtd mutt bt entered on tht Firtt Aid RtfitWr. Tha FIRST AID REGISTER Is compietad at follows: 1. Enter tha JOB NO.. JOB NAME and LOCATION. 2. PAGE ____ OF____ Enter tha number of each page, and tha total rumbar of pages in the RagiAtr for tha month. 3. DATE, TIME Enter tha data and time of day tha employee was treated. 4. NAME, CRAFT, BADGE NO., FOREMAN Enter tha injured employee's fullname, craft, badgenumber and Foreman's name in the appropriate columns. 5. INJURY Enter a brief deaoiption of the amptoyae's Injury. 6. ACCIDENT CAUSE Enter a brief explanation of how tha injie~y occurred. 7. RETURNED TO WORK Unies tha employee was referred to a doctor, am* thetimeof day and date he returned to work. 8. REFERED TO DOCTOR Enter Yes or No. 9. DISABLING INJURY Enter Yes or No. 10. BY - Em* the initials of person preparing the Regia* entry. The original of the FIRST AID REGISTER is mailed to the Houston Office Safety Department on the first of each month. DISTRIBUTION Oqinal Houston Office Safety Department Duplicate Safety Suparviaor. filed in date ordv SECTION: Satay SUBJECT: _Fir*t_^jd_R*2|tjr ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Section II 0, Page | March V 1972 ) ) I ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Safety SURJECT^^Fonn^^M^JSrdeMorJJedies^Tnjetmem (action II 0, Pegs 9 March 1, 1972 PURPOSE 1. To authorize a physician to tract an employe* injured on the job and to guarantee payment of medical feet. 2. To provide a record of employee! tant to the doctor for treatment. 3. To provide written detail! of the accident. 4. To provide the doctor1! finding* and disposition of injured employe*. 5. To provide information for completing Employer's Pint Report of Iryury. PREPARED BY Safety Supervisor or Timekeeper COPIES REQUIRED Pour INSTRUCTIONS To authorize a physician to treat an Injured employe*, the Safety Supervfeor or hi* designated representative enters the following information on the Order For Medical Treatment aid* of Form C-4 1. TO: Enter the name and addres of the doctor to whom the employ** b to report. 2. FROM: Emv the employ**! job number and location. 3 PLEASE RENDER TREATMENT TO: Enter tha injured employee's full name, address, badge number and home phone number. Enter tha date and hour the injury occured; the nature of the injury: and, a brief description of how the injury occurred. The Safety Supervisor or Timekeeper enters hit signature on the "issued by* line and enters the data and time of day tha Order For Medical Treatment it issued. The original and first two copies of tha form are lent with the injured employe* to .the designated doctor. Aft* the Safety Supervisor has arranged for medical attention for the injurad. ha conducts an investigation of tha accident and eompiatas tha Details of Accident portion of Form C-4 on the Quadruplicate (yellow) copy of the form and obtains tha signaturt of tha injured employee's immediate supervisor. Doctors should be instructed to complete the Doctor's Findings end Disposition portion of the form and return it immediately aft* the injured employee has been treated, retaining only the Doctor's portion of the original copy. The form may be returned with the injured employee or the driver who took him to the doctor. Immediately upon receiving the Doctor's Findings end Disposition end the two copies of the Order for Medical Treatment from ds* doctor, the Employer'i First Report of Injury muat be completed. (See Subject: Employer's First Report of Injury on pege 13 in this Section of the Administrative Procedures.) After completing the Eirioy*'s First Report of Injury, the copies of the Order For Medical Treatment *e distributed as inocat*d on each form. SECTION: Safety ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE Section II D, Pap 9 PURPOSE 1. To authoriz* a physician to tract an employ** injured on th* job and to guarantee payment of medical feat. 2. To provid* a record of *moloy**> tent to th* doctor for treatment. 3. To provide written details of th* accident. 4. To provid* th* doctor's findings and disposition of Injured employ**. 5. To provid* Information for completing Employer's First Report of Injury. PREPARED BY Safety Supervisor or Timekeeper COPIES REQUIRED Fosr INSTRUCTIONS To authorize a physician to treat an injured employe*, th* Safety Supervisor or his designated representative nwi th* following information on th* Order For Medical Treatment rid* of Form C-4. 1. TO: Enter the name and address of th* doctor to whom th* employe* is to report. 2. FROM: Emv th* employee's job number and location. 3. PLEASE RENDER TREATMENT TO: Enter th* injured employee's full name, address, badge number and horn* phon* number. Eraar th* data and hour th* injury oceured; th* nature of th* injury; and, a brief description of how th* injury occurred. Th* Safety Supervisor or Tim*k*ap*r antan his signature on th* *laauad by* line and *m*rs th* data and time of day th* Order For Medical Treatment is issued. Th* original and first two copies of the form art sam with th* injured employ** to th* designated doctor. After th* Safety Supervisor hat arranged tor medical attention for the injurad. ha oonducts an investigation of th* accident and completes th* Details of Accident portion of Form C-4 on th* Quadruplicate (yellow) copy of the form and obtains th* ssgnatur* of th* injured employee's immediate supervisor. Doctors should be instructed to complete th* Doctor's Findings *nd Disposition portion of the form and return it immediately itter th* injured employee ha* been treetad, retaining only the Doctor's portion of the origin*! copy. The form may b* returnad with th* injured employee or the driver who took him to the doctor. Immediately upon receiving th* Doctor's Findings and Disposition and the two copies of the Order for Medical Traatmwit from the doctor, the Employer's First Report of Injury must be completed. (See Subject: Employer's First Report of ln|ury on paige 13 in this Section of the Administrative Procedures.) Attar completing th* Employer's First Report of Injury, the copies of th* Order For Medical Treatment are distributed as indicated on each form. administrative procedure SECTION: Srfety SUWECT^__ForTM_Wi_Or6_fof_Mdj2l_T22l2IlL Section II 0, Page 10 Mwch 1,1072________ DISTRIBUTION Whan flm prepared: Original Pink Goldenrod I I I Designated doctor. Doctor retains tha original Ordar For Madleal Traatmam and returns tha balance to ttw Job Office. Yellow Ratalnad by Safety Supervisor, Whan ratumad from tha doctor Original Job Otflea Manager, fUad in data order Houston Office Safety Department GoUanrod Insurance Carrier Yalloar Ratalnad by Safety Supervisor In a pending file untl employee returns to work, than filed In data order. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Setaty SUBJECT^^_Form_C-4, Order tor Medical Treatment Section II D. Page 11 March 1,1972 MOWN A tOOT, NC Doctor's Findings snd Disposition Patter!________________________________________ has been treated tor and a l~l able to rsumt hit regular dutia. 1*1 unable to return to work. D disabled lor approumately to return far retreaunen on .0--. BvM.D. Date Arrival Time Departure O Occupational Non-occupational -- Return To Office Monojer -- MOWN A ROOT. NC Ordsr For Msdiesl Trsstmsnt TO; rv H. C. Walah aaat-- 2182 Pannln, Bouttoa. Tea. Lnatfan FROM: Job No. Houaton, Taxaa 31-1111 nun RENDER TREATMENT TO: Ernployee:_L_L_^iEi a-c^ 200 Ha card Aeaaue Badge No._!2i2__Home Phone JUSU2222 Date of Injury Jan. 7, 1972 Hnm 3:00 PM Nature of lniu~ Waahad Four Flngcra on Left Hand____________________________________________ Hew Un.rrwt Dotting off plot vlth manlla top*\ got hand caught under_____________ ropt,___________________________ _______________ (IU e' laaued by___Joe. O'Leary Date of Order Jan. 7, 1972 Timr3:lfl JB Insured by HIGHLANDS INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. Boa 2002. Houston. Treat 77001 -- Fot Doctor -- ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Safaty Saetion II D. Pa*. 12 SUBJECT: Form C-4. Order for Madid Treatment_________________________________ ___________March 1, 1972 lOw MOWN 4 ROOT, MC Datalls of Accident n,,. Jan. 7. 1972Time 3:00 Hi Locain__?i!_Iil4 Cjuk Eplo? v*a caroleae uhlle do&glng off pipe with Manila rope, Ha get hit hand caught undar tha toy. The reaultlna Injury mi four mathed tint art - left hand.____________________ Remarks ________ Thla MU hu hxM aecldenta ________ In tha laat 4 oatha -_______ BROWN 4 ROOT, NC Ordor For Modieal Troatmont TO: rv B. C. Wolah_______________________ Address. 2182 Pasttla, Boutcon, Tex. FROM: Job No.. 31-1111 Location. Bout top. Taxat PLEASE RENDER TREATMENT TO: fjnjJnuee E. Z., Burt AAtmu 200 Htaatd Atranaa Bad(C No 13,3 Home Phone PS2-2222 Daie of Injury Jto. 7, 1972 Hnu,3i00 W Nature of Injun, Wabod four fingera om laft hand. How Incurred POMlM Off Plot With MOOllt____ ________rope, got hand caught under rope. Issued bv Ijm * An Near Joe 0'Let17 Date of fierier JtB, 7t 1972 Time 3! 10 ft! Insured bv HIGHLANDS INSURANCE COMPANY P. O. hi 2002. Hounon. Tnas 7700) -- Fot Job Filai -- ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Safety SUBJECT: Employer's First Report of Injury Saetion II D, Page 13 March 1, 1972 PURPOSE 1. To provide the Company Inurance Manager, the Inaurance CarTiar, the Industrial Accident Board and the Houston Office Safety Department with a record of an injury to an employee on the job. 2. To provide the basic record for the Insurance Adjuster to uea in evaluating a claim. PREPARED BY Medic, Timekeeper or other designated employee COPIES REQUIRED Four INSTRUCTIONS The Employer's First Report of Injury is completed on all injuria requiring madica/ attention (other than first aid rendered on the job) or mulling in lott time from nor*. In ease of a aerioua injury or daath, the Houtton Offiet Safaty Department dtall be notified immediately by telephone or able. The illustration on page 15 is an example of an Employer's First Report Of Injury prepared for an accident in Texas covered by Hylands Insurance Company. The name and address of the Insurance Company and Accident Board will vary with the state but the required forms will normally be supplied by the Insurance Company and will essentially be the same in ell states. The Employer's First Report of Injury may also be used to report accidents on foreign projects, but the distrfeution is different. See Subject: Employer's First Report of Injury Foreign Projects on page 19 in this Section of the Administrative Procedures. Accidents occuring on off-shore projects titould be reported on the US. Department of Labor form: Employer's First Reoon of Accident or Occupational IHnass. See Subject: Employer's First Report of Injury Off-Shore Projects on page 21 m this Section of the Administrative Procedures. ftegerdless of the form ueed, extreme aution ehould be exercieed to enter the requested information as completely and accurately as potaible. The Employer's First Report of Injury should be prepared as soon as possible after the "Doctor's Findings and Disposition" portion of the Order for Medical Treatment form is returned to the job, but no later than the day following the accident. In preparing the Report particular attention dsoutd be directed to the accuracy of dates, time, location and earnings. On each Employer's First Report of Injury, it is essential, that the Job Number and Case Number be entered on the same line with the Employer's Name. See illustration on page 15 in this Section of the Administrate* Procedures. (The first inju-v on the job that requires an Employer's First Report of Injury would be numbered Case *1. Each injury (case) thereafter, requiring an Employer's First Report of Injury, would be numbered consecutively.) The injury must be fully desc- bed giving all pertinent details. In the event of a disabling injury, the first day the employee is absent from work must pe entered in the TIME and PLACE section of the Report; and, the estimated length of disability must be entered in -.re NATURE of INJURY section. After all questions on the Report ha been answered as accurately as possible, the date the Report is prepared, the Company name and the title of the person preparing the Report are entered in the appropriate spaces at the bottom of the `orm. All Reports should be signed by the Safety Supervisor or Job Superintendent. ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Safety SUWECT^^EmjJojrjfJi^Fifjt^Rjgort^oMi^u^ DISTRIBUTION DOMESTIC JOBS Original Houston Office Claims Dapartmant Duplicate Houston Office Claims Oapartmant Triplicate Houston Office Claims Oapartmant Quadruplicate Job Offict, filad in data ordar i i Saction It D, Page 14 March 1,1972 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Stltty SUBJECT Employer^ Firtt Report of Injury Section II D. P*p 15 March 1, 1972 administrative procedure SECTION: Safety Section II D, Page 16 SU&JECT^^Emglo^er^SugglsmentaMJegon^oMniu^^_Mareh^1972__^^ PURPOSE To report changes in the ititui of an injured employee from thet reported on the Employer'i Pint Report of Injury. PREPARED BY Safety Supervisor, Timekeeper or other designated employee COPIES REQUIRED Pour INSTRUCTIONS An Employer'i Supplemental Report of Injury should be filed as soon as possible after any change in status of the injured employee from that reported on Employer's First Report of Injury; or. sixty days after the Employer's First Report of Injury if the employee has not returned to work. In event of death of the employee, the Supplemental Report must be filed immediately. Two examples as to When an Employer's Supplemental Report of Injury would be necessary are as follows: 1. An employee has started losing time thet was not expected at the time the Employer's First Report of Injury was prepared. (See illustration on page 17 in this Section of the Administrative Procedures.) 2. An employee has returned to work after a disabling injury. (See illustration on page 18 in this Section of the Administrative Procedures.) In preparing the Employer's Supplemental Report of Injury, extreme caution riiould be exercised to enter the information as completely and accurately as possible. As with the First Report of Injury, It it essential that the Job Number and Case Number be entered on the same line as the Employer's Name on each Supplemental Report. Space is provided at the bottom of the Reoort to add pertinent information not covered elsewhere on the Report. Each Employer's Supplemental Report of Injury should be dated and signed by the Job Superintendent. The distribution of the Report is the same as the Employer's First Report of Injury. DISTRIBUTION Original Houston Office Claims Department Duplicate Houston Office Claims Department Triplicate Houston Office Claims Department Quadruplicate Job Office, filed in date order ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: SUBJECT: Siftty Emptoyf' Suppkmontll Riporl of Injury Section |l 0, P*e 17 Mtreh 1, 1972 r Prt I. Wfui I. Rt. 1J.4I STANDARD FORM FOR EMPLOYER'S SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT OF INJURY N I A I A I I* |r< (a-- INOUmtUl. ACCIDENT *OA*l> AVITIS, TEXAS Paaatiy Of I tft< for foliar* (0 fUt |w torikoa AriH-ia lift?. tnftMrtr'a Uaiility i^v r,,, HIGHLANDS INSUIANa COMPANY tlaoMPaiM* < **)> t0 0NBON SL0O.. HOUCTON, TUAi fftCf (AMf*UI llllf'l .ViaWt Par Wa Carrkr . fekfatftror ................... Camor a rik Sv (Tb ipsctt akov# tM ta IwlilUft ta lit Kmlni pr i If EoiftlOFPr* Tlrsi ***fl yt l* fry ftift am hn i fa At ia# lajurtd baft rttwra#! l.. oort. an Kmpluvfri Supt>i*ni*ita! Koittrt of Iftiur) skoal! k# roaiaiatAft aaft flUft tmm*fttn*l aft** r*nro iu **V at ih# motor?* nr at ikf an! #1 isi> * la ths *nt f iki fttaib vl tk* *aiplo?o. Ikis rvpurt akoalft fa* fiioft iain>adtaial>* I 11 Brovo 4 Boot, lac. Job No. 31-1111 (Coot #1) (Ceap*ny UontlflCAtloo Nuabcr to b lnatrcod bjr tocuL irci'Kity no Houoton Ofiict CUiai Dcpameot) t Otto turn No Si . >100 CLLetob cur or Towi Houston Slip TXtt a k): Nov# mt Ctm..r liitblsodi lajurac Coupon* . Vomo W U>voS (la (all) I fraaaai Aftftrtaa M a aft St ErU Iftast Ns**- Z lEJiMlf IsmiaO ***rl Social fc^arttT So *56-18-4183 tio| Kiat ^ Hittrd AftlUt Ciijr or To* a RwitOft Suit Texet ft. Data aft ftaftar? ..JftOUftTy ?, It 72 ray of *aa* TridlJ Hour of ftar A M 3l00 p.M t. D-ta DteaMthr ftspi . Jenury 10, t. Mas fojantf aataaaa* ta wart 7 NO ir m. ftti, aaft koar tt 72 am S:0U ft PH ?H 9- la lajaroft faaraea aarmiai aaaia vast* as kafoa* lejan* U aot. espials 11 If fttaabUUr ku aot termiaataft. nit* probtbl* ftat* of taranaattori of Suability 2 OT 3 dtys tt. Has lajkvoft ftfaft* NO It ae. ftat* of ft*atb 1 ii Data at iku Ttfaon .^. 10, 1972 r,rm St(ft by BTOWtl * ROt, Inc. ortinti Tin* Supctlnteodent EMLOvEE EXPECTED to LOSE NO time on ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Salary SUBJECT: Empkiyf'i Supplamantal Report of Injury Section II D, Paja 18 Match 1,1972 pin i. por* i. a* tt-ii STANDARD FORM FOR EMPLOYER'S SUPPLEMENTAL REPORT OF INJURY ai>pm4 *> i a i a ft r $**4 io-- isnuxTRSAi. accident moapd AfrriN, texas l Sortlea T. An* to 13*7. Eapior*r`a Liability La* r.,r H HIGHLANDS INSUtANCX COMPANY ue jwmi km.. Nousroof. nui rwi tbtOI Naaiber Per riio Carrier- .................... CarrWr o PUo No. .. ITbe mm aftov* Mitb (illeo it b>- KmpiA)-*ri tl tmpioy#f rim Rpfwrt of l)or 0d om tfao* tftst iho tajirorf bad retorao^To aork. aa Kaiatortt taif'ipn.pi*ai Rppon of lajur? skoal* b* remote'** on* fit** immekwtetr allot mvr to oorl of ib *Vo>* at at tbo oak of siao 4n la ti* *ont of ih* koatk of thr raiplor**. ifcu report okoal* be file* ime*iai*lr Ntoa of Eatpto)p>r: Brown i Moot, Inc. Job Bo. 31-1111 (Caaa PI) (Ceapaay ldcntlf icatieo ante to b< lneartad by iocul tncvniTY wo Hnuatoo Off lea. Clalsa Depareaast) t Otricl AtflrMt No tad Si *100 ClintOB . .. cut or Tooo UottttOO Stair Tsua r *- lo^roa o>: x.r *t Ca--i highlands Inauranca Coapany \ar oI Ia)vr4 Ito roll) I Prooofii A4*ru No aok 81 EsXS iPmrNttarj I. ItliOlf laiiiAU IhlTt ilpn Sbimi Sorul So.*rnr a'a. tSt*1W1t3 AVCIRM Cilj #f to*o BoU*tO*l *UU ..... 0. hi or io*on J**w**ry it 72 >,r t Dir DtMUiif; |pi January 10, mi Friday hmt or *ej- n 72 A ^ 9*00 a im 3*00 p.*. py Man Huopad propa4 le work* if m. tact oad too? I U lejart* partea earoiag tar vt*o bolero lajar?* Fa# January 13, 1972 AM BsOO If a*. exploit 10. If dUabitltr bat ooi tornlaaie*. waif probable *ato of lran>ntte& of inability Mao lajore* 4le*T ...I*0,............................................... If m. 4au of 4*th AM PM. PM I Dat o( ibis report J*&* 13, 1972 firm aaae .. BTOVCi 4 Knot, lAC* St* bo* br *^y * ^,**"*^ omnai ru* Soparintandant c vo v e r w'*- fit irre i iv*c ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: SUBJECT: Safety Employer's Fint Report of Injury Foreign Projects Section II D, P*e 18 March 1,1972 PURPOSE 1. To provide * record of an injury to an amploya* working on a foraign projact. 2. To provids the base record for the Insurant* Carrier to use in evaluating a daim. PREPARED BY Safety Supervisor, Project Manager or other designated employe* COPIES REQUIRED Three INSTRUCTIONS The Employer's First Report of Injury form, furnished by Highlands Insurance Company, may be used to report injuries on foreign projects: although the American International Underwriters Corporation is the Insurance Carrier for employees earned on foreign payrolls. The preparation of the Employer's First Report of Injury and Supplemental Report for Foreign Projects era the seme aa explained on page 13 end page 16 in this Section of tha Administrative Procedures. Upon completion, the original of the Employer's First Report of Injury end any necessary supporting documents art transmitted to the following address: American International Underwriters Corp. 102 Maiden Lena New York, New York 10006 The Transmittal Letter should reference the employee's name, Company name, date of the accident and location where the accident occured. (See illustration on page 20 in this Season of the Administrative Procedures.) A copy of the Transmittal Letter, the Employer's First Report of Injury and the supporting documents must be tent to the Houston Office Claims Department at the same time they are transmitted to New York. To report an accident on an employee carried on a foregin payroll and working on an off-shore project see Subject: Employer's Fir* Report of Injury Off-Shore Projects on page 21 in this Season of the Administretiv* Procedures. The only difference in the distribution of either form used is that the original is always tent to the American International Unoerwrfters Corporation when the employee is carried on a foreign payroll. DISTRIBUTION Ogmil American International Underwriters Corp. Duplicate Houston Office Claims Department Triplicate Project Office, filed in date order ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: Safety SUBJECT: Employ*'! Fim Report o< Injury Section II D, Page 20 January 27, 1972 Aaerlean International Underwriter* Cory. 102 Malden Lana Nov Tort, Maw Tort 10005 bi rila No. 00*31471 John I. Jonaa trove t toot, S.A. P/A Palmary 12,1970 t*yyt Cant 1 Man: Encloaed pleaae tied the follow!nt oc Joho T. Jonaa: 1. Baployer'a Plrat tapert of Injury 2. Surfaon'a Report Ua will forward nodical billi aa aeon aa racelwed by thle efflca. Vary truly youra, MOWN 4 MOOT, D>C. tobart lataa Project Manat** I M:pl j Enel. I i cc: Houaton Office ClalnaDept. TRANSMITTAL LETTER i ( c ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: SUBJECT: Safety Employs'i First Report of Injury Off-Shore Project! Section II D. Page 21 PURPOSE V To provide e record of an injury or an occupational illness to an employee working on an Off-Shore Project. 2. To provide the basic record for the Insurance Carrier to uae in evaluating a daim. PREPARED BY Safety Superviaor or Project Manner COPIES REQUIRED Four INSTRUCTIONS Any accidental injury or death arieing out of and in the courM of employment of an employee on an off-ehore project mud be reported on the US. Department of Labor form - Employer'! Frs Report of Accident or Occupational Dines. See illustration on page 22 in this Section of the Administrative Procedures. The instructions on both sides of the form dtould be carefully studied before entering the requested information. Extreme caution should be exercised to enter the information as completely and accurately as possible. In describing how the accident occured, relate the events which resulted in the injury end explain what the employee was doing it the time of the accident. All factors which lad or contributed to the accident should be explained in detail. It it eaentit) that Che Job Number be entered in Item 35 with the Company norm. The original end duplicate of the completed Employs's First Report of Accident or Occupational Illness must be sent to the Houston Office Claims Departmem as soon as possble after the injury, but no lets than the day following the accident (If the employee is carried on a foreign payroll the original is sent to the American International Underwriters Corporation in New York.) The US. Department of Labor form. Employs's Supplementary Report of Accident or Occupational Illness (see illustration on page 23 in this Section of the Administrative Procedures), must be filed as soon as possble efts any change in status of the injurs) employee from that reported on the Employs*! First Report of Accident or Occupational Illness: or, sixty days efts the Employs's First Report if the employee has not returned to work. The Supplementary Report dtouid alto be filed when an injured employee returns to work end lets becomes disabled for work. Again it is essntial that The Job Numbs be entsed with the Company name on the Report. The distribution of the Supplementary Report is the same as the Empioys's First Report of Accident or Occupational Illness. DISTRIBUTION Oginal Houston Office Claims Department Duplicate Houston Office Claims Department Trip,,cate Job Office, filed in date ords ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION: SUBJECT: Seftty Employtr'i Pint Report ol Injury ;OH-Shore Project! Section II D. Ngi 22 March 1,1972 * %&A' W t 9 UM , ) MUV 9 nweiw tfWWIWR EMPLOYES S FIRST REPORT OF ACCIOE.'.'T OR OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS su ihstiiktiom oi imisi : : **.' rwwSM MdOTU MtiAl utn inns i uo ? not M*I MM* '.seos'e.-e* Robert : AtfC-telS H-S- . * We (*4^> Re Robertson 1212 Ranks* Houston, Taxas * >t 1 >i o a* or Mt 3 M-a.. | 30 77006 t too* sicu*m a^^it 621 ; 43 j 9331 - h * : * m *.** or* : ;mOv* r *cc*m' . me i**o*ti stop *om wNfttniti *- 'V 12:11 A.: 3:30 A! QJ -o i b "</' Civil Sls V * iet 9 >dtoi aCCMw" 3 > -o } 1 D*M MDtClaAOtU MRjT M "TOT*" i) oau * mour pb siome e 4*C A'a tea*iC*tl M'W<P C OH I CC9*"0* .JM *^e End Reveler >sm HvattlO'MAftatWS ^OCC9AMO* t OH'MikMtt*'i(0OwCk'( ^*13 jte M*tehel Yl*a rou* IMPIOT < MUMAfl 9 a*n lAtlAU' woiue air m 7 ? IACetl O* IMMNCI |Me>w*e ^URt t*N : tell RATI t ; 4 tuil 1 n I*aC* KAO we<w aCC97 OCtuRRID Itee iMieisi m >mm m> Mid Box Barge H 282, Block 96, Vermilion } 3 msM op OMmi 0 W^PerSO* At Pl# 9 **! Tom BLaclsaan ) ua<v ten omm c i#iom iw* 9 ACOWtfl 4:00 AM. 1/5/72 IC C*M avMM : umi s wain 4 S*n 9 rn,v4i .4*-- 4m, V4/72 R |ACCmtM* U< RMORMD O' MR teM <9iOnC AO ,<W. fj itHMaai t aa aatw W *MIHI IR9yi9 1 Q ntw tea *' telMIR t'l< IJRR afSttaRH 1 LJ tei-'ai Ml i Q] tew arwuM m<> ttete ' . rn \No i-- i mot \ *-- urniRuum mt M A IMAJRID 9. a a|LUt mi 9RUMmCMMIO CNe P*Ote MN mtfl* lCh*> mmt >*" i Q m imw iQiin iw * Q *** teMI.MI * ""** -- Q MRUM 1MHUV ;$ W SCPTW e>Utl Mte ** tCCWM OCCVMID tew* m, newt *w* * )( !. eeeKwe aM ** **m ** a^.--i w pi > . .a.' .! two -M a -w*e >* . >m>n m e*-e M*a4 6m k. As^ii a* ** *,< Lnployee was st work on the forward bevclinr, aaclilne when sonc debris blew into his eyes. The eciployee was wearing safety glasses at the tine. ) es>u0 9 teelURt 'eeae mm- . < a*a* *e*M A*aew*aa * \" ~ : Cye, right - foreign body er.bedded | * Ok NC*Ki 9 Air>*0*;;<c edU. maiiON Cr*l CAM A e*5' (IA.1* j I/s/72 | }R De'l -SjlesKI C*M.M r'AIC | 1/5/72 j :e HAeel 0* j Or. T. R. '.niite 1 )C 490PIU > r> 5'-* <,<* j 605 North St. Abbeville, La. 70510 i> * h.s.1 r- -ojaoa. | | %*! y *>wi*''Ci :Ap<rt 1 - ........................... . | i; aC3*U5 --- >-* ... <* | .4 sCi| S 5 h.mh.- lee < <ae 0iv - e :o. .-.*.*- '. ` *' ' Lrown l Root, Inc. .a e;ai(li y RP9* **0 9*<f *-- IMP : Wm <e> -ms Job. .No. 21-9040 | P. 0. Box 22 Abbeville, La. 7U51U . .* .*.* * t^.:*e, PjyMii ji wo*4*TyRi > w6:- a.*-?* *r wo- r iea*\*n* ' Lntineerinc 6 Construction SRIPOR7 John J. Jones 'f -j -n rP4e. . ^ a/eC T* *-i *1*0* first Ait Technician 1/C/72 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURE SECTION. SUBJECT. Saftty Employ*'i Pint R.pon of Injury Off-Shor. Projactt Section II D. March 1, 1971 :* * **oitr. 1.91(7 v*iaw nwmm* EMPLOYER'S SUPPLEMENTARY REPORT OF ACCIDENT OR OCCUPATIONAL ILLNESS 1. (( C A11 1. tAABlfri This notice must be filed promptly with the Deputs- Commissionet is eeery case in which 0) form BEC-J02 does not show date injured employee returned to oork and (2) eacn time iojured employee returns to vock md Uier beecovea disabled lot work. If the employee was disabled for work more &ae 3 day*, coapeoaatioa payments should be i reported on Foma BEC-206 and BEC-206. Medical repent are to be sent to the Deputy '"iaoniinnn promptly fol io tinj first treatment and tfcereaftet dur>o| contmoasce of treatment. * im| or C tt'kom ^ Typ* * mu' Robert . *00*1 It O* iHvu*tO CkOrt (#** UlOOlt Mtltk.k. R. u**tL rtty. . am rmOti 1212 Bank, Houston, Texaa 77006 . DAT! or i*jw** Jan. 4, 1972 On- ytmt 6a. N Mt AhO AOOMU or TOul M*Wa*CI c***lt* Highland* Insurance Company 500 Jefferson Bid*., Houston, Texas kir kkMi Robertson 77002 i__ ?. ftBlOO OF DISABILITY /<** for/si# ej#ti i i *. rOM Mmi. *>. >#*/ t. to * , c. Datc f Tge*to to * tM 1/5/72 1/1U/72 I 1/10/72 e ruR.OTtt fit DU*it CD *6 am *** 0**1 0* f tu** 'O O0 S*Ovm Me ITtu ?C AOOvf, 01 Vt OKkOe iAC I OgC*T eteiOD 0 Ol*au.iTt. utt mCLU/Sivf Oatcs. *. r*> fMom/t, On. >#*< L TQ ntmtlk. On >ee wtrlmttm ) t. o*t| itTvARiD t 10+..o*y- r*.i i CIC Ow0rcc tetivt m(CHC l it'th'lCH' T" f$ *0 ttf " tastant :. :T'tOiy Dr. T. k. l.Tiite**ilC* *0 IT Km II **tCS.*' Strf amCS *0 aC*CSCS 0 OOC *$ *mO !-a k* e*vC1*0 t*( a e,t. 605 North Street Abbeville, La. 70510 l I \tw[ 3 * l <i.lii ir.> 'irm Brovn & Root, Inc. Job No. 21-9040 1 fx n * * d*riar:t V I OTItf* P*lkC. C C Jh*03 %** ! * *' >* DEPARTMENT OF LABOR Safety and Health Regulations for Construction PROVIDED BY PRINTED MARCH 14, 1972 UPDATED TO INCLUDE ALL AMENDMENTS THROUGH FEBRUARY 17,1972 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Title 29-LABOR COOS OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS CHAFTER XVII PART 1926 formerly dnifftoitd CHAPTER XIII, PART ISIS, PART U OF THE APRIL 17, 1971 FEDERAL REGISTER. toe. im.i ini) Ulii iitc.4 Sabpart A-^aaarai Piumm Md r*m. Vanau*** Sram aafatr aad health lupm>w rtftt al airy. Halt# r practice tor i*in* ttv* aAiadteatiaat tor aatoreemeat af aatoijr aad .health tiMinii Sabpa* I--OaneraJ latorpnuhiii 11K. 14 Illt.ll mi.12 mil) j 121.14 im.ll 1121.] Inp* af C*bpan. C*rr| odtr aeetton It) af the act dtatinrwtohad. RMrftaluUM PUi N*. 14 if lilt. laierpreuiiaaa at maiatarjr term*. Federal caa tract* tor "mtscd'' type* ( ptrfimud. JUUltoaafclp to tto torrid* Oao* tract Act: WiUI HmW FablW Caairacu Arv ftaiaa mf taaatractidii tobport C--General Safety tod HaaMi Travbfeto 1 ISCSI im.ll 1111.22 im.ll lUC.14 mi.si IliUt mil! I2lf.il HU D im.31 mi.31 1IIL31 Oeaeral safety aad health pra* rtatcai tofety training aad adaeatiea. Jtacardlag ul fttinttt af to' jartaa. (FUnarred) T\n\ aid aat madieal atianUna, fin prataettoa aad pree--naa iuiatkMua lUaaiaatida. baa I tattoo. Ftrweaa! prataetle* aaalpcnamL AeiiAbW eanibcattoa. tblpbeitoiag aad abip repeJring. Ineerporatiee hy rtfervaea PeAnUton*. Ittl.l) till.H Illlil 1UCI4 IUi.lt I tit.II leading nltatoa Kantoaiaing radiaitat. Oam, vapara feme* taau. ul muu. lllviniaatton. Vaa tiuttoa. ftoAaitlen applicable ta tbit aert* part. Sabpart I--Tananal Trat*ciie aat Ufa Saviag Idei# Meat II2I.1M ItSt.Ill 1tlt.lt) D2t.lt) Xtlt.SH ttsi.it) lltCIM IttCItf Htal prataettoa. Hearing preieetiea. Bra at fata preteeuae. Jleepimiery prataettoa. Safety balu, lifeline*. aat Wmyertn toiatr mu Wirkiai avrr ar aear water. nafialttoaa applicable to to(a sab- part. tab pax F--fir# Tretecliee eW Tmeaiaa 1IH.1H IttClII ltlClU Tto prataettoa. Tin preveattoa. Flammabl# aat rembeetiM* Up' Itli.lll llSt.114 lltcut Lfearhad patiatoaat aa <L>*Oaa). Ternpara17 baa upt trvtoa Daftatttoaa appUcabM ta tola ap pan. Svbpan G--Sigat. SipaaW. aat Umctfn im.ttt im.iti melts IIS4.lt) Aeekkant prteaattoa dpi aat Un bfMUii. Bamcaitt Daftaittont applteahir ta tbla aaK> pan. Sabpart H-Mtoariab HaatGa, Storage, Uaa, llti.Ut Itli.lll IttCUl Oaaara) mtlnaMU tor pn|tlUrrUf ntftaMt tor auiartoJ baatUag. Ptopaaal a/ tun putertak. Sabpart 1-Taab-Haad aat Sawar ItSCltt 1I1UI1 ItSCltt 1IM.1I) 1110*4 ltlClt) Omni ntatoanu Baat uato Natr aparatad baad utk Aindn vbaaM aad tok Waodvarktag tatk Jacka- iwr aad ratebec aerav aad brdravUc. Sabpart >--W*ltag r\d Certtog arr. IMitH im.4ti Itlt.tt} iui.ui 1t2t.lt) im.iti Sebpen K--(iaetfkai Oaaarat rapairameaia OravMlnr aat heedinc. Beetpment laatallattoa ami mat*, tenant*. totBattary raanw aat battery rharg Haaanleua laeattonj. ftaAniileui applicable ta ihia pan. Sabpart l--Utten aat SceHelding 1UC4M IUCU1 lUCiit tAttaia. BeaBeldtag. Daftamaaa apf*Ue*hl u tola nk* ton. labptff M Than pat WaO Opening*. aat SMtrwwfi 11U.M II2I.M1 11U.M1 OaardraJM, haadraJU. aat revert ttalvwaya TMlalttoe* appllrehle ta tbta auh- to". Sabpart N^iaiat, Patricia, Kaon, IWvatarv lltl lM lllCtll 1I2CU2 IttCii) IUMt4 im.ll) Craaae and trrrlrki BtUeapttra Material Palau aat pareennel held* aat tlmun. Baac'Ptoaaiat tram batata Overhead batata Caaverara. Sabpart O--Matar Vabiciet, Macbaauat Cpatpatoat, aat Maria* Oparaiieai mutt inetti mtHI ItSCMS IttCtbt im.UI ItiCUt Baaipmeat. llatar aabietoa. Material baatltot malpment. Pila trlTtag apalpmeat. Mu etoanag. llartaa aperattoaa aad eaatpmrai. rtoftaittoaa apptieahto ia tbla aub- part. mciM mi.Ul Iticllt 1IIUU OeMtoi raaaltotoeata gpifclPc tseavBitoa miinnnu iMrtlr Iraaeblag mvlnnnu rtotolttoat applleatoe ta tku aul*- pan. Sabpart O Ceaeata fam* aat SWtog im.ru im.rtl im.rtl General praetatona Parma aad abating, rwAaitlana appltrahu to tbu pan. Sabpart O Occepatianai Haahb aat taeiraamaatol Caatrab lt2i.it ilSI.il ItICIS Medical aervteaa aad Am aid. bajaiiattoa. Oeeapattoaal a*to* aapaaara. 1111.111 Gaj valdiag aad aiming. 1114.311 Are waldiog aad rviting. lSft.)ll Fire peaetnUan. Itlt.Ul VtoiltoUan aad preieeiton in w*W- lag. eauiag. aad beauag. 1114.2(4 Weldlag. catuag aad beating la vap ( preaereative miiap. Sabpart I--Steal Eracttoe llll.lit 1ISC7I1 ftlCUS Klaaring raduiremeata btranaral aieel uahl>. ttolnag. riTeuag. iitiar-wn p4aa>Mag`p au.i CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 3 lvfcprt J--.'TvamH m4 Huh*, CaIuam, 9*4 *4 AU A*c. 1426.800 TunnU a&4 AfeAftr 1*26.801 CfclAAOM. 1914.103 OofllrtlBI. 1926.801 Comprt*A*ti Air. 1926.104 ptAnmoiw ifpJteAfek to ihu tub* pin. Svbp*'* T 1936.850 PrpAniOf7 OpmiOIU. 1426.851 flttir*. pAAAAfwir*. a&A lA46n. 1 26 81926.8S3 * . $2 1*36.854 1926.855 1936.856 1926.857 1926.858 1926.859 ChuU*. Hmor4l of omutiaU thwufb &17floor bo). ItcmerAl of oraiu. DUM ne> UO&A. A&4 ofliaotTt. MaowaI romo*Al of floon. JumoTAi of vbIIa. floor*, oad mAtonol vufl oquipoMav. BtorAfA. lUmorAl of ftotl ooMUVOUoa. MchOftl6Pl dottoimoo. . 1926.860 --loctm diartiuoo by qpiooim. 9*4fctbpoii U---UosMi* Um 9t 1926.900 OamtaI provUloos. 1926.901 S3After qoAU&eAttoai. !*. 09 01926.902 flurfoo* trAMponouos of )* 1936.902 UodtrgrouoO tnAfportooca Of ozploAiooo 1926.904 flVOfAf* flrf OSplOAiVOI Afid UifUBf AfOBtA. 1926.90$ Loodiaf of oxpJmavM or hurting AfODU. 1926.906 ZfiKlAUOS of OXplOAlOO CflATfOA. 1926.904 Uf* Of AAfttTfUM. 1926.908 Uf* Of OftOOOUAI cord. 1926.909 rutai to* blMV 1926.910 XupoetMO Aftar UftOll&f. 1926.91 1 AOAftroA. 1926.912 Uadonrour blAftlnt 1926.912 SlAitifif la OBcovtUoai a6or eompramoA Air. 1926.914 BeftalUO&a Svbra* V--fmt OitiriWtiaa ead T.aaialiilaa Um 1426.950 |R444rrad) Uthpmrt W--4<4rdinf m4 SvMvVaf Ww6 lajwy 9i.4wti.cy and tavarky 06a aad SiiidM) CaaM 1926.1000 [nmrrad] Iw6h4 2 U.di.i PcUl 1926.1060 Baetmtila (gtaaral). 1926.1061 SSactivedams (specific). Avnraarrr: Tt prvvutcas of M Pm is is imum u6 ml 1. t sut h. n. aoctag cce. t09 o Puouc law gy-gil, 99 mat. 9*9; 90 UJ&-C. m. Subport A--Gonorol I 1920.1 Parpoce aad crepe. (a) This part acts forth the safety and' health standards promulgated by the Secretary of l*bcr under section 109 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The standards are pub lished 1c Subpan C of tills pan and lolIoanns subpans. (b) Subpan B of tills pan oontains statements of centra! policy and In terpretations of section 107 of the Con tract Work Boun and Salety Standards Act henne fenera! applicability. I 193d.2 Variation, from aofely and beollli standard.. (a) Variances from aundsrds which art. or may be. published in this pan may be (ranted under the same circum stances whereunder variances may be (ranted under aeeuen 6(b)(9)(A). or 6(d) of the Wllliams.8lci(tr Occupa tional Safety and Health Act of 1990 (29 U.S.C. 65). The procedures for the grsniing of variances and for related re lief under this pan are those published In Pan 1905 of this title. <b) Any requests for variances under this section shall also be considered re quests for variances under the Williams8tel(er Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970. and any requtsts for vari ances under williams-StaKer Occupa tions] Safety and Health Act with respect to construction safew or health stand ards than be enntiderod to bo also vari ances under the Construction Safety Act Any variance from a construction safety or health standard which Is con tained in this part and which is Incor porated by reference in Part 1910 of this title shall be deemed a variance from the standard under both the Construc tion Safety Act and the WUUame-8telcer Occupational Safety and Health Act of .1970. f Itli.! Inspections - ri(hl of entry. (a) It shall be a condition of each contract which Is subject to section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act that the Secretary of Labor or any authorised representative shall have a rl(ht of entry to any site of contract performance for the following purposes'. (1> To Inspect or lneesttgat* the mat ter of compliance with the safety and health standards contained In Subpart C of this part and foliowln( subparts; and (2) To carry out the duties of the Secretary under section 107(b) of the Act. (b) For the purpose of carrying out his tavertKative duties under the Act. the Secretary of Labor may, by agreement, use with or without reimbursement the services, personnel, and facilities of any Bute or Federal agency. Any acreements with 8tates under this section shall be similar to thoio provided for under the Waleh-Healcy Public Contracts Act un der 41 CFR Pan 50-305. 6 1926.4 Rules of practice for adminis trative adjudications (or enforcement of safely and health standards. (a) The rules of practice lor adminlstrative adjudications for the enforce ment of the safety and health standards contained In Subpart C of this par; and the following suhpara shall be the same at those published In Pm 9 of this title with respect te safety end health violations of the Servtre Contract An of 1995 (69 Slat. 1025), except sj pro vided In para(raph ib) of this section. (b> In the case of debarment, the flndln(t required by section 107(d) of the Ac; shall be made by the hearine exam iner or the Director, u the case may be. Whenever, as provided in section 107 < ti; (2), a contractor requests termination of debarment before the end of the 3year period prescribed In that section, the request shall be filed Is writing with the Director who shell publish a notice in the Pxpsaat Racism that the request has been received and afford Interested persons an opportunity to be heard up on the request, and thereafter the pro visions of Pan 0 of tins title shall tr^ly with impact to prehesrtng conferences, hearlnn and related matters, and deci sions and orders. Subport B Cenerol Interpretation) I 1926.10 Scope of cabpsrl. <e> This subpan contains the (eneral nice of the Secretary of Labor lnterpretin( and applylny the construction safety and health provisions of section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (93 Slat. 96). Sec tion 107 requires as s condition of each contract which Is entered Into under legislation subject to Reorganisation Plan Numbered 14 of 1960 (64 Slat. 1267), and which Is for construction, alteration, and/or repair, lncludin( painting and decorating, that no con tractor or subcontractor contracting loir any part of the contract work shall re quire any laborer or mechanic employed In the performance of the contract to work In surroundlnp or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazard ous. or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary by regulation. f 1926.11 Coverage antier section 103 of the oc> disiiagubbed. (a) Coverape voder section 163. It is Important to note that the coverage of section 107 differs from that for the over time requirements of the Contract Work Hours snd Safety Standards Act. The application of the overtime requirements Is governed by section 103. which, sub ject to specific exemptions. Includes il> Federal contracts requiring or involving the employment of laborers or mechanics (thus Including, but not limited to. con tracts for construction), and (2) con tracts assisted in whole or in part by Federal loans, grants, or guarantee: under any statute providing aagt 4 CONSTRUCTION regulations eland* rds for fuch work.* The statute* (11 Renta) Hoilslng--Section 1713 pro thorized for certain Bute or locally aided "providing flK standards ter such vides mortgege ind insurance on rental projects. work" include statuta* ter eohitrucuon vhleh require the payment et minimum wages in accordance with prevailing wage findings by Use Secretary of Labor housing of sight or mors units and on mobile-home courts. (ID Section 1713a--Repealed. (Ill) Cooperative Housing--Section (xvll) Condominium Bousing--Sec tion 1713ytd) provides mortgage insur ance on property purchaaed for the de velopment of building slice. This includes In accordance with the Davls-Becon ACL 1713e authorizes mortgage Insurance on wslerltnes and water supply Installations, A provision to section 103 excludes tram cooperative housing of five or more units sewer lines and sewage disposal installa the overtime requirements work where at well aa supplementary loans lor tions. steam, gas, and eleetrlcal lines and the Federal assistance la only in the form Improvement of repslr or resale of Installations, roads, streets, curbs, gut of a loan guarantee or Insurance. memberships. ters. sidewalks, storm drainage (acuities, ib> Coverage under section It7. To be (Iv) Urban Renewal Housing--Section and other Installation or work. covered by section 101 of the Contract 1715k provides mortgage insurance on (xvili) Oroup Medical Practice Faelli- Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, single family or multilamiiy bousing in ties--Subchapter LX-B authorizes mon- a contract most be one which (1) is en approved urban renewal areas. gaga insurance for the financing of tered into under a statute that la subject (v) Low or Moderate Income Bous construction and aqulpment. of facilities to Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1050 ing--Section 17l5L(d) (3) end (4) in for croup practice of medicine, optome (54 Slat. 1357); and (3) 1s for "construc sures mortgages on low-oost single family try. or dantittry. tion. alteration, and/or repair, including or multifamily housing. txlx) Nonprofit Boepitals--1713Z-1 painting and decorating." (vi) Housing for Sderly--Section authortxae mortgage insurance to cover | 1925.13 Reorganisation Plan No, 14 of 1950. (a) General precisions. Reorganiza tion Plan No. 14 of 1950 relates to the prescribing by the Secretary of Labor of "appropriate standards, regulations, and procedures* with respect to the enforce ment of labor standards under Federal and federally assisted contracts which are subject to various statutes subject to the Plan. The rules et the Secretary of Labor Implementing the nan are pub lished in Part 5 of this title. Briefly, the statutes subject to the Plan include the Davis-Bacon Act Including its extension to Federal-aid highway legislation sub ject to 33 UB.C. 113, and other statutes subject to the Plan by its original terms statutes by which the nan la expressly applied, such as the Contract Work Hours Standards Act by virtue of sec tion 104(d) thereof. (b) The Pten. (1) The statutes subject o Reorganization Plan No. 14 of 1950 are' cited and briefly described in the remain ing subparagraphs of this paragraph. These descriptions are general m nature 17l3v provides mortgage tnsuranea on rental housing lor elderly or handifuppffj penont, (vii) Narelng Homes . Section 1715w authorizes mortgage insurance on min ing borne faculties and major equipment. (viii) Experimental Boozing--Section 17lSx provides mortgage tnsuranea on tingle family or multlfamlly bousing with experimental design of materials. (lx) War Bousing Insurance Section 1143 not active. (x> Yield Insurance--Section 1747 in sures investment returns on multilamiiy bOUftfif. (xi) Armed Services Housing--Section 1743b to assist is relieving acute short age end urgent need lor family housing at or in areas adjacent to military instal lations. (xll) Defense Bousing lor Impacted Arras Section 1748h-3 provides mort gage Insurance on single family or multi family housing for sale or rent primarily to military or civilian personnel of the Aimed Sendees, Nations! Aeronautics and .Space Administration, or Atomic new and nbablUtated hospitals, lncludiDf iqvlpQiBt. (41 BospttoJ Jwvey and Construction Aet. et amended by the Hospital and Medical FgcOltUi Amendments / lid (43 VZC. till). The provisions of this Act eovqr construction contracts made by State or local authorities or private institution! under Federal grant-ln-ald programs for the construction of hospi tals and other medical facilities. (3) Federal Airport Act (49 VZ.C. 1114(b)). The act providea grant-ln-ald funds for airport construction limited to general site preparation runways, taxiways, aprons, lighting appurtenant thereto, and fin, reseat, and mainte nance buildings The act excludes con struction intended for use as a public parking facility for passenger automo biles and tbs cost of construction of any part of an airport building except such of thfuf bulldinci or otrti of bulldl&cs to house facilities or activities directly related to the safety of persons tt the airport. () Bousing Aet of IMS <42 VZC. 24591. Construction contracts swarded and not intended to convey the full scope of the work to be performed tinder each statute. The Individual statutes should be resorted to for a more detailed scope of the work. (3) Federal-Aid Blghuay Acts. The provisions in 33 UB.C. 113 apply to the initial construction, meontrue- Con. or improvement work perfbnned by contractors or subcontractors on high way projects on the Federal-eld systems, the primary and secondary, aa wall as their extenalooi In urban areas, and tfca Interstate System, authorized under the highway laws providing tor the expendi ture of Federal funds upon the Federal- aid system. As cited in 41 Op. A.Q. 4U. (96. the Attorney General ruled that the Federal-Aid Highway Acte are subject to Reorganlzetlon Plan No. 14 of 1950. (3) National Housing Act (12 VZ.C. 1713. 17ISa. 17lit. 1710. UliUi) (3) end (4), 171iv, 171Sie, lllix. 1743, 37V, 1741. 170K-2. Hits. 17151(h)(1). 1710 (xill) Defense Rental Bousing--Sec tion l750g provides far mortgage insur ance in critical defense housing areas. (xtv) Rehabilitation--Section 171SL QD (1) provides mortgage Insurance for nonprofit omolz&tiaaj to fl**JM* i>^ purchase and rehabilitation of deterlo- rating or substandard bousing for eu^ sequent resale to low.income home purebseers. There mutt be loested on the property five or more tingle family dwell ing! of detached, semidetached, or row construction. (re) Homeowner Ktslstenew--Section 171520) <11 authorises mortgage insur ance to nonprofit organizations or pub lic bodies or agencies executed to finance sale of individual dwellings to lower inconst individuals or families. Also In cludes the rehabilitation of such housing If It is deteriorating or substandard for subsequent resale to lower income home purchasers. by local authorities financed with the as sistance of loans and grants from the Federal Government. The construction programs are for alum clearance and urban renewal which Includes rehabilita tion grants, neighborhood development programs, neighborhood renewal plans, community renewal, demolition projects, and t--for blighted areas. 6ee the Bousing Act of 1954. No. 31 below, concerning financial assistance for lowrent bousing for domestic farm labor. (7) School Survey end Construction Act ol Hit lit VZC. 534). This set pro vides for a Federal grant-ln-ald program to assist in the construction of schools In federally effected areas. <41 Defense Bousing A Community PeeiMtia A Service! Aet of Oil (41 VZ.C. 1H21). Inactive Program. (9) United Stoles Housing AM of 1S37 (42 VZ.C. 1410. This statute covers the construction of low-rent public housing and alum clearance projects awarded by ())U), 1710-1. mini'). Subchapter (xvl) Rental Housing Assistance- local authorities. These projects are fi lx-A and lz-S. 17lit-7). This act covers Section 17152-1 authorizes mortgage In nanced with the assistance of loans and construction which is financed with surance and Interest reduction payments grants from the Federal Government. assistance by the Federal Government on behalf of owners of rental housing The slum clearance is the demolition and through programs of loan and mortgage projects designed for occupancy by lower removal of buildings from any slum area Insurance for the following purposes: income families. Payments are alao au to be used for a low-rent bousing project. CONSTRUCTION REOUUTIONS 5 (10) federal Cftrfl Daftntt Act el 1950 (It) library Service* end Construc (22) The Commercial Flthcrtei Re (SO VS.C. App. UK). ThU act provides tion Act (to tfjr.255c(a)(4>>.This act search and Development Act of ttti US tor federal assistance to (he several provide* let rderal assistance to the VS.C. 779e(b)). This aet authorizes State and their political subdrvUioru in various States tor the construction of fiasnds) assistance to State agencies tor the field of elvt) defense which includes publie libraries. construction projccts-dcslgned for the Te procurement, construction, letslnr, or (19) Urban Mast Transportation Aet starch and development of the com renovating of materials and faculties. ol 1954 (49 US.C. itOt). ThU act pro mercial fisheries resources of the Nation. (11) Delaware Riser Resin Compact vides lor grants and loans to assist Slates (23) The Nurse Training Act of liti tier. li.S. 75 Stet. 714). This Joint res and local public bodies and agencies (42 U^.C. 2940(b) (5)). This set provides olution creates, by intergovernmental thereof In financing the acquisition, con for grants to assist In the construction compact between the United Slates. struction. reconstruction, and improve of new facilities for collegiate, associate Delaware. New Jersey. New York, and ment of facilities and equipment for use, degree, and diploma schools of nursing, Pennsylvania, a regional agency for plan by operation or lease or otherwise, in or replacement or rehabilitation of exist ning. conservation, utilisation, develop mass transportation cervle* In urban ing facilities of auch schools. ment. management and control of the area and In coordinating such service (24) elementary end Secondary fdv- water and related sources of the Dela with highway and other transportation ceftan Act at 1945 (20 VS.C. 2411. 141). ware River. in such area*. The purpose of the aet is to provide fl- (If) Cooperative Research Act (Id (2d) Xconomie Opportunity Act of nanelal assistance to local educational US.C. male)). ThU act provides fed 2944 (42 VS.C. 2947). ThU act covers agencies serving areas with concentra eral grants to a university, college, or construction which U financed with as tions of children from low Income fam other appropriate public or nonprofit sistance of the Federal Government for ilies for construction In connection with private agency or institution for part or the following purposes: the *n**"*w' or improvement of their all of the ccet of constructing a facility (I) Authorises Federal assistance for dueattoeal pfopiiM , for research or for research and related construction of projects, bunding* and (23) Federal Water Foliation Control purposes. Research and related purposes worts which wfil provide young men Aet, at amended by the Water Quality means research, research training, sur women in rural and urban residential Act at SMS (2 VSC. SSStig)). Provides veys, or demonstrations in the field of centers with education, vocational train for financial pittance to States or education, or the dissemination of Uffor ing. and useful work experience ITltli I). munldpalltlea for construction of facili mation derived therefrom, or all of such (II) Authorise* financial assistance ties in connection with the prevention activities, including (but without limita for construction work planned and car and control of water pollution. This in- tion) experimental schools, except thet ried out at the community level for anti- eludes project* that will control the dis such term does not include research, re poverty program* /Title S): charge lata any waters of untreated or search training, eurveyi, or demonstra (a) Authorises loans to low income inadequately treated sewage. tions in the field of sectarian Instruction rural families by assisting them to ac (21) Appalachian Regional Develop or the dissemination of information de quire or Improve real estate or reduce en ment Act at IMS H* US.C. App. 442). rived therefrom. Construction includes cumbrances or erect Improvement* Authorize Federal assistance in the con new buildings, and the acquisition, ex thereon, and to participate in coopera struction of tn Appalachian development pansion, remodeling, replacement, and tive exudations and/or to finance non- highway system: construction of multi- alteration of existing buildings and tbs agricultural enterprise* which will en county demonstration health facilities, equipping of new bulldings and existing able such families to supplement their hospitals, regional health, diagnostic and bull dings. income (Title HI): treatment centers, and other facilities for (13) Health Professions Educational (b) Authorises loans to local coopera health: seal and fill voids In abandoned Assistance Act 0/ 1M1 (42 VSC. tttd tive awoctatlons furnishing essential mine and to rehabilitate strip mine (c)(i), 2214(c)(5)). Tbs provisions of processing, purchasing, or marketing areas: construction of school facilities this set provide for grants to assist pub services, supplies, or faculties predomi for vocational education: and to assist lic and nonprofit medical, dental, and nantly to low-inoome rural famine* In construction of sewage treatment similar schools for the construction, ex (Title in): works. pansion. or renovation of teaching (e> Authorises financial snlstanc* to (27) National Technical Institute for facilities. States, political subdivisions at State*, the Deaf Aet (it VSC. Sii(b) IS)). Pro (14) Jfental Retardation facilities public and nonprofit agendas. Institu vide for financial assistance for Institu Construction Act (41 VAC. USla) U> tions. organisation*, farm association*. tions of higher education for the ID). 2441(5), 2475(0 (5)). This act au of individual! in cstablifbl&f hotsinf, establishment, construction. Including thorises Federal financial isslstsnrr in sanitation, education, and child day-car* equipment and operation, of s National the construction of centers for research programs for immigrants and other sea Institution for the Deaf. on mental retardation and related as sonally employed agricultural employee* (23) Noosing Act af ItSt ill VS.C. pects of human development, of uaiver- and their famllle* (Title HD. 1701 ig) (c)(3)). TOs aet authorise aity-afSUatod faculties tor the mentally (III) Authorizes loans or guarantees loans to nonprofit corporations to be used retarded and of faculties for the mentony i--to ---n businesses for eonsmuc- fop t>u> fiOQltnettOD Of >*** riA retarded. tlon wort (Title IV). related faculties for elderly famine. Also, (13)Community Mental Health Can lie) Authorise* the payment of the the provisions at the net provide for ton Act Hi tJSC. 2415 (a) (5)). This act oast of experimental, pilot, or demon rehabilitation, alteration, conversion or authorises Federal grants for the con stration projects to foster State pro improvement of existing structure struelion of public and other nonprofit grams providing construction work expe which are otherwise Inadequate for pro community mental health centers. rience or training tor unemployed posed dwellings used by such famllle. (15) Higher education Tacoma Act fathers and needy people (Title V). (29) CoSege Routine Act af 1954, as a) 1543 (10 VSC. 753). This act author (21) Rousing Act ol 1SS4 Hi VSC. amended 111 US.C. 17Half)). This act ises the grant or loon of Federal funds HitIf); 42 US.C. 14S!ble)). Provides provide for Federal loans to assist edu to assist public and other nonprofit In financial assistance for low-rent housing cations] Institutions in providing fus stitution* of higher education m financ tor domestic firm labor. The Act fur ing and other educational facilities for ing the construction, rehabilitation, or ther provides for loan*, through publie students and faculties. Improvement of academic and related or private agendas, when feasible, to (30) Routine and Urban Development wfacilities In undergraduate and graduate (17) Vocational Siuaattcmal Act at ItS3 (20 DSC. 25/). This set provide* lor Federal grants to the various State* lor construction of tree vocational edueotion school facilities. ownen or tenants of property In urban renewal anas to finance rehabilitation required to oonform the property to ap plicable code requirements or carry out the objective* of the urban renewal plan forth* ana. Act Of IMS (42 VSC. lS00e-3, '31O7). This set provide for Federal assistance for the following purpose: (1) Grants to State end local public bodle to assist In any construction work to be carried out under the open-space land and urban beautification provisions 6 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS contained therein. It provlda tor parka associations thereof to aaslat in construc 1414). This set provlda lor Federal as and recreation areas, conservation of tion and equipment of facilities in con sistance lor the following purposes: land and other natural moureaa, and nection with research, training, demon (I) Grants to assist in the construc historical and aetnlc purpoaea. stration of patient cars, diagnostic and tion. rehabilitation, alteration, or repair tin Oranta to local public bodlea and treatment related to heart disease, can of residential property only U such resi agencies to finance specific project for cer. stroke, and other major diseases. dential property is designed for residen basic public water facilities Undudlnf (33) Hemal Jtctardafion Facilities and tial use for tight or more families to works for the storase. treatment, purifi Community Sfenfaf Health Center! Con enable city demonstration agencies to cation. and dlatrlbutlon of water), and struction Act Amendments of IMS <10 carry out comprehensive city demonstra for basic public sewer facilities (other VS.C. SIS (pi). Three provisions provide tion programs (43 U.S.C. 3310). than 'treatment works" at defined In for grants to Institutions of higher edu (II) Amends the NsUonal Housing Act the Federal Water Pollution Control cation for construction of facilities for (12 U.S.C. 1713c) and the Housing Aet Act'. research or for research and related pur of 1237 (42 U8.C. 1413). 6m these acts uni Grants to any local public body poses relating to education for mentally tor coverage. or agency to assist In financing neigh retarded, hard of hearing, deaf, speech (45) Air Ovality Act of 12(7 (42 VS.C. borhood facilities. These facilities must Impaired, visually handicapped, seriously J(57f-3>. This act provlda lor Federal be necessary for carrying out a program emotionally disturbed, crippled, or other nalsunce to public or nonprofit agen of health, recreational, social, or similar health impaired children who by reaeon cies. Institutions, and organizations and community service and located so' as to thereof require special education. to individuals, and eontraets with public be available for the use of the area's low (33) Vocational AehaMutation Act or private agencies, institutions, or per or moderate Income residents. Amendments of itfi (22 VS.C. sons for construction of research and de .(31) National Foundation on the Arts (laibHO). This tot authorizes create velopment tadlltlM and demonstration and the Humanities Act of fits (20 to assist la meeting the reels of con plants relating to the application of pre VS.C. *S4tk)). The act establishes the struction of public or other nonprofit venting or oontremeg discharge! into the "National Foundation on the Arts end workshops and rehabilitation facilities. air of various type* of pollutants. the Humanities" which may provide (37) Cleon Air and Solid Waste Dis (40 Elementary and Secondary Edu matching grants to groups (nonprofit posal Acts lit VSC. 31S4). This aet cation Ameadmeat! of 19(7 <Title VII-- organisations and State and other public provides for financial assistance to pub Htlingual Education Act) <10 VSjC. organizations) and to Individuals en lic (Federal, Slate, interstate, or local) ttOb-4). This act provlda for Federal gaged In creative and performing arts for authorities, agenda, and institutions, assistance to local educational agenda the entire range of artistic activity, private agenda and institutions, and or to an Institution of higher education Including construction of necessary Individuals is the construction of laeili- applying jointly with a local educational facilities. tia for solid-waste disposal. The term agency for minor remodeling projects in (33) Public World and Economic De construction includes the Installation of connection with bilingusj education pro velopment Act Of 19(5 (02 VS.C. 3222). initial equipment. grams to meet the special needs of chil This act provides for Federal assistance (31) Medical Library Assistance Act dren with limited English-speaking abil for the followlnt purposes: Of iff3 <42 VS.C. ItOb-llbXD). This ity in the United 8tates. (1) Grants for the acquisition or aet provlda lor grants to public or pri (47) Vocational Rehabilitation Amend development of land or Improvements vate non-profit agencies or Institutions ments of 12(7 (22 VS.C. 4Ze(c)<3)). for public works or development faculty for the eat of construction of medical This act authoriza Federal aaistance to usag: Is redevelopment areas. It author library facility. any public or nonprofit private agency izes loans to assist In financing the pur (32) Veterans Nursing Home Cart Act or organization for the construction of a chase or development of land for public <lt VS.C StIS (a) (2)). The construction center for vocational rehabilitation of forks which will assist In the creation industry health and safety standards do handicapped Individuals who are both of long-term employment opportunities not apply to this act since it Is not sub deaf and blind which shall be known as in the area. ject to Reorganisation Flan Ho. 14 of the National Center for Deaf-Blind (il) Loans for the purchase or develop 1930. Youths and Adults. Construction in ment of land and facilities (Including (40) National Capital Transportation clude sew buildings and expansion, re machinery and equipment) for Industrial Act of ItdS <40 VS.C. 411(b)(4)). This modeling. alteration and renovation of or commercial usage within redevelop set provides for Federal assistance to the existing buildinga. and initial equipment ment areas: guarantee of loans for work Nations) Capital Transportation Agency of such new, newly acquired expanded ing capital made to private borrowers by for construction of a nil rapid transit remodeled altered or renovated private lending Institutions In connection system and related fadlltla for the buUcU&cs. with direct loan prelects; and to costract Nation's Capital. (49) National Visitor Center Taethties to pay to. or on behalf of. businees enti (41) Alaska Centennial--12(7 (ft Aet of 11*1 <40 VSjC. 222). This aet au tles locating in redevelopment areas, a Stat. 22). The program under this legis thorizes agreements and leases with the portion of the Interest easts which they lation Las expired. owner of property m the District of Co incur Is financing their rspanslcina from (42) .Yodel Secondary School for the lumbia known as Union Station for the private eources. Deaf Act (22 StaL J022). This act pro use of all or a pan of cueh property lor (Ill) Loans end grants Is create eco vide! for funds to establish and operate, a national visitor center to be known as nomic development centers within desig including construction and initial equip the National Vinter Center. The agree nated county wsmnmlf development ment of new bulldings, expandrev re ments and leaaa shall provide for such districts. modeling. and alteration of existing alterations of the union Station Build (33) High-Speed Ground Transports- buildings and equipment thereof, a model ing as neeeuary to provide adequate fa tun Study <40 VS.C. 1114(0)). This act secondary school for the deaf to serve the cilities for vinton. They also provide for provides for financial assistance for con reeldents of the District of Columbia and the construction of a parking facility, in struction activities Is connection with BMirtoy StAtes. cluding necessary approaches and ramps. research end development of different (43) ASlid Health Professions Per (49) Juvenile Delinquency Prevention forms of high-speed ground transporta sonnel Training Act of IMS (42 VSjC. end Control Act of 1MI HI VSjC. 3141). tion and demonstration projects relating 19Sh(b)(2)(E)). This act provlda lor This act provlda for Federal grants to to intercity rail passenger sendee. (30 Heart Disease, Casicer and Stroke Amendment! of IMS <41 CSC, 290(b) (4)). This act provides for grants to public or nonprofit private universi ties. medical school!, research institu grants to assist in the construction of new facuities for training centers for allied health professions, or replacement or rehabilitation of existing facUitia for such centers. (44) Demonstration Cities and Metro 6tate. county, municipal, or other public agency or combination thereof far the construction of faculties to be used in connection with rehabilitation arnica for the diagnosis, treatment, and rehabti- tions. boepitali. and other public and politan Development Act Of 19*4 (41 itatioo of delinquent youths and youths nonprofit agenda and Institutions, or OS.C. 1110; 11 VS.C. lllSc; <2 VSJC. Is danger of Nrnwiny delinquent. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 7 (10) Housing cad Drbea Development ment* of 2*70 (Public Lore 11117, faction contract involving the furnishing o( sup Act el Hit (including New Communities 125(d) CJ) >. This Act authorises grant* plies or materials will be considered s Act el ItttHil VSJS. MOD. This act to States for construction of ficHlUa* for "subcontractor" under this part and sec provides for Ftdtrtl asilsUnre Jor the the provision of sendees to persons wits tion 107 If the wors in question involves allowing purposes: developments) disabilities who era un the performance or construction work (1) Guarantees. tad eommltmenu to able to pay for such sendees. and is to be performed: <1> Directly on guarantee. the bonds, debentures. nous, (51) Rail Passenger Service Aet el or near the construction site, or (2) by and other obligation* issued by new com 2*70 (Public Lew *1-511, section 405(d) >. the employer for the specific project on munity developerj to help finance new This sis cute provides that the National a customized basis. Thus, t supplier of community development project*. Railroad Passenger Corporation may materials which will become an integral (U) Amends section 212(a) of the Na construct physical facilities necessary .to part of the construction is s "subcontrac tional Homing Act, adding section 23< intercity rail passenger operations within tor" U the supplier fsbricstes or assem tor "Rental Housing tor Lower Income the basic national rail passenger sys bles the goods or materials in question Families" and section 242 "Mortgage In tem designated by the Secretary of specifically for the construction project surance tor Nonprofit Hospitals" thereto. Transportation. and the work Involved may be said to (11) Public Health Service Act Amend (c) VA and THA housing. In the be construction activity. If the goods or ment (Alcoholic and Narcotic Addict Re course of the leglslstlvt development of materials in question ere ordinarily sold habilitation Amendments of Mil) <41 section IDT, it was recognized that sec to other customers from regular inven VS.C. 2(11. t teg.).'This act provides tion 107 would not apply to bousing don- tory. the supplier is not e "subcontrac tor grants to a public and nonprofit pri ztrucUon for which insurance was issued tor." Generally. the furnishing of pre- vate agency or organisation for oeottrue- by the Federal Housing Authority and ztreesed concrete beams and prestressed tlon projects consisting of any facilities Veterans' Administration for individual tsuetural steel would be considered - (including poet-hoepltails*tioo ' treat home ownership. Concerning construc manufacturing', therefore a supplier ment facilities far the prevention and tion under (tie National Housing Act, of such materials would not be con treatment of alcoholism or treatment) of Reorganization Flan No. 14 of ISM ap sidered a "subcontractor." An exam narcotic addicts. plies to construction which is subject to ple of material supplied "for the specific (52) Vocational education Amend the minimum wage requirements of sec project on a customised basis" as that ments of 2941 (20 VS.C. 1141). This act tion 212(a) thereof <12 UB.C. 1715o). phrase is used in tills section would be provides for grasta to 8tataa tor the con struetlon of area vocational education school facilities. The act further pro | 1926.13 Interpretation terms. of statutory ventlliung ducts, fabricated in a shop away from th* construction Jobsite and specifically cut tor the project according vides grants to pubUe educational agen (a) The terms "construction." "alter to design specifications. On the other cies. organizations, or institutions for ation." and "repair" used in section 107 band, if a contractor buys standard size construction at residential schools to of the Aet are also used in faction 1 of naOsfrom a foundry, the foundry would provide vocational education for the pur the Dsvti-Baeon Act (40 UB.C. 2Ta), not be a covered "subcontractor." Ordi pose of demonstrating the fcezftfllty and providing minimum wage protection on narily a contract for the supplying of desirability of such schools. The act still Federal eonftruetlon contracts, and sec construction equipment to a contractor further provides grants to State boards, tion 1 of the Miller Act (40 UAC. 270a). would not. in and of Itaell, be considered to colleges end universities, to public providing performance and payment a "subcontractor" for purposes of this educational agencies, organizations or bond protection on Federal construction part. Institutions to reduce the eoat of borrow contracts. Similarly, the terms "contrac ing funds for the construction c< rest* tor" and "subcontractor* are used In I 1926.14 Federal contract for "mixed" 'eotial schools and dormitories. those statutes, as wen as in Copeland types of performance. (53) Postal Reorganisation Act (it. (Antt-Klekbaek) Act (40 UB.C. 376c) VS.C. 410(d) (2)). This Act provides for and the Contract Work Hours snd Safety construction, modification, alteration, Standards Aet Itself, which apply con repair, and other improvements of poatel currently with the Miller Act and the facilities located In leased buddings. Devls-Beoon Aet on Federal eonstruetlon (54) Airport and Airway Development contracts and also apply to most fed Act of 1474 (Pvbhe Lew *1-252. section erally sislitwl oonstruetioa contracts. 52(b) (7)). This Act provides 1or Federal The use of the same or Identical terms in financial assistance to States and locali these statutes which apply amcurrently ties for the construction, improvement, with section 107 af the Act have eonild- or repair of public airports. ereble precedential value in asoertaining (55) (1) Public Law tl-Ut. This Act the coverage of section 107. provides tor federal financial assistance (b) It should be noted that section 1 to institutions of higher learning tor the of the Davis-Bacon Act limits construction of a National Center on wage protection to laborers end me Educational Media and Materials for the chanics "employed directly" 'upon the Handicapped. The program undar thij **gtte at ttx work.* Aen li na oamm* statute expiree on duly 1, 1>TL Public Law *1-250. section 2<l>. (li) Iducetion of the Handicapped Aet (20 VS.C. 22225,1404(0)). This Act provides for financial assistance to States for construction, expansion, remodeling, or alteration of facilities for the educa tion of handicapped children at the pre school. elementary school, and secondary school level*. (56) Housing and Urban Development Aet el 1*70 (PubBe Lose *1-20*. section 707(b)). This Act provides far grunts to States and local public agenda to help finance the development of open-cpace or other land in urban areas for open- space uses. This Act becomes effective on July 1.17L ruble limitation in section 107 of the Act. Section 107 expressly requires as a selfexeeuting condition of each covered con tract that no contractor or subcontractor ahall require "any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the eontract to work is surroundings or under working conditions which art unsanlt*T7, hazardous, or d&Hfcrous to su health or safety" at these health and safety standards are applied in the 'rules of the Secretary of Labor. (e) The term "subcontractor" under section 107 is considered to mean a per son who agrees to perform any part of the labor or matena) requirements of a contract for construction, alteration or repair. Cl, MacEvoy Co. v. United States. (a) It Is the Intent of the Congress to provide safety and health protection of Federal, federally financed, or fed erally assisted construction. See, for ex ample, H. Report. No. *1-341, Slat Cong, first session, p. 1 (1*6*). Thus, it is clear that when a Federal contract calls for mixed types of performance, such as both manufacturing and construction, section 107 would apply to the construc tion. By its express terms, section 107 applies to e contract which is "for con struction. alterstlon. and/or repair." Such a contract is not required to be exclusively for such sendees. The appli cation of the section is not limited to contracts which permit an overall char acterization as "construction contracts." The text of section 107 is not so limited. (b) When Use mixed types of per formances include both construction and manufacturing, see also 1 1926.15(b) concerning the relationship between the Walah-Healey Public Ccmtrect* Aet and section 107 I 1926.15 Relxtion-liip 10 the Service Contract Act; Va)rh*Hcaley Public Contracts Act. (t) A contract for "construction" is one for nonpersonal sendee. See. eg.. 41 CFR 1-1J20S. Section 2(e) of the Sente* Contract Act of 1*65 requires ss a con dition of ever7 Federal contract (and bid specification therefor) exceeding (57) Developmental Disabilities Serv 322 US. 102. 10S-0 (1*44). A person who 62.500, Use "principal purpose" of which ices and racQitsei Coaetractloa Amend undertakes to perform s portion of s it to furnish services to the United Buies 8 construction regulations through the use of "service employee*." that certain wleu end health standards be met. See 39 CTO Pert 1925. which contain* the Department rule* concern ing these standard*. Section 1 of the Service Contract Act provide* that the Act shall not apply to "any contract of the United Stale* or District of Colum bia for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating of public buildings or public works." It 1* clear from the legislative history of section 107 that no gap* In coverage between the two statutes are Intended. <b) The Walsh-Bealey Public Con tracts Act require* that contracts en ured Into by any Federal agency for the manufacture or furnishing of materials, supplies, articles, and equipment In any amount exceeding tlO.OOO must contain, among other provisions, a requirement that "no part of such contract will be performed nor will any of the mate rials, supplies, articles or equipment to be manufactured or furnished under said contract be manufactured or fabricated in any plants, factories, buildings, or surroundings or under working condi tions which are unsanitary or hasardous or dangerous to the health and safety of employees engaged In the perform ance of Ud contract." The rules of the Secretary concerning theu stand ards are published In 41 CPR Part 3030*. and express the Secretary of Labor's interpretation and application of section lie) of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act to certain particular working conditioni. None of the described work ing conditions art Intended to deal with construction activities, although such activities may conceivably be a part of a contract which Is subject to the WalshHealey Public Contracts Act. Neverthe less. such activities remain subject to the general statutory duty prescribed by sec tion lie). Bection 103(b) of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act provides, among other things, that the Act shall not apply to any work required to be done In accordance with the pro visions of the Walsh-Healey Public Con tracts Act. I 1935.16 Rule* of construction. fa) The prime contractor and any subcontractors may make their own arrangements with respect to obligations which might be more appropriately treated on a Jobsite basis rather than individually. Thus, for example, the prime contractor and his subcontractors may wish to make an exprex* agreement that the prime contractor or one of the subcontractors *01 provide all required first-aid or toilet facilities, thus relieving the subcontractor* from the actual, but not any legal, responsibility (or. as the case may be. relieving the other subcon tractor* from this responsibility). In no case shall the prime contractor be re lieved of overall responsibility for com pliance with the requirements of this part for all work to be performed under the contract. (b) By contracting for full perform ance of a contract subject to section 107 of the Act. the prime contractor eimmw all obligations prescribed as employer obligations under the standards con safety and health training program* the tained in this part, whether or not he Director provide*. ubcontracts any part of the work. (3) The employer shall Instruct each (el To the extent that a subcontractor employs* In the recognition and avoid- of any Uer agrees to perform any part of anee of unsafe condition* and the regu the contract, he also assumes responsi lations applicable to his work environ bility for complying with the standards ment to control or eliminate any hazards In this part with respect to that part. or other exposure to illness or Injury. Thus, the prime contractor assumes the (3) Employees required to handle or entire responsibility under the contract use poisons, caustics, and other harmful and the subcontractor assumes responsi substances shall be instructed regarding bility with respect to his portion of the the safe handling and use. and be made work. With respect to subcontracted aware of the potential hazards, personal work, the prime contractor and any sub hygiene, and personal protective meas contractor or subcontractors shall be ures required. deemed to have joint responsibility. 14) In lob site areas where harmful id) Where Joint responsibility exist*, plant* or animals are present, employees both the prime contractor and his sub who may be expoaed shall be Instructed contractor or subcontractors, regardless regarding the potential hazards, and how of Uer. shall be c-nsidered subject to the to avoid injury, and the first aid proce enforcement provisions of the Act. Subport C--General Softly end dures to be wed in the event of Injury. (5) Employees required to handle or use fismmahis liquids, gaze*, or toxic Health Provisions materials shall be instructed in the safe I 1926.30 General provision*. safety and health handling and use of these materials and made awar* of the specific requirements contained in. Subpan* D. P, and other (a) Contractor requirements. (1) Sec applicable subpart* of thU part. tion 107 of the Act requires that It shall be a condlUon of each contract which Is entered Into under legislaUon subject to ReorganlzaUon Plan Number 14 of 1950 <64 Stat. 1257). as defined In >1936.13. end la for constnicuon. alteration, and/ or repair. Including painting and deco rating. that no oontractor or subcontrac tor for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic employed In the performance of the con tract to work In surroundings or under working condlUon* which art unsanitary, hasardoua, or dangerous to his health or safety. (b) Aeeidcnf presenlion reiponjfbfli- tie*. (1) It shall be the responsibility of the employer to Initiate and maintain such programs as may be necessary to (C) (1) All employees required to en ter into confined or enclosed spaces than be Instructed as to the nature of the hasard* Involved, the necessary precau tions to be taken, and in the use of pro tective and emergency equipment re quired. The employer shall comply with any specific regulations that apply to work in dangerous or potentially danger ous areas. til) Por purposes of subdivision (1) of tills subparagraph, "confined or enclosed sptee" means any space having a limited means of egress, which is subject to the accumulation of toxic or flammable con taminant* or ha* an oxygen deficient at mosphere. Confined or enclosed spaces include, but are not limited to. storage tanka, process vessels, bins, boilers, comply with this part. (2) Such program* shall provide for frequent and regular Inspection* of the Job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by competent persons desig nated by the employers. ventilation or exhaust ducts, sewers, underground utility vault*, tunnels, pipetinea. and open top spaces more than 4 feet in depth such as pits, tubs, vaults, and vessels. (3) The use of any machinery, tool, material, or equipment which la not In compliance with any applicable require ment of this part Is prohibited. Such machine, tool, material or equipment shall cither be Identified as unsafe by t-frnf or locking the controls to render them Inoperable or shall be physically removed from lu place of operation. J37 FJl. 3514. elTeeur. 3/1S/72J (4) The employer shall permit only those employees qualified by training or experience to operate equipment and machinery. f 193623 Recording sad reporting of injuries. (Reserved} S 193623 First sid sad medical at tention. Pint aid services and provisions for medical care shall be made available by the employer for every employee covered by these regulations. Regulations pre scribing specific requirement* for first aid. medical attention, and emergency facilities are contained in Subpan D of this part. | 1936.21 Safely training and education. (a) General requirement*. The Direc tor shall, pursuant to section 107(f) of the Act, establish and supervise programs for the education and training of em ployers and employees in the recognition, avoidance and prevention of unsafe con ditions In employment* covered by the act. (b) Employer responsibility. (1) The employer should avail of the > 193624 Fire protection and prr\en- lion. The employer shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an effective fire protection and prevention program at the Job site throughout al] phases of the construction, repair, altera tion, or demolition work. The employer shall eniurt the availability ol the fin protection and suppression equipment required by Subpen P of this pan. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 9 | 1926.2! Housekeeping. (b) Applicable safely end health mechanic and the contractor or subcon is) During (he count el construction, standards. For the purpose of work car tractor who engaged him. "Laborer and alteration. or repairs. form and scrip ried out under this section, the safety mechanic" are net defined in the Act. but lumber with protruding Belli, and all and health regulations promulgated by the identical terms are used In the Dans- other debris, shall b* kept cleared from the Secretary of Labor shall apply: Part Bacon Act (40 Ufi.C. 270a). which pro work areas, passageways, and stairs, in 191! of this title. Safety and Health vides for minimum wag* protection on and around buildings or other structures. Regulations for Ship Repairing, and Part Federal and federally assisted construc (b) Combustible scrip and debris shill 1916 of this title. Safety and Health tion contracts. The use of the same term be removed at regular Intervals during Regulations for Shipbuilding. m s statute which fften applies concur the course of construction. Site means shall be provided to facilitate such | 1926.31 Incorporation by reference. rently with section 107 o( the Act has considerable precedential value in ascer removal. (a) The specifications, standards and taining the meaning of "laborer and me (c) Containers shall be provided for codes of agencies of the US. Govern chanic" as used In the Act. "Laborer" the collection and separation of waste, ment and organiuUons which an not generally means one who performs man trash, oily and used ran. and ether ref* agencies of the US. Government, to the ual labor or who labors at an occupation use. Containers used for garbage and other oily, flammable, or hazardous wastes, such as caustics, adds, harmful dusts, etc. shall be equipped with coven. extent they are legally incorporated by reference in this part, have the same force and affect a* other standards in this part. The locations where there requiring physical strength: "mechanic" generally means a worker skilled with tools. Bee IgComp.Oen. *41. Oarbage and other waits shall be dis posed of at frequent and regular Intervals. { 1926.26 Illumination. Construction areas, aisles, stain, ramps, runways, corridors, offices. shops, specifications, standards, and cod'* may be examined are as follows: (1) Officei of the Occupational Ssftty sad Health Administration, US. Department of Laboi. Railway Labor building. Washingloo. DC 20210. (2) The Regional and Field Offices of the Occupational Safely and Health Adnunistration (J) "Employe)" means contractor or subcontractor within the meaning of the Act and of tills pan. <k) "Hatardnwi substance" means a enbotaare which,'by reason of being explotlve, flammable, poisonous, eorrotive, oxidizing, irritating, or otherwise harm- and storage areas where work Is In prog which ate listed in the US. Government Manual fui. Is likely to cause death or Injury. ress shall be lighted with either netore! 1970-71. at page 3's d) "Qualified* moans one who. by or artificial Illumination. The minimum (b) Any changes in the specifications, Illumination requirements for work areas standards and codes Incorporated by are contained In Subpart D of this part. reference in this pan and an official his | 1926.27 Saaltstloo, Health and aanltetlon requirements for drinking water are contained In Subpart D of this part. tone file of such changes are available at Use offices referred to In paragraph (a) of this section. All questions as to the applicability of such changes should also be referred to thaw offices. ( 1926.26 Prevonal protective equip- | 1926J2 Definitions. menu (a) The employer Is responsible for requiring the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there Is an exposure to hazardous conditions and where this part Indicates the need for using such equipment to reduce the hazards to the employees. (b> Regulations governing the use. selection, and maintenance of pereonal protective and lifesaving equipment are described under Subpan X of this part. The following definitions shall apply in the application of the regulations in this pan: (a) "Act" means section 107 of the Contract Wort Hours and Safety Stand ards Act, commonly known as the Con struction Safety Act (be StaL M; 40 US.C.!). fb) "ANSI" means American National Standards Institute. (e) "Approved" means sanctioned, en- dened, accredited, certified, or accepted as satisfactory by a duly constituted and pcessrelon of a recognized degree, certif icate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demon strated his abiliw to reive or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the wort or the project. (ml "Safety factor" means the rttio of the ultimate breaking strength of a member or piece of material or equip ment to the actual working stress or safe load when la me. (n> "Secretary" means the Secretary of labor. (o) "SAE* means Society of Auto motive Engineers. (p) "Shall" means mandatory. (ql "Should" means recommended. (r> "Suitable* means that which fits, and has the qualities or Qualifications to meet a given purpose, occasion, condi tion, function, or circumstance. | 1926.29 AeeepuUe certifications. nationally recognised authority or (a) Pressure vessels Current and valid certification by an Insurance or regulatory authority shall be deemed as acceptable evldenoe of safe installstittn. inspection, testing of preosure vessels provided by Use employer. (b) Boilers. Boilers provided by tire employer shall be deemed to be in com pliance with Use requirements of this part when evidence of torrent and valid certification by an Insurance company or regulatory authority attesting to Use safe Installation, Inspection, and testing Is presented. (c) Other requirement!. Regulations prescribing specific requirements for other types of pressure vessels and simi lar equipment are contained in Subparts 7 and O of this part. agency. (d) "Authorised person" moms a per son approved or assigned by the employer to perform a epedfle type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the Jobtite. (e) "Bateau" mesas (he Occupational Safety sad Health Administmboa. <f) "CoxDMUsit ratoa" anttzu ***** who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards In the surround ings or working conditions which are un sanitary. hazardous, or dangerous to em ployees. and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them. <g) "Defect" means any characteristic or condition which tends to weaken or reduce the strength of the tool, object, or structure of which It is a part. Subport D Otcwpolionol Health and Environmental Controls | 1926J0 Medical service* and firai aid. (a) The employer shall Insure the avafiabfllty of madlcal personnel for ad vice and eonsultatioe on matters of oc cupational health. ib) Provisions shall be made prior to commencement of the prelect for prompt medical attention In ease of serious Injury. <c> In the absence of an Infirmary, clinic, hospital, or physician that ts rea sonably accessible in terms of time snd distance to the worksite which Is avail able for the treatment of Injured em ployees, a person who has a vatid certif icate In first-aid training from the U.S. Bureau of Hints, the American Red | 1926.30 Shipbuilding and ship re (h) "Designated person" means 'au Cross, or equivalent training that can be pairing. thorized person" as defined in paragraph verified by documentary evidence ahaU (a) General. Shipbuilding, ship re- (d! of this section. be available at the worksite to render ptdrlnc. fcjterttiou, mny* ID "Employee means every laborer or first aid. performed on ships under Government mechanic under the Act regardless of the (d) (11 Plnt-ald supplies approved by contract, except naval ship coostructtoc. contractual relationship which may be the consulting physician shall be easily Is work subject to the Act. alleged to exist between tile laborer and accessible when required. 10 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (2) Ths first-aid kit shall consist of materials approved by the consulting physician in a weatherproof container with individual sealed package* for each type ot Item. The contents of the firstaid kit shall be cheeked by the employer before being sent out on each Job and at least weekly on each Job to ensure that the expended Items are replaced. <e) Proper equipment for prompt transportation of the Injured person to a physician or hospital, or a communica tion system for contacting necessary ambulance service, shall be provided. (f) The telephone numbers of the doc tors. hospital and ambulances shall be conspicuously potted. | 1926.51 Sanitation. (el Potable water. (1) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided in all placea of employment. (3) Portable containers used to dis pense drinking water shall be capable of being tightly doted, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from containers. (3) Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be dearly marked as to the nature of ite contents and not used for any other purpose. (4) The common drinking cup Is pro hibited. (5) Where single service cups (to be used but onee) are supplied, both a sani tary container for the unused cups and a receptacle for disposing of the peed cups shall be prodded. (b> Nonpotable water. (1) Outlets for nonpoteble water, such as srater for In dustrial or firefighting purposes only, shall be Identified by signs meeting the requirements of Subpart O of this part, o indicate dearly that tha water Is unsafe and is not to bt used for drink ing. washing, or pocking purposes. (21 There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system fur nishing potable water and a system fur nishing nonootable water. to Toilets at oOHitmcttoe Jobsites. (1) Toilets shall be prodded for em ployees according to the following table: of rmplormt 90 or less., 90 or acre. 900 or store. T*s B-l. SCMinun awmber el /eedutei t. 1 toilet teet esS 1 ariosi pm 40 vork^n. 1 tohvt mi sbS 1 arlasl per M sersert. (2) Under temporary Add ormrilMans. proddemi shall be made to amors not leu then gee toilet facility is available. (3) Job eltea not prodded with a san itary sewer, shall be provided with one of the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local codes: U) Prides (where their use win not cooULmlnate ground or surface water!; (II) Chemical toilets; (III) Recirculating toilets; (tv) Combustion toilets. <jl) Food handbag. AH employees' food service facilities and operations shall set the applicable laws, ordinances, and cgulaMnna of tha Jurisdictions In which they are located. (> Temporary IUrging guarten. When temporary sleeping quarters an provided, they shall be heated, ventilated, and lighted. (f> Washing facilities. The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities for employees engaged In the application lie CbA 14 hour. 100 da* 14 hour. N aa IK beun. K * Hi y.--+--+-- yo.toc+ftj+oH.ies> t y,eass of paints, coating, herbicides, or Insecti Bines ths value of F, does not exceed cides. or In other operations where con unity, the exposure is within permissible taminants may be harmful to the em limits. ployees. Bueb facilities shall bt In near (e) Exposure to Impulsive or Impact proximity to the worksite and shall be so noise should not exceed 140 dB peak equipped as to enable employees to re sound pressure level. move such substaneas. (g) (Revoked) | 1926.52 Isnlalag radiation. (a) In construction sad related ac | 1926-52 Occupational DOM exposure. tivities Involving the use of sources of iMiway rtlletton. the pertinent provi (a) Protection against the effects erf dent of the Atomic Energy Commls- noise exposure shall bt prodded when stccl Standards tor Protection Against the sound levels exceed those shown in Radiation at cant Part 20), relating to Table 0-2 of this section when meas protection against oocupaUcnai radia ured on the A-scale of a standard aound tion exposure, ihaH apply. level meter at slow response. (b) Whan employees are subjected to sound levels exitssiting those listed in Table 0-3 of this section, feaslbls ad ministrative or engineering controls shall be utilised. If such controls fall to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal protective equipment as required In Bubpert E, shall bt pro vided and used to reduce sound levels within ths levels ot the table. (cl If tha variations in noise level In volve maxims at Intervals of 1 second (b) Any activity which involves the the of radioactive material or X-ray, whether or net under license from the Atomic Energy Commission, Shall be per formed by competent persons specially trained in the proper and safe operation of such equipment. In the ease of ma terials used under Commission license, only persons actually Uoensed. or compe tent persons under direction and super vision of the licensee, shall perform such work. or lees, it It to be considered continuous. (d) (1) In aH eases where the sound | 1926-54 KsatesUing radiation. levels exceed the values shown herein, a (a) Only qualified and trained em continuing, effective hearing conserva ployees shall be assigned to Install, ad tion program than be administered. just and operate laser equipment (a) Proof ol qualification of the laser equipment operator shall be available and In possession of operator at all times. (el Eknplsyaet. whan working In areas In which a potential exposure to direct nr reflected law light greater than 0.005 watts (5 mflUwath) exists, shall be pro vided with antflaser m protection de vices as specified In Bubpert E erf this Part (d) Areas to which laser* are used shall be pasted with standard laser warning piaoarda (a) 8mm shatters or caps shall be <3> (1) When the dally noise exposure utilised, cr the laser turned off. when Is wunpneed erf two or more periods erf laser transmission is not actually re noise exposure of different levels, their quired. When the laser Is left unattended combined effect should he ecnsidsred. rather than the individual effect of each. Rxpoeme to different levels for variooe periods erf time than be computed ac cording to the formula act forth In rubdivision (U) of this subparagraph. for a substantia) period erf time, such as during ltmch hour, overnight, or at change of Shifts, the laser abaD be turned off. CO Only mechanical or electronic means shall be used as a detector far <U> , T, , '"`T' *,+ ' +t. T&Tt* tqulvafem rvolM rpovur* feeler. period o dou* expoaur* at any eaBDiiUaJly coiwieul level. tsTbe duiwtum of Um p*nm*UWi not* vpcaus* at Uv* oouioot level {firms Tmfcl* D-3). If the value of T. exceeds unity (1) the exposure exceeds permissible levels. (Ill) A sample computation showing an application of the formula In subdivi sion (11) of this paragraph la as follows An employee Is exposed at them levels for these periods: guiding the internal alignment of the laser. (g) The laser beam shall not be di rected et employees. (h> When It Is raining or mowing, or when Uirte Is dust or log in (he air. the operation of laser systems dial] be pro hibited where practicable; la any event, employees shah be kept out of range of the area of source and target during, such weather conditions. (D loser equipment shall bear a label to Indicate martemm output. (J> Employees shall not o* exposed to light tntmsrfttes above: CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 11 (1) Direct staring: 1 micrp-wttt per quit* centimeter; (2) Incident*! observing: 1 milliwatt per square centimeter: (3) Diffused reflected light: per Mutrt centimeter. watt* (k) Laser unit is operation should be set up above the heads of the employees, when possible. 0) Employees shall not be exposed to microwave power densities in excess ot 10 milliwatts per square centimeter. | 1926-55 Cases, vapors, fames, dusts, and mists. ie........0sMral eoastructics plaal and sbeps (sg. bates plants. eeneaiBg plasts. maiihsnlral sac electrical aqulpment rooms. earpestar shops, rig ging tofu auc acuvt store rooms barracks er Uvlng quartan, loekw er dressing room., mess balls, and indoer tolltu and workrooms). SO........ Pint aid stauoos, tnfirmariee, and aaets. (b) Other artar. For areas er oper ations not eoverad above, refer to the American National Standard AI1.1-1M5, R1970. Practice for Industrial Lighting, for recommended value* of Illumination. (a) Exposure of employees to Inhala tion. lntestton. akin absorption, or con tact with any material or substance at a | I9I6J7 Ventilation. concentration above those specified in the "Threshold Limit Value* of Airborne . Contaminants for 1970" of the American Conferenoe of Governmental Industrial Hytieniata, shall be avoided. (a) General Whenever hazardous sub stance* ouch a* dusts, fumes, mist*, vapor*. or gases exist at an produced in the course of construction work, their concentrations shall not exceed the lim (b> To achieve compliance with para its specified in 11936.36(a). When venti graph (a) of this section. *dminlitretire or engineering controls must first be im plemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance, protective equipment or other protective measure* shall be used to keep the exposure of employee* to air contaminants within the limits pre scribed in this section. Any equipment and technical measure* used for this pur pose must first be approved for each particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. Whenever respirators are used, their use shall comply with 11836.103. (c) Paragraphs (a) and <b> of this sec tion do not apply to the exposure of am. loyees to airborne asbestos dust. When lation is used as an engineering control method, the system than be Installed and operated according to tha requirement* of this section. (b) Local exhaust oentOattan. Local axhaust ventilation when ustd as de scribed In (a) shall be designed to pre vent dispersion into the air of dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, and gases In con centrations cansing harmful exposure. Such exhaust systems shall be so de signed that dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gates art pot drawn through the wore area of employees. (o Assign and operation. Exhaust fans, )ets, ducts, hoods, separators, and all necessary appurtenances, ineimbtif refuse receptacles, shall be *o designed, ever any employee is exposed to airborne constructed, maintained and operated as asbestos dust, the requirements eg to ensure the required protection by t 1810.91* of this title shell apply. . maintaining a volume and velbdty of a- hsust air sofldent to gather dusts, fumes, vapors, or gases from slid equip t 1926.56 ninmlnstioa. (a) General. Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, ofliors. shops, and storage areas shah be Hylton to not minimum iThimlwHnp hi. tensittet lifted in T*bU D-4 vfelfc work. is 1b proms: ment or process, xz^ to convey them to suitable points of safe disposal thereby preventing tbdr dispersion in hsrmful quantities into the atmosphere where employees work. (d) Auration ot operations. (1) The exhaust system shall be in operation con tinually during ell operations which It ?AJUt t-1 -- tumousM is designed to serve. If the employee re- XVTDtaffOBI Dr fMT'CtfM iwilfli ifi tho COBtA&iDAted MM. tbft 479* TrtnI tiTuTiw: ' Arm r vfwcttH tern than continue to operate after the OcHogcbentllmf nocifTrocttftc ri ceeiitlcn of eaid operations, the length of tune to depmd span the Individual Oianl tnrutnwrvw iriM, oourau jilirnwiwit. nn* tkm *ad nra uw. mm* area*. putieraa, nluUat a&d CUid Bminuaaam inn. ft.......-- l&doort: nnbooM, corndon, PoUV47. 4Dd * circumstance* and sSeetiveneet of the general ventilation system. (3) 81&ee dott of eoiMi&c <&*- ability is. according to the beat medical opinion, of microscopic size, tending to remain for hours in suspension in still sir, it is essential that the exhaust sys lM.........TuantU. ahtAa. tad gtoorml tem be continued in operation for s time u&d*fro<*d6 verk ax**t. {Exception: mtmuwnm of 10 faov~eaadlaa la foqwjred ot tuna*; oad iUA beadtnf duAfi| BUCd&|, aoc cause. Bureau eg lglntt approved cap UgbU sball ba accaptabl* tor use Ut the tuanal *-- --n ) after the work process or equipment served by the same shall have ceased, in order to ensure Use removal of the harm ful elements to the required extent. For the same reason, employees wearing res piratory equipment should sot remove same imm--mtil the atmosphere seems dear. <*) Disposal 0/ sxAcusl material*. The air outlet from every dust separator, and the dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases aolleeted by is exhaust er ventilating system shall dlscharg* to the outside at mosphere. Collecting systems which re turn air to work area may be used if concentrations which accumulate In the work area air do not result in harmful exposure to employees, oust and refuse discharged from an exhaust system shall be disposed of in tuch t manner that it will not result tn harmful txpotun to employees. 11936.U (Re-eked] Subpart S--Personal Protective end Ufa Senring Equipment | 1926. HX Beed projection. (a) Employees working in areas where there is a pnetibie danger of bead injury from Import, or from falling or flying object*, er from electrical shock end burns, than be protected by protective helmet*. (b) Helmets for the protection ot em ployees against impact and penetration of falling and flying objects shall meet the specifications containeddn American National Standards Institute, E89.11968, Safety Requirement* tor Industrial Head Protection. (e) Helmets for the bead protection of employees exposed to high voltage elec trical shock and bums shall meet the gpeciflcattons contained In American Na tional Standards Institute, ZJ9.3-1970. | 1926.101 Hearing protection. (a) Wherever It Is not feasible to re duce the nolee levels or duration of expocutm to thw-- gidriM la Tibte E^2s Permissible Noise Exposure*. & 1 192652, ear protective devices shah be provided and used. (b) Ear protective devices inserted in the ear ehall be fitted or determined in dividually by competent persons (o) Plain cotton Is not an aeeeptabla protective device. 1 1926.102 Eye omi face protection. (a) General. <1> Employees shah be provided with eye and face protection equipment when machines or operations present potential eye at face injury from physical, chemical, or radiation agents. (2) Eye andfsee protection equipment required by this Part shah meet the re quirements specified In American Na tional Standards Institute, Z87.1-1968, Practice lor Occupational and Educa tional Eye and Pace Protection. <3) Employees whose vision requires the use of corrective lenses in spectacles, when required by this regulation to wear eye protection, shah be protected by gog gles or spectacles at oat at the following type*: 15 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS J z0 P 4 ii z t< iatss t 3 J i to III sljfsfM* sK 1, z N Yt-l h Z i'i Hlil-ji!:- z y 5s s I 5cw t. - egS * o * . i^jE jffl Wt s ff3ll i !fi l?i iflilns ii;lil e Sr Msg is II?I - V wJ E?2 :s :B'g* jiiaai!** f KS l! !-" c 9;tJ S e ili in C* Hi is! hi Is* Il M 52 V CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 13 Tsasa B-4. Suction or ItssrisAToas--CoeUnusd (e) Forged steel safety hooks or Suirt fteapintce (So* Now) shackle* shall be used to fasten the net te its supports. Oil sad apo mUEnlmnU BsHOlklT S*ll<anlstDte bnathlnt APPMnlut. Das* oul will SlAVTf. A V. , d*n|fris u life **4 fenJlh. pun/xto*. fU iMn<kr* mptrtr rub ehrcr.fctJ ferttotor (fit (f) Connections between net panels shall develop the full strength of the net tnul). teL'-mcvs mowihtvw* mtttnvar (tot next* way). 6 Uimtiofi ir^in< rnptreiw wiih wtUary *rlfontotot4 *ir wppt; r in ilMteraer firmer *1Ui Urm. | 1925.106 Working ovrr or ocar aolrr. Not Imrr.pdUtHr din(*rouJ to Uif htolth. AIMtn# mpintor. (Bulk viUiout Aif-nurifyini, bU-m*sk ot south?*TM raplutor Wh clitaifcfrl CJfl/Htf. ttnttutotr ronuntnonti lotmritoifly 4*o- Mi<onuir>fd bmthiiic apptnuu. |erou to UJ to4 betJU. Hoic mail wllb Uorr Air>pyrifjring. lull frcpf*** ntptntot with approprtole AJur. im-twy* BOuthppec mpimor (tor f*ppr oniyj. Combintitoa if-Un* m|Ur*tor wlto ouiUury idf oootototd bit auppty or on auionr nvftvrr vith atom. Not unn4a*ul7 doncowiui to Uk tod btoUK. Atr-purt^Lot. hoikmoot or mouthptoc* mouttw onto ftUw sod or cort/idtAk'UMnipirito. A1MIM obroiiTfrUMtinc mpirotor. vtthout Utowrf. CoablaoUee cot. rapor. ood p&rUeufcU ftrlPooeUtood Urtothoit tppBratta. ontomJnonu touotwotoix donfomat to Jlow tnotk vuh Mow n Uto ood btoltfe. AU>pyrUyiA|. fuU toerpwe* rwplntor vttt fhoiolfol god (a) Employee* working over or nesr water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided witb VS>. Coast Ouard-approved life Jacket or buoyant work vests. (b) Fnor to and after etch use. the buoyant work vests or Ute preservers shah be inspected for defects which would alter their strength or buoyancy. Defective units shah not be used. (e) Ring buoys with at least so feet of line shah be provided and readily avail- opproprtoto filler (gw Book vlto fiftor). fiolArroeyt BOBlhptm rroptrotor (lor crop* oply). CoBbioottoo ou4ot mpuotor vuo ouafitory tritoontoto^ ok uppt? or oo oiwont* iwdio vttt ofcm. Mot tmatodtoirl? dooftmu loUfroad fetoitfc. AU-Uw rwpirttor. Boot auk viUmn btooror. Atf-Pururias, hsU^naiA r noulAptots nspliatar vns iOabImI mnnift sad appfrp.AU atie. abla for omtrgtney rescue operations. Distance between ring buoys shall not ttettdSOOfMts (d) At Moat ona lifesaving skiff shell bo Immediately available at locations whaie employees are working over or Hors: Tor tp poPpoAA af toil port, "InaadlaUIr Osoctna] IA Wt sod baattS- If SaflnAd sa a AAOdltlAO that Allbar pom u Uasadlau utraat IA Ufa sod baolio at as UnroAdiau thirst At artaft ttpasurr u> oonLASlAAAtA, iqao aa lAdloosurA taalatlsA. which sir USalr IA baa. AdaarrA dadATAd Hlatu aa AaaIU. (c) Selection, issuance, use and ear* for a fall of no greater than 6 feet The o/ respirators. (1) Employee! required to use respiratory protect!re equipment approved for use in atmospheres immedi ately dangerous to life shall te thorough ly trained In its use. Cnployees required to use other types of respiratory protec tive equipment shall be Instructed In the use and limitations of such equipment. (2) Respiratory protective equipment ahaS be inspected regularly and main tained In good condition. Qas mask canisters and chemical cartridges shall be replaced as necessary so as to provide complete protection. Mechanical filters rope shall have a nominal breaking strength of 5.400 pounds. (el All safety belt and lanyard hard ware shall be drop forged or pressed steel, cadmium plated in accordance with type 1. Class B plating specified In Fed eral . Specification QQ-P-415. Surface shall be smooth and free of sharp edges. <f) All safety belt and lanyard hard ware, except rivets, shall be capable of withstanding a tensile loading ef 4,000 pounds without crocking, breaking, or taking a permanent deformation shall be cleaned or replaced os necessary to as to avoid breathing. undue resistance to | 1924J05 Safety oeu. (3) Respiratory protective equipment (a) Safety pets shall be provided which has been previously used shall be when workplaces are more than 35 feet cleaned and disinfected before It Is Issued above the ground or water surface, or by the employer to another employee. other surfaces where the use of ladders, Emergency rescue equipment ahah be scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary cleaned and disinfected immediately floors, safety Unes, or safety belts are after each use. Impractical. (b) Where safety net protection Is re adjacent to water. 1 1925.107 Definitions applicable to tlii* snbpsrt. (a) `Contaminant- means any mate rial which by reason of Its action upon, within, or to a person is likely to cause physical harm. (b) -Lanyard" means a rope, suitable for aupportlng one person. One end is fastened to a safety belt or harness and the other end Is secured to s substantial object or a safety line. (e) -Lifeline' means a rope, suitable for supporting one person, to which s lanyard or safety belt (or harness) is attached. (d> "OD" means optical density and refers to the light refractive characteris tics of a lens. (e) -Radiant energy* means energy that travels outward In ah directions from its sources (f> "Safety belt' means e device, usually worn around the waist which, by reason of its attachment to a lanyard and lifeline or a structure, wlh prevent a worker from falling. | 1926.1CM Safely belts, lifelines, and lanyards. (a) Lifelines, safety belts, and lan yards shall be used only for employee safeguarding. Any lifeline, safety belt, or lanyard actually subjected to In-service Inerting, as distinguished from static load testing, snail be Immediately removed from service jmd shall not be need again lor employee safeguarding. (hi Lifelines shall be secured Shove the point of operation to on anchorage or structural member capable of supporting a minimum dead weight of 5,too pounds. (c) Lifelines used on rock-scaling operations, or In sreas where the lifeline may be subjected to culling or abrasion, shall be s minimum of H-lnch wire core msn.ii rope. Tor all othe. lifeline apphcauon*. a minimum of %V-lnch mmii or equivalent, with a minimum breaking strength of MOO pounds, shall be used. (d) Safety belt lanyard shall be a minimum of H-lnch nylon, or equiva lent. with a marimum length to provide quired by this part, operations shall not be undertaken until the net Is In place and has been tested. (e)(1) Nets shall extend t feet beyond the edge of the work surface where cmployeee are exposed and shall be Installed as dose under the work surface as prac tical but In no ease more than 25 feet below such work surface. Nets shell be hung with sufficient clearance to prevent user's contact with the surfaces or struc tures below. Such clearances shall be determined by Impact load testing. (2) It is Intended that only one level of nets be required for bridge construc tion. <d) The mesh size of nets shall not exceed 6 inches by 6 inches. All new nets shall meet accepted performance stand ards of 17,500 foot-pounds minimum Im pact resistance as determined and cer tified by the manufacturers, and shall bear a label of proof test. Edge ropes shall provide s mmim.im breaking strength ad 5,009 pounds Swbport F--fire Prolection end Prevoniion | 1926.150 Fie* protection. (a) General requirements. (1) The employer shah be responsible for the de velopment of a fire protection program to be followed throughout ah phases of the construction and demolition work, and he shall provide for the firefighting equipment as specified In this subpart. As fire hazards occur, there shell be no delay Is providing the necessary equip ment. (2) Access to all available firefighting equipment shah be maintained at all times. (3) Ah firefighting equipment, pro vided by the employer, shall be con spicuously located.' (4) All firefighting equipment shall be periodically Inspected and maintained Li operating condition. Defective equip ment shah be immediately replaced. u CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (S' As simnM by the project, the ing area, or major fraction thereof. employer shall provide a trained and Travel distance lrom any point of the equipped firefighting organization (Fire protected area to the nearest Are ex Brir.iflc) to auure adequate protection tinguisher shall not exrccd 100 feet. to life. HI) One 33-gnllon open drum of water (bl Water tupplg. U) A temporary nr with two fire pails may be substituted permanent vtur supply, of sufficient for a Are extinguisher having a 3A voljmc. duration, and pressure, required to properly operate the Areflghtlnp equipment shall be made available as soon as combustible materials accumulate. (2) Where underground water mains rating. ml) A li-lnch diameter garden-type hose line, not to exceed 100 feet In length and equipped with a nozzle, may be sub stituted for s 3A-rated fire extinguisher, provided it is espsble of discharging a minimum of $ gallons per minute with are to be provided, they shall oe In s minimum hose stream range of 30 feet stalled. completed, and made available horizontally. The garden-type hose lines for use as soon at practicable. shall be mounted on conventional racks <e) Portable firefighting equipment-- or reels. The number and location of hose (1) fire extinguishers end tmell hate lines. (1) A fire extinguisher, rated sot racks or reels shall be such that at least one hose strtsm can be applied id all points in the area. less than 3A, shall be provldad'for each (It) One or more fire extinguishers, 3,000 square feet of the protected bund rated not leas than 2A. shall be provided Table F-l FIRE EXTINGUISHERS BATA 0 1 am* 2 *vnr 11 1 1 1 r"mn fi 1KH r=t fsL YES YES YES YES Y-ES NO NO tSa csss; NO YES YES JL NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES YES s t ~ NO NO NO NO NO YES YES YES YES YES an a y*> MC u am IIJlMttt Atom wtovf > IT IK *N12I9 ISTMt C imiaK Itf* of sprinkler systems to permit alterations or additional demolition should be ex pedited so that Iht automatic protection may be returned to sendee ax quickly apossible. Sprinkler control valves shall be checked daily at dose e( work to ascer tain that the protection is in service. (2) Standpipei. In all structures In which standpipes are required, or where standpipes exist In structures being altered, they shall be brought up as soon as applicable laws permit, and shall be maintained as construction progresses In such a manner that they are always ready lor fire protection use. The stand pipes shall be provided with Siamese fire department connections on the out side et the structure, at the street level, which shall be conspicuously marked. There shall be at least one standard hose outlet at each floor. (e> Fire alarm ievica u> An alarm system, eg. telephone system, siren, etc, hall be umabUahed by the employer whereby employees on the site and the' local fire department can be alerted for an emergency. (2) The alarm code and reporting Instractions shall be conspicuously posted at phones and at employee entrances. (f) Fire eutaSt. (1) Fire walls and exit stairways, required for the com pleted buildingi. shall be given construc tion priority. Fire doors, with automatic dosing devices, shall be bang on openings as soon si practicable. (2) Fire cutoffs shall be retained in buildings undergoing alterations or dem olition until operations necessitate their removal. -- |*sr- nrgg | 2jS3 wT r-r S3- 5* Mr r-m 9- W ii-r 1- r. w on each floor. In multistory buildings, st least one fire extinguisher shall be lo cated adjacent to stairway. (v) Extinguishers and water drums, subject to freezing, shell be protected from freezing. (el) A fire extinguisher, rated not less then 10B. shell be provided within 30 feet of wherever more than 3 gallOKU of flammable or combustible liquids or S pounds of flammable gat are being used on the Jobsite. This requirement does not apply to the Integral fuel tanks of motor vehicles. (vil) Carbon tetrachloride and ocher toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers are prohibited. (eiin portable Are extinguisher* shll be inspected periodically and maintained in accordance with Maintenance and Use of Portable Fire Extinguishers, NPPA No. 10A-1970. fix) Fire extinguishers which have been luted or approved by s nationally recognized testing laboratory, shah be used to meet the requirements of this subpart. (x) Table P-1 may be used as s guide for selecting the appropriate portable Art extinguishers. (3) Fire Jlose and connections. (1) One hundred feet, or less of 1 Vi-inch hose, with a noale capable of discharg ing water at 33 gallons or more per minute, may be substituted for a fire extinguisher rated not more than 2A In the designated area provided that the hose line can reach all points in the area. (li> If Are hose connections are not compatible with local firefighting equip ment, the contractor shell provide adsp- ten, or equivalent, to permit connections. (Ill) During demolition Involving com bustible materials, charged hose lines, supplied by hydrants, wster tank trucks with pumps, or equivalent, shall be made available. <d) Fixed firefighting equipment--(1) Sprinkler protection. (1) If the facility being constructed includes the installa tion of automatic sprinkler protection, the Installation shall closely follow the construction and be placed in service as soon as applicable laws permit following completion of each story. (11) During demolition or alterations, existing automatic sprinkler installa tions shall be retained In service as long as reasonable. The operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorised persona Modification S 1926.151 Fire prevenIMA. (a) Ignition hazards. (1) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, beat, or power purposes shall be Installed in compliance with the requirements of the National Electrical Code. NFPA 701971; ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of IMS), and the requirements of Subpart K of this PVts (2) Internal combustion engine pow ered equipment shall be so located that the exhausts are well away from com bustible materials. When the exhsusts ore piped to outside the building under construction, s clearance of at least 0 Inches shall be maintained between such piping and oombustlble material. (3) Smoking shall be prohibited st or In the vicinity of operations which con stitute a fire hazard, and shall be con spicuously pasted; "No Smoking or Open Flame." (4) Portable battery powered lighting equipment, used in connection with the storage, handling, or use of flammable gases or liquids, shall be of the type ap proved for the hazardous locations. (3) The nozzle of air. Inert gas. and steam lines or hoses, when used in the cleaning or ventilation of tanks and vessels that contain hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel shell. Bonding devices shall not be at tached or detached in hazardous con centrations of flammable gases or vapors. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 15 lb) Temporary buildings. (1) No tem vent Ignition of combustible materials. (II) Whert an automatic extinguish porary bulldint shall b traded where (7) A clearance of 24 Inches shall be ing system Is provided, the system shall H will adversely affect any mean* et exit. maintained around the path of travel be designed and Installed In an approved <2)'Temporary buUdlnft, who located of fin doors unless a barricade is pro manner. Openings to other rooms or within another building or structure, vided. in which ease no clearance Is buildings shau be provided with non- shall be of either noneombustible con needed. Material -shall not be stored combustible liquid-Usht raised sills or struction or of combustible construction within 35 Inches of a Are door opening. ramps at least 4 inches In helrht. or the havrnt a fire resistance of not less than floor In the storage area shall be at least 1 hour. 4 Inches below the surrounding floor. (3) Temporary buildings, located other | 1915.152 Flammable and combustible Openings shall be provided with ap than inside another building and not liqutda. proved self-closing fire doors. The room used for the storage, handling, or use of flammable or combustible liquids, flam mable gasea, explosives, or blasting stents, or similar hazardous occupancies, shall be located at a distance of not leas than 10 feet from another building or structure. Oroupa of temporary build ings. not exceeding 2,000 equare feet in aggregate, shall, ter the purposes of this part, be considered a single temporary building. <c) Open yard storage. (1) Combusti ble materials shall be piled with due re gard to the stability of piles and in no cate higher than 30 feet. (2) Driveways between and around combustible storage piles shall be at least (a) General requirements. (1) Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage and handling of flammable and combustible liquids. Ap proved metal safety cans shall be used for the handling and use of flammable liquids In quantities greater than one gal lon, except that this shall not apply to those flammable liquid materials which are highly viscid (extremely bard to pour), which may be used and handled In original shipping containers. Per quantities of one gallon or less only the original container or approved metal safety cans shall be used for storage, use, and handling of flammable liquids. (3) Flammable or combustible liquids shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor. A permissible alternate to the rill or ramp is an open-grated trench. Inside of the room, which drains to a safe location. Whert other portions of the building or other buildings are exposed, windows shall be protected as set forth in the Standard for Pin Doors and Win dows. NPPA No. lft-1870. for Class E or ? openings. Wood of at least l-lnch nomi nal thickness may be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, scufiboards. floor over- ity sfl/ instft&iuoni. (III) Materials which will reset with water and create s Arc hazard shall not be stored in the seme room with flam mable or combustible liquids. 15 feet wide and maintained free from shall not be stored In areas used for (le) Storage In Inside storage roomj accumulation of rubbish, equipment, or exits, stairways, or normally used for shall comply with Table P-2 following: other articles or materials. Driveways the safe passage of people. shall be so spaced that a maximum grid (b) Indoor storage 0/ Aainstable and Tams T-s system unit of 50 feet by 150 feet Is combustible liquids. (1) No more than 25 produced. gallons of flammable or combustible liq (3) The entire storage site shall be uids shall be stored In a room outride kept free from accumulation of unnec of an approved storage cabinet Per yin prel-etlee yir* Uitlmaa prvewee mtaanea ataa TotiJ illovtbU eosMUin saicraq. fr V Coo. un essary combustible materials. Weeds and storage of liquid petroleum fas, see grass shall be kept down and a regular I 1825.153. procedure provided for the periodic (3) Quantities of flammable and com Y..................... I hr....... 130 aq. n. cleanup of the entire area. bustible liquid In excess ef 25 gallons No....................... 1 hr............ UOrq.:-.. <41 When there Is a danger of an un derground fire, that land shall not be used for combustible or flammable storage. <5) Method of piling shall be solid wherever passible and In orderly and regular piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 1ft feet of a building or structure. (t) Portable fire extinguishing equip ment. suitable for the fin haaard in volved. shall be provided at convenient, conspicuously arcwaihlc locations in the yard area. Portable fin extinguishers, rated not less than 3A, than be plaoed so that maximum travel distance to the nearest unit shall not exceed 100 feet. <d) Indoor storage. (1) Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely afleet. means of exit. (2) All materials shall be stoted. han dled. and piled with due regard to their fire eharacterlatica. (3) Noncompatihle materials, which may create a fire haaard. shall be segre gated by a barrier having a fire resist ance of at least 1 hour. (4) Material shall be piled to minimise the spread of Are Internally and to per mit convenient access for fire&gbtlag. Stable piling shall be maintained at all times. Aisle space shall be maintained to safely accommodate the widest ve hicle that may be used within the build ing for firefighting purposes. <51 Clearance of at least 35 Inches shell be stored In an acceptable or ap proved cabinet meeting the following re quirements: (ll Acceptable wdoden storage eabl- Non: Flit prouetioD ipuE aha]] be prtntxr. water spray, car-boa dioxide or other bleed eyaua taatlag ALpapbroovre!tdo1b7> a aauonally rcogtee thu purpoae. nets shall be constructed In the following manner, or equivalent: The bottom, rides, and top shall be constructed of an exterior grade of ply-rood at least 1 Inch tn thickness, which shall not break down or delaminate under ttendard Are test conditions All loints then be rabbeted and shall be fastened in two directions with flethcad wood screws When more than cue doer is used, there shall be a rabbeted overlap of not lea then 1 Inch. Steel hinges shell be mounted In such a manner is to not loee their hnkllng ca pacity due to kxwmlns or burning oat of the scam when subjected to Are. 8uch cabinets aball be painted Inside and out erlth Are retardant paint. (II) Approved metal storage cabinets will be acceptable. (III) Cabinets shall be labeled In con spicuous lettering, "Flammable--Seep Fire Away." (e) Eeetrieal wiring and equipment located In Inside storage rooms shall be approved for Clasa 1, Division 1, Haz ardous Locations. Por definition of Class L Division 1, Hazardous Locations, see i 1925.404. (vl) Every Inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhausting system. Such sys tem shall commence not more than 13 Inches above the floor and be designed to provide lor a complete change of air within the room at least 6 times per hour. If a ma-ham--i hrb.n.firry system Is used. It shall be ecn&oUed by a twitch located outride of the door. The venti lating equipment and any lighting fix tures shall be operated by the tame switch. An electric pilot light shall be Installed adjacent to the twitch If flam mable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation Is pro (3) Not more then SO gallons of flam vided. the fresh air Intake, as well as mable or 120 gallons of combustible the exhausting outlet from the room, liquids shall be stored lh any one storage shall be on the extenor of the building in cabinet. Not more than three such cabi which the room Is located. ' nets may be located tn a single storage (vil) In every inside storage room area. Quantities tn excess of thu shall there shall be maintained one clear aisle be stored tn an Inride storage room. at least 3 feet wide. Containers over 30 (4) (1) Inside storage rooms shall be gallons capacity shall not be stacked one constructed to meet the required fire- upon the other. shall be maintained between the top resistive rating for their use. Such con (vtll) Flammable and combustible liq level of the stored material and the struction shall comply with the teat uids In excess oi that permitted in in sprinkler deflectors specifications jet forth In Standard ride storage rooms shall be stored outside (() Clearance shall be miintatrmd Methods of Fire Test of Building Con ef busdings tn accordance with para around lights and mm M pye- struction and Material, NPPA 251-1MS. graph (O of this section. ? 16 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (c> Storage outside bufldinj*. (1) BLorags of containers (sot nor* than (0 gallon* *acb) shall net exceed 1.100 gallons in any on* pUt or ana. Piles or 'roups of container* shell bt scptriM ,T a 4-foot detrene*. Nee or (roups of containers shell not be nearer than 30 feet to a building. (3> WJihla 300 feet of each pile of containers, there shell be a 13-foot-1de access way to permit approach of fir* control apparatus. (3) The storage area shall be traded In a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures, or shall be surrounded by e curb or earth dike at least 13 Inches high. When curbs or dikes are used, provisions shall be made for draining off accumulations of ground or rain vster. or spills of flam container Vo another tank or container, ahall be separated from other operations by 24-feet distance or by construction having a Are resistance of et least 1 hour. Dralnege or other means shall be pro vided to control spills. Adequate natural or mechanical ventilation shall be pro vided to maintain the concentration of flammable vtpor at or below 10 percent of the lower flammable limit. (2) Transfer flammable liquids from one container to another shall be dono only when containers are electrically Interconnected (bonded). (3) Plammable or combustible liquids shall be drawn from or transferred Into Ytaaeis. cofttAlners* or links within i building or outside only through e dosed piping system, from safety cans, by means of a device drawing through the mable or combustibia liquids. Drains top, or from e eonteiner, or portable shall terminate at a safe location and ahall be accessible to operation under oo&diUo&ft. (4) Outdoor portable tank storage: (i> Portable tanks ahaS not be nearer than 30 feet from any bunding. Two or more portable tanks, grouped together, having a combined capacity in excess of 3.300 gallons, shall be separated by a 4-foov-elear area. Individual portable tanks exceeding 1.100 giflons (hall be separated by a S-foet-clear area. <U) Within 300 feet of each portable tank, there ahall be a 13-foot-wide access way to permit approach of Art control apparatus. (5) Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris, and other oombuittble material not necessary to the storage. ) Portable tanks, not exceeding M0 gallons, shall be provided with emergency toting and other devices, as required y chapters SI and IV of NFPA 30-1363, The nammable and Combustible Liquids MBC. (7) Portable tanks. In excess of M0 gallons, ahall have emergency venting and other devices, as required by chap ters S end SI of lb* Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code, NPPA 30- 1MS. (d) /ire control for fiantnabU or eomburttbU Squid storage. (11 At least Wld DCrtAhl* fin BTMEW7>Kaa Vfrtwt fc rating of not lees than 10-8 units, ahall be located outside of. but not more than 10 feet from, the door opening Into any room used for storage of more than (0 gallons of flammable or oombustlble liquids. <21 At least one portable fire extin guisher having a rating of not lea than 30-B units than be located not lea than Si feet, nor mors than n feet, from any flammable liquid storage area located outside (3) When sprinklers art provided. th7 be inft&Dcd In with the Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. NPPA 13-1369. (4) At least one portable Are extin guisher having a rating of not lea than 30-B:C units ahall bt provided on all tanks, by gravity or pump, through an approved self-closing velve. Transferring by means of air pressure on the con tainer or portable tanks is prohibited. (4) The dispensing units shell be pro tected against collision damage. (5) Dispensing deviee* and neoles for flammable liquids shall be of an approved type. <f) Handling bQuids of point of Anal us*. (1) Flammable liquids shell be kept in dosed container* when not actually In use. (3) Leakage or spfllige of flammable or combustible liquids shall be disposed of promptly and safely. <31 Flammable liquids may be used only where User* are no open flames or other courses of ignition within M feet of the operation, unless conditions war rant greater clearance. (g) Service and retooling areas. (1) nammable or combustible liquids shall be stored In approved dosed containers. In tanka located underground, or In aboveground portable tanks. (3) The tank trucks shall comply with the requirements covered in the Standard far Tank Vehicle* lor nam mable and Combustible Uquids. NFFA No. 3M-19M. (3) The dispensing bos* shall be an approved type. (4) The dispensing node shall be an approved automatic-dosing &pe with- outs litcfaop6& 6rriot. <61 Underxrounfl tanks shall not be abandoned. (6) Clearly identified and easily acces sible switch (es> shall be provided at a location remote from dispersing devices to shut off the power to all dispensing de vice* in the event et an emeigeag. <71 Cl) Beating equipment of an ap proved type may be Installed In the lubri cation or service area where there Is no dispensing or transferring of flammable liquids, provided the bottom of the heat ing unit Is et least it Inches above the floor and Is protected from physical dam age. (11) Beating equipment Installed In lubrication or servlet areas, where flam tank trucks or other vehicles used for mable liquids art dispensed, shall be of transporting and/or dispensing flam an approved type for garages, and shall mable or combustible Bquida. () Dispensing liquids. (1) Areas In TjjJgJj ^|myn^ld QOBbBItQl ]]qi^ -re transferred at on* time, m Quantities greater than i gallons Atitn one tank or be Installed at least feet above the floor. (I) There shall be no smoking or open flames In the areas used lor fueling, serv icing fuel systems for internal combus tion engines, receiving or dispensing of flammable or combustible liquids. (9) Conspicuous snd legible sign* pro hibiting smoking shell be posted. (10) The motors at til equipment being fueled shell be shut off during the fueling operation. (11) Each service or fueling area shall be provided with at least one Are ex tinguisher havug a rating of not less than 20BC located to that an extin guisher will be within 73 feet of each pump, dispenser, underground All pipe opening, and lubrication or service area. I 1936.143 Liquefied petroleum gar (LP-Car). (a) Approval of equipment and tyttems. <11 Each system shall have con tainer*, valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies. and regulators of an approved type. (3) All cylinder) shall meet the De partment of Transportation specifica tion identification requirement* pub lished In 43 CFR Fan 174. Shipping Container Specifications. Cb) Welding on IP-Gei container*. Welding Is prohibited on containers. (d Container velvet and container aeeessoriet. (1) Valves, fittings, and ac cessories connected directly to the con tainer. Including primary shut off valves, shall have a rated working pressure of at least 340 pals, and shall be of mate rial and design suitable foe LP-Oa* service. (3) Connections to containers, except safety relief connections, liquid level gauging devices, and plugged openings, shall have shutoff valves located a* dose to the container as practicable. (d) Safety devices. (1) Every con tainer and every vaporiser shell be pro vided with one or more approved safety relief valves or devices. These valves shall be arranged to afford free vent to the outer air with discharge not leu then 4 feet hortmntafly away from any open ing into a building which is below such 'diSCh&TVB* (2) Shutoff valve* shall hot be in stalled between the safety relief device and the container, or the equipment or piping to whioh the safety relief deviee is connected, exoept that s shutoff valve may be used where the arrangement of this valve Is such that full required ca pacity flow through the safety relief de vice Is always afforded. (3) Contamer safety relief devices and regulator relief vents shall be located not less than 4 feet in any direction from sir opening* Into sealed combustion system appliances or mechanical ventilation air Intakes. (t) Dispensing. (1) Filling of fuel con tainers for trucks or motor vehicles from bulk storage containers shall be per formed not less than 10 feet from the nearest masonry-walled building.'or not less than 24 feet from the nearest build ing or otner construction and. In any event, not less than 34 feet from any building opening. (2) Wiling of portable containers or containers mounted on skids from stor age containers *hu be performed not leu than 40 feet from the nearest building. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 17 tfl Jtcgittrcmenfi /or apptteneo. (1) Non: The prevision! ot this subpsngrspb (k) Storage outside 0/ bwildlagi. <1> LP-Ou coniumlnf appliances shall b approved type*. (2) Any appllanei that tu ortclaally manufactured for operaUos vlth a gaaeoua fuel other than LP-Oaa, and ie In food condition, may he uaed vlth LP-Qa* only after U U properly einverud, adapted, and teated for performance So set spply te portable heaters under 7.300 B.t.u. por hour input vbee used with eontslaon having s mmmua water capacity of 1H pounda. (9) Container valvea. connectors, reg ulators. manifolds, piping. *nd tubing ahall not be used si structural support* for heaters. (10) Containers, regulating equip ment. manifold*, pipe, tubing, and hose Storage outside of bulldings, for con tainers awaiting ust, shall bt located from tha nearest building eg group of buildings, in accordance with the following: TaauaF-) PUUnc* Quantity ef LP-Oea awnd: (/aat) *00 tea or laaa........................................... o *01 to 4.000 lb*....................................... 10 with LP-Oaa before the appliance I* shall be located to minimize exposure to 4.00] vo lonoo is*.................................. ao placed in lice. high temperature* or physical damage. vr 10.000 Ibt...................................... a* (g) Container! and regulating equip ment installed outride o/ bvildinpi or etruefaree. Contalnert ahall be upright upon firm foundation* or ethervlae firmly aecured. The poaalble eSect on the outlet plplni of aettllne ahall be piarded against by a flexible connection or ape dal fitting. (11) Containers having a water ca pacity greater than 214 pound* (nominal 1 pound LF-Gas capacity 1 connected for use shall stand on a firm and substan tially level surface and. when neeeaaary. shall be secured In an upright position. (12) The maximum water capacity of Individual containers shall be 243 pounda (2) Containers shall be In a suitable ventilated enclosure or otherwise pro tected against tampering. at Fir* protection Slongv locations shall be provided with al least one ap proved portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not lea* than 20-B:C. (h) Container! end equipment need (nominal 103 pound/ LP-Oaa capacity). I 1928.154 Temporary beating devices. tneide o/ budding* or atrveturea. (1) When operational requirement* make portable uae of container! neeeaaary, and Uielr location outalde of bulldlnca or etructurea la Impracticable, container! and equipment ahall be permitted to be uaed lnxlde of bulldlnca or atruetum tn accordance with aubparacrapha (2) through (11) of thia paragraph. (2) "Container! In uae" mean* con nected for uae. (3) System* utilizing container! hav ing a water capacity greater than 2H pound* (nominal 1 pound LP-Oaa capac ity) ahall be equipped with exceaa flow valve*' Such exceaa flow valvea ahall be either Integral with the container valves or In the connection* to the contamer valve outlet*. (4) Regulator* shall be either directly connected to the container valves or to manifold* connected to the container valvea. The regulator ahall be suitable for uae with LP-Oaa. Manifold* and (13) For temporary beating, beaten (other than Integral heater-container units) ahall be located et least feet from any LP-Oaa container. This shall not prohibit the us* of beaten specifi cally designed for attachment to the container or to a supporting standaird. provided they are designed and installed to a* to prevent direct or radiant beat application from the heater onto the con tainers. Blower and radiant type beaters shall not be directed toward any LP-Oaa container within 20 feet. (14) If two or more heater-eontalner unite, ot either the integral or nonin tegral type, are located in an unpartitloned ana on the same floor, the container or containers of each unit ahall be separated from the container or containers of any other unit by at least 20 feet. (15) When heaters are connected to containers for use In an unpartitioned area on the same floor, the total water (a) Ventilation, (i) Fresh air shall be supplied tn sufficient quantities te mamtain the health and safety c( work men. When natural mean* of fresh air supply ia Inadequate, mechanical vacilla tion ahall bs provided. (2) When heatera are uaed in confined (paces, special care ahall be taken te provide sufficient ventilation In order te ensure proper combustion, maintain the health and safety of workmen, and limit temperature rise In the area. (b> Clearance and mounting. (1) Temporary heating devices shall be In stalled to provide clearance to combusti ble material not leu than the amount ahown in Table F-4. (2) Temporary heating devices, which arc listed for installation with lesser clearance* than specified in Table P-4, may be Installed In accordance with their approval. Tilll T-i fittings connecting container! to pres capacity of contalnert, manifolded to Mtnttnare etanac*, sure regulator inlets shall be designed tor gether for connection to a beater or at least 250 pxig. sendee pressure. heaters, shall not be greater than 733 (3) Valves on container! having water pound* (nominal 300 pounda LF-Gas capacity greater than SO pound* (nomi capacity). Such manifold* ahall be SttUoc Ifiphiftwi ttta Cbt&fi*? Mr nal 20 pound* LF-Oas capacity) shall be protected from damage while tn use or storage. separated by at least 20 feet. (16) Storage of containers awaiting use shall be In accordance with para Saco b*Mt, tirente&nr tffiimaa-f.c.w...u..r.,.M....i.n...t........... M Mn U (g) Aluminum piping or tubing *h*n graphs (i > and <k) of this section. not be used. (1) Multiple container eutienu. (7) Boee shall be designed for a work (11 Valve* in the assembly of multiple ing pressure of at least 230 pjlg. Design, container system* than be arranged ao construction, and performance of hose, and base connections shall have their that replacement of containers can be made without shutting off tbs flow of gas suitability determined by listing by a nationally recognised testing agency. The In the system. This provision is not to be construed aa requiring an automatic hose length shall be as short as practica ble. Boses shall be long enough to permit compliance with spacing provision! of subparagraphs (l)-(U) of this para changeover device. <21 Beaters shall be equipped with an approved regulator In tb* supply line between the fuel cylinder and the heater graph. without kinkbig or straining, or unit. Cylinder connector^ shall be pro causing hose to be so close to s burner ss to be damaged by beat. (8) Portable heaters. Including sala manders. ahall be equipped with an approved automatic device to shut off the Sow of gas to the main burner, and vided with an excess flow valve to mini mise the flow of gas in the event the fuel line become* ruptured. (2) Regulators and low-pressure re lief devices shall be rigidly attached to pilot if used. In the event of flame failure. the cylinder valves, cylinders, supporting (3) Beaten not suitable for use co wood Soon shell not be set directly upon them or other combustible material*. When such beaten an used, they shall rest co suitable heat Insulating material or at least 1-lach concrete, or equivalent. Die intuitOn* mturitl beyond the beater 3 feet or man In an directions. <41 Heaters used is the vicinity of combustible tarpaulins, canvas, or simi lar coverings shall be located at least 10 feet from the coverings. The cover ings shall be securely fastened to pre vent Ignition or "p*"Wrif of the-beater due to wind action as the coverms or Such heaters, having Lnputs above 30.000 standards, the building walla, or other other material. B.t.u. per hour, ahall be equipped with wise rigidly secured, and shall be so (c) Stability. Beaten, when In use, either a pilot, which must be lighted and proved before the main burner can be turned an, or an electrical Ignition sys tem installed or protected from the elements. 0) Stonge o) LPO container!. Stor age of LPO within buildings is prohibited. ahall be set horizontally level, unleu otherwise permitted by the manufac turer's marking! * c, 18 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (d) Solid fat! lelemanderi. Solid fuel salamanders ut prohibited In buildings and on *cITold*. (<> Oil-fired heeler*. (1) Flammable Uquid-flred heater* (hall be equipped with a primary tafety control to (top the flow of fuel in the event of flame failure. Barometric or fravliy oil feed (hall not be eonaldered a primary safely control. (2> Heater* designed for barometric or gravity oil feed (hall be used only with the integral tank*. (11 t Revoked 1 (4) Heaters specifically designed and approved lor use with separate supply tank* may be directly connected for gravity feed, or an automatic pump, from a supply tank. - | 1916.155 Dcfinilieoi applicable Is till* tubpan. (a) "Approved", for the purpose of this subpart, means equipment that has been listed or approved by a nationally recognised testing laboratory such as Factory Mutual Engineering Corp, or Underwriters' laboratories, Inc, or Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, or U. Coast Ouard. which Issue approvals for such equipment. (b) "Closed container" means a eon' talner so sealed by means of a lid or other device that neither liquid nor vapor will escape from It at ordinary temperatures. <e> "Combustible liquids* mein any liquid having a flash point at or above 140' F. (SO* C.). end below 200* F. (93.4* C.). (d) "Combustion" ntt&i tnj chi&* tool process that Involves oxidation sufident to produce light or heat. (e) "Fin brigade" means an orga nised group of employees that an knowl edgeable. trained, and skilled In the safe evacuation of amployeee during emer gency situations and in (witting m fin fighting operations. ft) "Fire resistance* means so re sistant to fin that, for spedflad time and vmder conditions of a standard heat intensity, it will not fan structurally and win not permit the side away from the fin to become hotter than a spertflert temperature. For purposes of this part, fin resistance shall be determlnad hr the Standard Methods of Fire Tads of Building Construction and Materials, KFPA 361-1969. (g) "Flammable* means capable of being easily ignited, burning totensely, or having a rapid rate of Same spread. liquid having a flash point below 140* F. and having a vapor pressure not exceed ing 40 pounds per square Inch (abeolute) St J00* F. (1) "Flash point" of the liquid means the temperature et which it gives off vapor sufficient to form an Ignitable mix ture with the air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used as deter mined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as specified below. (1) The flash point of liquids having a viscosity less than 45 Saybolt Universal Secbnd(s) at 100* F. (37.8* c.) and a flash point below 175* F. (79.4* C.) shall be determined In accordance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Tag Closed Tester. ASTM Et-56-49. (2) The flash point of liquids having a viscosity of 45 Saybolt Universal Becond(s) or more at 175* F. (79.4* C.) or higher shall be determined In accord ance with the Standard Method of Test for Flash Point by the Pmxky Martens Closed Tester. ASTM D-93-69. (1) TJquefled petroleum gases* "LPG" and *LP Gas" mean and Include any material which Is composed pre dominantly of any of the following hy drocarbons, or mixtures oi them, such as propane, propylene, butane (normal butane or lao-butane), and butylenes. (k) "Portable tank" means a closed container baring a liquid capacity more than 60 VS. gallons, and not intended lor fixed installation d) "Safety can* means an approved cloeed eontalner, of not more than 5 gal lons capacity, having a Cash-arresting screen, apring-doclng lid and opeut cover and ao designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure. (m) "Vapor pressure" means the pres sure, measured m pounds per square inch (absolute), exerted by a volatile Dquid as determined by the "Standard Method of Test for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum Products (Rdd Method).* (ASTM D-323--58). Subpart G--Signs, Signals, end Barricades | 1926.200 Arrideil prevenbaa dgu end Saga. (a) General, signs and symbols re quired by this subpart shall be Tidbit at all times when work Is being performed, end shall be removed or covered preenptly when the hacards no longer exist (b) Danger tlgnt. (1) Danger signs (see Figure G-l) shall be used only where an Immediate hazard exists. (2) Danger signs shall have red as the predominating color lor the upper panel; black outline on the borders: and a white lower pane) for additional sign wording. (e> Caution signs. <l> Caution sl-ns (set Figure 0-2) shell be used only to warn against potential hazards or to caution against unsafe practices. (2) Caution signs shall have yellow as the predominating color; black uj.per pane) and borders; yellow lettering of "caution" on the black panel: and the lower yellow panel for additional sign wording. Black lettering shall be used lor additional wording. Figure 5-1 I ^>YLLOW (d) Szii signs. Exit signs, when re quired, shall be lettered in legible red letter*, not leu than 8 Inches high, on a white field and the principal stroke of the letters shall be at least three-fourths inch in width. (t) Safety tsistmotion signs. Safety Instruction signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey the principal message Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. ft) Directional signs. Directions! signs, other than automotive traffic signs specified In paragraph (g) of this section, (hall be white with a black pane) and a white directional lymbol. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. <() Traffic signs. (1) Construction areas ahall be potted with legible traf&c aigns at potnta of hasard. (2) AH traffic control signs or devices used for protection of construction work men shall conform to Americu Rational Standards Institute D4.1-1961. Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Device* lor Streets and Highways. (hi Accident pretention tags. (1) Acci dent prevention tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning employee* of an hasard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall cot be ttsed In place of. or as a aubstltma for, accident prevention sign*. (3) Specification* for accident preven tion tags to those In Table O-l shall apply, - CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 19 Tails 0.1 CJU1TI0S W HOT USE D6.1-1M1, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Dtvieet for Streets and High ways, relating to barricades. f 1926.201 Definition* epplirabie to dsis Subpart. (a) "Barricade'' meant an obstruction to deter the passage of persons or vehicles. (b) ``Signs" are the warnings of hazard, temporarily or permanently affixed or placed, at locations where hazards exist. (c) "Signals' are moving signs, pro vided by workers, such as flagmen, or by devices, such at flashing lights, to warn of possible or existing hazards. <d> "Tagi" are temporary signs, usually attached to a piece of equipment or pan of aemetun, to warn of existing or Immediate haxarda Kbits tag - Vblte letters on rwd square Kbits tag >hita lattara ec rad oval with a black squire Tallow tagTallow latter* ce a black background Kbits tag Vhita letters on black back ground Basie Stock (Background) Safety Colors (Ink) Copy Specifieatioa (letters) Wilt# Bed Bo Bet Operate Kbits Black, and led Banger Tallow Caution Kbits Black Out of Order Bo Bet Daa (1) Additional rule*. Americas Na tional Standard* XmtiUiU (ANSI) Z36.11068, Specification* for Aeddeot Preven tion Sign*, and Z35J-1066, SpedficaUOG* for Accident Prevention Tag*, contain rule* which are additional to the rule* prescribed In this section. The employer shall comply with ANSI Zii.1-1068 and 231.3-1068 with respect to rules sot spe cifically prescribed is this subpart- | 1926.201 Signaling. (a) narmen. (1) When operation* are such that signs, signals, and barricade* do sot provide the necessary protection os or adjacent to a highway or street, flagmen or ether appropriate traffic controls shall be provided. (2) Signaling directions by flagmm shall conform to American National Standards Institute D6J-1061, Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Street* and Highways. (3) Hand signaling by fl.fm*n be by use of red flags at least It Inches square or sign paddles, and in periods of darkness, red lights. It) Ragmen shall be provided with and shall wear a red or orange warning garment while flagging. Warning gar ments worn at night shall be of reflectoriled material. Cb) Crane and AOisf tiffnalt. Regula tions for ersae and hoist aifnaHnf will be found in applicable American Na tional Standard! Institute standard*. | 1926.202 Barricades Barricade* for protection of employees shall conform to the portlcme of the American National Standards Institute Subpart H--Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal | I926.2S0 Central requirements far storaga- (a) General. (1) All materials stored in tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to pre vent sliding, falling or collapse. (2) Maximum safe lead limits of floors within buildings and structures, in pounds per square foot shall be con spicuously posted in all storage areas, except for floor or slab on grade. Maximum tail loads shall not be exceeded. (3) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equip ment or employees. Such areas shall be kept in good repair. <C> When a dlflerenee in road or work ing levels exist metzis such as rampa, blocking, or grading shall be used to asure the sal* movement of vehicles be tween the two levels. (b> Material ttoratt. (1) Material stored inside bulldings under construc tion shall not be placed within I teet of any hoistway or inside floor opening*, nor within 10 feet of an exterior waQ which does not extend above the top o> the material stored. (2) Employees required to work a stored material in alias, happen, tanks, and riznllar storags areas shall bs sqtflp- ped with Ufehnes and safsty baht aset- ing the requirements o Subpart JE of this part. <g) NoncompiUble materials shall bs segregated in storage. 22 I i I CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS TbW *-l 1 'VJ* umcitw rci well m umi iinwiiii ei*u>ciTiea unirit plot nut sum ten * *f (WAm) Cw 1/4 lit* /# in */n 4/1 W 4 i It 4 ft MW M/4 1 v It t|t W/J MW 4 JT III? 4 k ST 4 * ST Wt tu *41 If 1.4 IS SI 41 *4 01* 144 14.4 14.4 S.4 *4.4 ?W00l t.M Iff I.S I.T 11 IT 4.4 4.4 14 4.1 H>4 114 IM IT.4 94.4 tt.l J4.4 1 Itl 4K U U 1* It 14 4.1 4.4 14 11.4 114 114 141 Bat 414 414 WT 44 141 144 t.l I.S 1.4 11 1 11 14 14 t.t 14 11.4 114 114 *4.4 m 14* 14S It* 14 14 11 IS 14 It 14 S.4 IS fl.4 114 14.4 lit 1*4 TnAM a) TNWl 4o4*T s NT 44 1 1*4 1*4 144 It I.T IS IT 14 IS IT IS 14 11 14 14 Itl M.4 11* tT SI 14 It S14 M LI 14 fal *4.4 *14 114 M4 ft.4 H4 *4.4 *Sa4 u M *14 4L4 SI* *14 *44 414 T.i 41.4 41.4 41* MtwMiovKiMTMi BO vilwi la R cola r tM Pwmmd Mil. TlMl BO *Tsc*r*eme k* am in uat ttfLI US IBM _ awiCIL uua MV yyT4T>. n qmTucncm wrutzm tnaurt mum m MiRMcflBsmnwwMniiiTUkttMm ftitWWW 1/4 M I/S 14 4/4 44 4/4 T4 14* 14* 4* t* MW 10/11 14* 14/1 kit tom liTtl TsTiT f iTil ftlif TifiT TitiH T a T a It T a 1 a It Ta li It Tata It V a T a It t i it me faiiiime tiiinmc Tiii it me Talaltme ta* a it me t a 4 a It SV4C f all It Stic ____________ SaUaaKnJailtja ai VmJ U4 ta 14 t.l lat t.l 14 1.4 IT 14 11 11 14 14 TJ S.t U li 4144 14 4.1 14 tIJ It 1.1 M IS >4.4 14 T.4 *14 It 14 TJ 14 U 114 14 44 >14 T.t 14 t.l 4* H4 T.4 *14 IIJ u SL4 S14 tJ *4.4 ftATMtft aCATt*AMCITHt.SVVAMlT|M||>A4tLI |IpIMI Uf|JWl 4 a 7 AW I X It C*lTUCTlOH IMFtQVCt Kt tTIIV UM Mt( lit ffiMlT l t HlMVaa a . aa aa. aa aau -N.. T. f3J44 1) IM w- 1 -r.r*- J/B Ill 4.0 i * Q.T* IB IB 134 in c.n 114 I.T I.S I.S 1*4 S.t 1J S/B T a T O.SI 1 w &n BJt 0.S4 ITl 1TI 4.70 T a T 3.1 I.S I.S 1.3 S.I 3.T i/14 4 a It I.T S.I 4 a It u 1J 1.3 4.tt s.o 2J 2.3 14 14 3.T 4 a It 4 a It 4 a It 44 t.S 13.4 t.l 11 JJ 4.t 4.0 13 t. to 4.T 31.0 4 a It 4 * It 4 a It 4 a It 4 a It IL4 It.4 r.4 14.4 4T.4 no ll.t t.S 14.1 l.4 14.0 >14 30.0 11.4 n.o n.o 314 SS.4 35.0 *4.4 St B.O 44.t 43.4 11.4 41.4 3t W M MX .. M. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS TlMo H*7 .,, a*ciTi(t rt uii i un Mini kini 4a ItiNHi V ClAlUttCATtOK MifNVll HN Hilt IUII tOff htn rim com irci fee o< ruM*; C-M. \H 4 a It S/It a It M ta It la It 1/5 ta It A4 4a It 4 a It M 4 a It la It I.IA CM 1.1 14 tl 4t 4 44 I 11.4 >M4//1I 14/5 144 14/4 t 4a ft 4a r tat? 4aV 4 a J5 ta A 154 HI XI tat 114 CM 1.4 l.t 14 J.4 4) 1) >4 Itt 11.4 It.# set r4 M.4 ct.t 414 Wmf IM 1M Htfi 4H l.l >.l 1.1 94 ct 4.4 1.1 t.) 44 Itt 14 4 tt.o tee Br.4.l tt.t loti Cm turn > C t.t 14 tl 14 14 4.4 U C4 III 114 14.4 IM >f4it4 fit J4 vsnrMt>* *^**5* C4t t.H l.l 1.4 >4 l.l 14 l.t s.t ct M 44 >14 *1444444 944 CS1 Ml l.l l.l l.l 11 l.l t.4 It t.t 44 114 114144 104 A4 fit l.l 14 IJ 15 4.1 44 5.J Itt U.l 154 114 let 114 IM 414 404 Ml 14 11 t.t 4.1 11 tt la 114 114 904 XI 9Ht.it M4 tee M4 554 u^Ttj -RT"^iH 14 14 14 It Ct 1.1 114 144 ICO 9H14I M4 ICO act 134 HI 114 M4 fit IM 4 t.t 114 Mi 174 tt.t 414 Tcfclo B-S l*TW CAMCltKt tot t4.cc I UII lieu fiMCl ta Ha^tivcum^iarwi ctioni n.wmtwtuu com MTU OH^UOOn net MM COM OMQ w. fc Cm tei gferr IV 1/4 C* It CM IAI Salt 1.4 M/9 ta It 14 9/M alt L5 I/I Sa It 1.4 t/4 Salt O 14 a It l.l 1/4 alt >4 ffi fa It *4 a It ILt 1.14 Ss It 144 CM 14 Cl t.t 14 4.1 S.t 14 114 114 114 in i.i 14 M 14 11 44 t 54 IM IM I4fi 14/0 144 14/1 at? 114 a 91 04 0*95 914 lair H4 1 a 95 44 a 91 4 914 set let Hi 14 Ut Itt 114 914 t tt.t 154 . in Uacin t. n.m 5m U japa> V5TB fl ext 14 14 U l.l l.t 44 44 t.l ll.t Ikt 154 B.l act 9*4 04 It Mi CM 141 l.l l.l 14 at M 44 Cl 54 4 ICO ICO 114 lit 904 Mt Jm CM SJV 14 t.t Cl 9.5 C4 41 04 Cl 1C* ICO ICO 154 HI fit ICO 1.4 t.l Cl 44 t.l .4 94 114 144 too 114 J54 8.1 8.1 4.1 U0 HI 14 14 Cl 44 C5 5J 4 114 154 914 954 8.1 fit 4t4 CIO I4 fit *jar 1 >4 1.5 14 14 t4 14 44 4 Cm 8 *t -- law "T9T* 1.5 at 114 U. IM HI 154 8.1 104 414 81 H 144 U.l 914 9C4 114 954 414 HI 414 4 Cl 114 IC 954 444 U4 414 (HtaMMM Toklt B-f IATCAIISUkftAuC/TICcoSveCM. itb4o.CuS mI cUuKinIIcOi lolmUit.M ?* AMT a t a n eSMfTItfCTBHI UIVIMZII iOCIA^r UiO( COM rtitBimcMnMCTip attmt ntv mu mam com B 0 (OwtMl Cmmm ^ SrrfU ld SI mm CmhMk -.--T----u---Q---4--MT lCal CJU |1 *wt n*i HaillCi 4iii 1 ti MU min Nat M 4m h* i w * 41 Cfw 4-tW 1/4 Tata* t.tr C5I CIO 1/1 5 a * a 5 14 l.S Cl 1/5 5 a? a 5 Cl Cl LI in 5 a 5 a 5 44 ct 14 1/4 1 a ? a ? Cl C4 Cl i.j 1.1 34 5.1 41 14 5.3 14 t.t Cl 1/0 1/4 5/1 1 MA M/4 5 * > a It 5 a * a It llTalf 5 a T a It 5 a * a If 5 a 1 a It Ct 54 Cl 111 144 154 4.1 C5 54 C5 ICt M.I Ct 4.1 C4 Ct LI Ct 5.1 1.1 ICf C4 *44 114 HI U.l 314 1*4 HI 314 1/4 5/0 1 M/0 14/1 um M/1 M/5 TMalt !0*C non me tMaltfOHC 5Ma31 INC no** me tmaitmc tmatt me 5Malt MHC 14 C? U4 114 M4 154 Itt tet C4 5.1 Ct 114 ICt HI ICt HI Cl ct u t.t 14 ICJ 114 U.1 Cl U4 1*4 tet XI HI HI act Ct ll.t let let act lit fit r.t ta* MU Ni8U 14 Cl 4.2 >5 114 114 54 ll.t Ml ICt fit fit 23 94 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Tofclo X|0 ati* (iACirm rot kk ai mi ionic umu A ? am if (MMAsIrTiuerw wooo|UvtoMn(o0t0t*u1 n cum iam }i)CMTIUCTW UifMUII AHCAA/T MAM Hit Cm * Mm) i/at Ml i/i HI a/iA 9 1/12 T TaT 1/M 9a9 1/11 1/4 */ 1/0 T/H 1/9 1/11 I/I 1/4 T/l a If a H UH a to at* a it a 10 a l a 10 1 a to _______H C.MUt . 1*. BaON ft > >n A/a iim i 1. tml,'JL 11-- M Aft a*, Wrn 99 Afrtt VX U'4otL aw;11 TtMirSmT Ivi 11 Am* ____is*_____Hart 19 Atmm A*n N* X 4>lt Pi VP** yvi^s ON 1.1 11 0.11 IN 12 AM l.t 14 0.41 IN 14 111 191 1.9 113 0.19 1.1 I.I 1-9 4.4 U) I.I 11 IN 14 14 IN It 19 IN 11 If IN AM 14 ON 1.1 11 IftT 1.1 IT in i.i 19 41 1.0 it 0.11 IN 11 114 191 t.l 11 LI M t.ft 1.1 I.I 10 1ft 4.4 lit 11 11 199 TE 11 11 11 1J 0.1 111 Ml 11.0 IM 111 HI U.I a.i 4.0 At 10 111 ILft *0.9 Ml as.t 42.0 11.9 14 4.1 IT f.y m 194 *14 Sift HI 1111.4ft ia is it 9.2 M 110 lift Sft.4 Sft.4 Sift IM 1.9 I.I U 0.1 0.1 U.I U-0 1*4 *T4 . ft 49.0 I.I 12 1ft 11 10 49 114 94 ft Sift Sf.ft lift 4.1 1ft U4 lift Ml 11-4 Sft.4 4ft.ft ftO.ft 04.0 B4 14 10 ia no no sit Sift no Sift 910 014 19 U lift no no IM Sift A 4.4 n. 01ft 1ft 94 114 no lift Ml IM' 414 094 044 14 U 11 ni 144 no 2nMo 414 44 91ft TT 14 14 T.9 no no 194 St.ft 414 7Mo 1-11 tATtO CA/AClTlCS 001 STtAMO LAIN OKOMMCT - MAM* TVClIO OMOVH n? ITttl HAAS HM tOftl 100T IaTCO CASAOTltS. TQ*ft (LW 1) ImWi) CtMR 0 1/4 ft/14 M 9/14 1/1 0/lft 4/1 V4 T/l 1 MA */ M/I 1*1/2 Ian Tart Tart Tart Tart Tart Tart Tart Tart Tart Tart T a IT 9 BIT 9 art v***w Ml 14 14 14 U It It 9.4 Mi IM Mi 414 W.ft *" mtmtmmH tmh Am ^ ft/9 MW It I m % -- wmm: Amim> iommn mmm* w* mm M Imi, Or-- tt mm Mi> & CWU/ 044 14 1.4 14 14 11 It 14 04 19 lift lift no if# 0 V**i*t 19 1ft 11 It 19 11 M.M no ii Ml 034 41ft Sift tvi. i-i: UTD CAMOTItl MI UKI LAMMCM1T . IMI Tucrn 1 AM Till * CMTHCTM WMIU *L0 nm MAM M>l * * i * t CMoravcnsD Mirmum amcmpt mam iwi ail( moi ' ATtD capaStmv IWRWtl '" bH 0 6 0Iftai) Citit i/i 0/14 ft/ VI t/14 4 4 i/4 19/U M/0 M/H 1*1/3 Ml/14 M4 S-4/4 Ll/I 7 (lit 9 *4 T 9 ilif Tifil 9a9aT TaT aT T a 4 a 1* lililt Tilill 9 a* s 1* liftilt 7 a* a T9 9 a 4 a 14 9 all |9 9 a ft a if 9 aft a rt Vmil 1.1 14 11 14 IS Cl 1* It 9.9 114 111 lift Kft JM 04 Sift Omkm 1*4 11 M 13 14 14 ! 1ft 19 14 lift 044 M4 Sift 114 04 Vr*l IS 14 9.4 12 19 10 T.t 114 lift XX 4 IM on 01ft M IU4 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Ttblt M3 tATft CAPAOTItS 0t ntAM (.Alt Mft.ru H.MCMIeNANfCil. JOMf keu not iticv iuc mpi nt MT tATtD CABACITtll, TONI ft.Mt a) CM* 0 & <0 1/4 a/i V1/1I V4 7* t |.|* M/4 HI M/I fw mnnc utirae t B It IWC mu me it mac tvititte imme vttivae iitme itpmc t *r me n* i M MUl MM at 1LI IU fU HA ht fNM Chat* m at at at at taaxt Ui tat ttaatt VmIW kU* at ai f.t ha tat lit m* aat 4a14i tat TabW 1*14 lATIt CAtAOTtCS fftt CUl( LAIC IMOCfU B.*6tJlCOlAJUeU MNfT J * ? * 7 AMD )i)iW CMITIMCrm MVAHItC* AttClArr UUI vote t a I It IVC CMTNCTM MMOVCI ftOV tUILMUl Wf I Uki toot tic CAttcmcv tmi o.tm ai M 1/4 VI 1/S It V4 M V4 7* I M/I M/4 4/4 s/t 1 M/I M/4 Ml M/S font tila* fltlt fltlt flfil f if if f lilt 7 it *t y tit y it b it fifirt raff It iitm *k fiMintie iKitiiifie Tata it me t BMHme talilflTBC Titutmc 0 V*4wl au 1.4 at at as ar A at ILt tat IM as as tat sat tat tat & 6 OnI Ml at as at ar at at at at tat tat af at ?.t at sat tat tat 0 aa/ M at at t.i u.t at la* tat aat aat tat tat tat tit aat ai.t Sf.t aat 25 26 cowmucnoN touu'noNS TsMs s-15 KAMJU MM )LWCt on 0UMCII M*W * liAl NmW*I V4fM Far MS h hi fmmii tfUlM M<| Vrtofto h Mi li > 6on M IC H SATIS CAPACITY W SOUND! IW, (T( AMO tVf IUM6 tAUtTMTCM A*f) f *4 is w to to tf 2 9** MAf OAf 2B4t A*fU ! A*#* * ynil :>* Af 8 4f 45 4* M 4n \n />< 4/1 V* T4 1M 12.9 34.7 MN 9,414 4,80 1.48 1M too 209 Mss 259 1.100 on 759 229 1.400 i,200 1.08 420 1.000 1.200 1.28 929 1.JO0 i.2n 148 18 78 28 1.18 020 148 148 248 28 08 80 28 u/u 19.1 UOt MSS 4*0 ry SJ Mse MSS no 1 jr. 2,909 1400 200 1 iAt l.S liM 2.140 MSS T.soo 9,100 9400 448 MOO 2.7 9,tn 9,n MOO 2.28 2.98 1.08 1.28 148 148 2.18 148 MS 9,28 248 MSS 1.48 148 l.SOO 1 1* 1 1/4 I 1/14 t in 29.9 41.9 49.4 29.9 12,009 11,109 19.909 19409 ises 2.700 2,004 2,700 1.200 1,400 1,500 1,090 4400 9.400 0.000 7.400 4.200 4,790 9.28 9,400 9.48 MOO 4.100 MBS 2.48 2.78 2.08 2.78 448 4.98 9,08 4,78 MOO 2.48 2.78 2.28 1 (A / 2 21/9 94,4 MJ 124 121.9 8.901 24.100 21,000 29,000 4JBS MSS MOB 7.209 u 1.790 2.190 9,000 2.000 10.900 12.SS6 1448 r.sos 2.98 19.28 11.98 1.08 7.200 .2.18 10.08 4.18 248 4.28 748 9.18 9.80 11,08 12.28 4.18 4.98 4.98 9.28 2 1/4 tin 3 S/ 144.9 144 7 190.4 41.000 44.509 n.ooe um 4,100 2.200. 4,78 16,58 UM 14,900 u.no it.on 1448 14.08 19.08 1148 22.08 14.98 4.28 IS,98 2.18 14.98 19.58 19.58 7,48 9,48 9.58 II CMOCCUILWO ftiMIT WTCM Aft# A to MnimiX NA| 84h Aayt* f tUr* to 964*1 0 Mf 8 4*f 45 4*f *0 4*t 1.28 Mss sjsi moo 1.78 248 2.78 2,48 1.48 148 2.28 248 9501.28 1.48. 2.08 4.78 948 <48 7,80 4.18 4.98 IASS' 4.48 248 9,98 4.98 2.48 2.28 248 248 948 9,48 9,78 11,08 12.58 7.58 9.48 9.48 21.58 4,18 4.98 7,78 0.48 4.28 4.98 5.48 4.78 14,ON 10.08 27.58 8.08 14.08 24,58 19.58 23.58 5148 12.58 14. DCS 9.50 0.08 9.58 11.08 11.08 29.98 21.98 27.58 21,500 29,08' 22.58 21.98 8.58 8.58 15,08 14,58 11.18 Tsbls H-I6 riOK nri kmu BOSE AKA. METIS Ttstolwl tm lacWr ttoffc tm mh 9f8b| 9ip|4 ft 7mUi 8 Pm+i* & 5> * RATIO CAPACITY IM P0UM01 lU*9*t ire amo ere sumo 0A8I7 MITCH tt Si A**to f IUp to HiHwwiI 41 *n SSI* A*|ii if Iih to Vii<ai si to to ttoo t*o > 5 S h, 8 tof 4*^n SO** J-/2 tn* in 9/4 5.5 0.5 it* 9409 748 *948 12,48 78 98 Mss 148 28 1,48 2*28 TM 48 1,78 148 U 98 Mss 1,98 148 750 9.08 2,48 4,18 78 950 1.18 1.58 148 2.58 9,08 2.78 08 78 1,000 2.48 15/10 T/ ! 1 >/l( 17.0 20.0 Ml 8.0 14,150 19.08 25,78 27.80 148 2.IN 2.48 1,08 98 1.1 148 J4M 2.48 4.28 9.2 4,18 5.18 2.78 448 5.58 3.80 -5.08 3.78 4.28 2.08 2.18 2,48 2.08 2.98 2,08 4,18 1.58 2,48 2.98 2.48 2.78 1 1/2 1 1/4 1 1/14 1 1/2 84 40.0 41.0 U.0 91.18 11.48 848 8.28 2,500 4.08 4,58 148 1.78 2,08 2.80 2,48 7.08 7,98 9.18 11,48 4.08 2.98 MOO 9.78 5.08 1.48 4.48 7.98 2.58 4,08 4,58 5.48 438 7.28 30 10.08 2.18 2J8 4.18 5.08 1 ft/t 1 9/4 2 ji/i 44.0 8.0 24.4 18.9 41.78 74J8 8.400 100,78 4.28 948 9.78 11,08 2.48 4.18 4.58 M8 1248 1448 19,98 MASS 12.88 )48 27.08 19,58 9.78 11.58 11,58 14,08 4,98 0.98 9,78 11.08 19.58 11.08 17J8 90.000 4.98 7.48 9,78 20,08 HM ai n 2 1/2 129.0 184 18.9 110.78 11.08 U9.08 11.08 191.98 17.18 448 748 2.48 848 29.98 44.48 n-tss 25.58 11.58 21.98 At AGS line 11.98 17.80 04.08 35 38 Jl.SSS 12.08 1138 1738 9: tMoieu tuwo RA&CtT MITCH A**U ? R#m to 10*, 40 4 8 4** A|li ! 1M to 0 4 *, 49 4* IS u. ** 3.48 9.08 4.08 1.48 2,28 238 3,48 4,78 r.*ss M 338 348 138 1*58 3.08 2.78 5.48 TADS 9.58 11.08 5.48 4.48 0,28 9.58 4,48 5.48 4.78 7,78 3.28 2.98 4,08 5.58 19.58 14,18 14.18 30.08 21,08 12.18 14.08 17.58 4,98 10.08 22.08 14.08 4.98 7.28 4.98 10,08 34,58 37.18 8,08 8*58 31,58 27,58 20,58 8,08 7738 21.08 24.58 21.58 12.58 15,08 2738 20.08 47.58 A,08 4).no 41.08 41,08 O.MS 51.58 77,58 49.58 34.08 34.58 31.08 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS T*bl R-1T WLTiiTii *opi umet 27 eu> Mini iffcf Pm NnImI w 109 f* tm kdtti Mi i/2 M# $.* 9/4 13A# I l 1/1# 1 IA t 1/4 l S/I# 1 l/l 1 SA 1 9/4 2 2 14 2 1/4 2 1/3 2 S4 9.0 I.S 13.0 Its 21.0 2S.0 30.5 S4.1 40.0 44.2 SIS 44.1 03.0 00.0 110.0 US.O U7.0 100.0 200.0 mmimvrn $*r**frti U Pm*#* *5 !E p 4.040 7.000 O.SOO 11475 14.73$ l,!M 30.700 34.335 20.02$ St .$40 2S.42S 44.400 $4,150 04.410 74.000 #7.400 101.450 115.700 130.150 700 oso 1,100 140 1.400 1.400 3.300 3.700 3.100 3.500 4,000 4,400 #.000 7*300 4,400 4.700 11*300 IS. 000 14,500 *T|0 CAPACITY IN AOUNOi (W, F.m, . M c Yl AMO (T, SUNS endless ttiHO 0ASKCT HITCH S5 A.,1t f # t* Mti immI H Ss OAUCTfVTOt >U*I *1 IlH m H*i n ... 41 # 0 # AfU < l*t t Vwticai > S* "A| 0 4*t 0 4m *#* of 0*# rn V**ir1 0 N. * AS ... N 0 4+9 ISO 400 $54 #50 #00 450 1,300 1,500 1.400 1,500 1.000 1500 1000 1.400 4.200 4.400 i.roo #.400 7,300 1.400 1.700 3.100 3.400 3.300 3.000 4400 $.400 4.300 7.000 7.400 4.400 13.000 14.500 17.090 19.900 33.300 04,000 37.000 1.300 1.300 1400 2.500 2400 3.500 4.000 4.700 1.400 #.100 #.700 #.#00 10,400 23,900 W400 17,000 14.300 33.300 39,000 430 2.300 1.300 1.400 3.500 J.T0* 0*500 3400 4.400 9.000 9,000 7.000 0.300 10.000 2100 21,300 20.00 u#v 0.00 700 050 1.10 1.50 1.00 1.H0 JJOO 2.70 3.100 3.30 4.00 #40 #.00 740 9.40 9.70 1140 U.M 1440 IM .140 0*40 140 2.40 140 #40 4.M0 3.00 JM 7.10 1.40 11.00 15.00 14.00 1740 0.10 0100 0.00 00 70 40 140 1.30 1.70 DM 3.40 240 130 3.50 4.40 #.40 #ij,m 0.70 1190 11*50 11.000 140 3,00 3J0 440 9.40 9.90 9.40 9,70 11.00 12.90 14.30 U.00 21.30 0,00 3040 33.00 0.50 0.50 32.00 110 140 1.50 4.10 9.10 1.70 7.M9 9.40 9*70 11.00 13.30 1340 14.00 33.30 0.50 0.30 33.00 0.00 49,00 1*70 130 170 3.40 *4.90 140 9.70 7*40 9.40 10.00 13.30 19.90 0.00 0.30 0.30 0,90 U.00 0.00 1.20 1J09 1499 2.40 3.40 4.30 0,90 1.90 #40 7.10 9.40 11.00 13.00 11.00 1740 040 23,00 0.00 Tbl H-l* POIYMOPYKNC *OPt SUNOS ROPE DIA METER bcWi Pm 00 fc k fmmd StrMfii b b Ss > in 4/1# 14 3/4 13 A0 7/0 1 1 1 A4 I 1.3 I 1/4 1 5 A# 1 1/3 1 14 l 3/4 2 i>/ XIM nn 2 W3 4.7 0.1 7.3 10.7 12.7 19.0 10.0 30.4 33.7 37.0 30.9 30.9 47.3 17.0 #7.0 00.0 73.0 107.0 230.0 SAM 4443 S40 o.on 4.40 10.433 1340 1540 17,05 17.750 22.329 204)5 040 40,050 47.40 37,750 05450 70*00 03*50 050 00 1.00 1,50 1,00 1.00 3.30 3.50 3,40 5.50 3.70 4.70 9.70 #40 040 9.70 11*00 1240 14.30 RATED CAPACITY W POUNDS (W*+r tTf AN0 ETE 3UM6 m to X to w vSI A5KC7 HITCH Aaj) f R*f m MmiimhI 994* X 4+$ O *, SO A., Anflf ( 0if n VERTICAL HITCH ss 8i # ## XlH HJH ISO 00 00 70 00 40 1,10 1400- 1.50 1,70 1,70 3.40 3.90 3.40 4,10 4,00 540 AM 7.10 SAM 140 3.00 2.70 1*10 lAoo 4,40 3.10 5,00 0*70 7.40 9.40 1)40 13,50 10.50 17.50 22.00 2540 30.50 140 1.40 3.70 240 2.70 3.20 3,00 4.40 5.00 540 #,40 0.10 9.70 13.00 14.50 11.50 27,10 12.00 3440 400 2,10 1,40 2.40 3.30 2.00 3,10 3.00 4.10 4.70 0.50 #.70 1,10 9,00 11,50 13.50 13.50 10.00 0,00 ISO 00 140 140 040 140 SAM 340 2*70 340 3.70 4.70 5.70 AM SAM 9.70 12,00 13*30 MAM JM 1*50 1AOO 3.40 2.00 3.30 4.00 4,00 540 0.00 5.700 0.10 10.00 1340 15.00 1740 1940 SAM SAM 00 730 90 240 1.40 140 3.00 3.50 340 5.00 340 4.20 5.10 f.)0 7*40 1.70 9.90 11.MO 13.00 4) ENOIE33 5UH6 USCET mtoi A*|] W Jbft 7 Mm Ik 90#*t 40 4n 49 #n *#7 A*fU( R*f i V*rtUl 14*1 , m 45 #f 0 if 2.40 2,00 3.30 4.70 3,00 0.00 0.00 9.10 20.50 12,00 13,50 17,00 20.50 24,50 29,00 Sams 37.50 AS AM SAM 3.10 3.90 3,10 440 4,90 3,70 40 7.70 9.000 10.30 11.30 14.50 10.00 31.00 33.50 JCJOO 54,00 040 MAM 1.70 240 3.50 5,40 1AM 140 140 3.40 4*00 4,00 S40 #.50 7.40 1.50 9.50 13.00 SAM 3.30 4*00 440 9400 #.00 #.70 9.30 14.50 17.50 2140 24.90 10.30 IlH# 15,00 17.30 31.00 19,30 52.50 21.000 31,50 ISAM it CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Tiu B-IMui Weaise Uua lea hiBUi Hi !<!> Tabu 8-t-NnanMaani>ct%rAmOM U-ftott Vu tort* !:= I. ;:--= 4 4 1 1 ? t 1 {D*i* -i| 53 J8 r* a i* ^ Tubporl l--Teats--Hand and Power . | 1926-300 C wail milw--a ^ <a) Condition of tooU. AS hand tad paver tool! aad similar squlpmsat. whether furnished by the employer or the employee, *haS be malnUlnad m a safe eandlOce. Cb) Onardtnt. (1) When power oper ated tooh art detipaed to aeeoouaodale tuarda. the? shan be equipped with such puardt when ta nee. (3) Beth, peart. sha/U. pulleys, taroekets. spindles. dram, fly wheels, chain*. or other reclpreeaitap. relauap or monad parte of eqtPpaeat shan be faardad If each parte are exposed to cootact by employees or otherwise create a hererd. Ouardinp ahaD meet the require ments ae act forth ta American National Standard! Institute. 111.1-ltU OU*M). Safety Code for llachanlnal PowsrTTansmlssioo Apparmtoe. (c> Pmonai profartfoe tgalpeteaf. employees udnp haad aad power tooU aad expooed to the hazard of falllap, flyinp. abrasive, aad tplaiMnt objects. or expoaed to harmful date, fumee. mists, vapors, or paeea ahaS be pronded with the particular personal protective equip ment neceacary to proMet them from the hazard. AS personal protective equip ment ahaS meet the requirement! tad i be maintained aeeordlnp to Suhparu D ' and X of this part. (d) SwttoAei. (1) AS hand-held powered plasm mnders. pnadere with whatli 3-lach diameter or len, routers, planers, laminate trimmers, nlhbiers, shear*. scroD saws, and Jipsaws with buds ahanti coe-fourth of aa tach wide or has may be equipped with only a poetttva -on-off" coatrek (3) AS hand-held powered drUla. tappet. fastener drivers, bartmtal. veronal, and anpie prmders with wtuwli praater than 3 tachn m diameter, diet eaaden. belt maden. reclprecattap saws, saber saws, sad other similar operatlap powered toot* ahaS be equipped with a momentary contact "cc-off" control and may have a locX-on control provided that turnoff eaa be aoeompUahed by a ample motion of the mme taper or tapers that turn It ae. (3) AS other hand-held powered tooia. such a* circular saws, chain mwt, aad pereunleB tool* without positive inn aory hoidlap mean*. ahaS be equipped with a constant pressure switch that wts chut off the power when the rnmmi I* rvleeeeil (4) The roqulrtmeDU of this paraprapb ahaS become effective co July 13, irrx (I) Kuepdon: This parapnph does not apply to concrete vibrators, concrete breakers, poaeicd tampers, lack ham mers. rock drfll*. sad similar hand oper ated power tools I 1926-301 Haad tools (a) Xmployen ahaS not Issue or per mit the nse of unsafe haad tools (b> Wrenches twJmtiny adjustable, pips end. aad socket wrenches shaS not be osad when jaws are sprunp to Use point that alippapt occurs. (e> Impact tools such as drift ptas wwdpas and chisels shaS be kept tree of BAMhroomftd bndi. (d) The wooden handles of tool* Nn be kept free of splinters or erseks and shall be kept tlpbt is the took I 1926-302 Power operated bead tooia. (a) Xleetric power-operated tools. (1) Xleetrte power operated tools shaS either be of the approved double-insulated type or (rounded ta accordance with Subpart K of this part. <3) Tbs use of eleetrle cords for hoist- tnp or lowerlnp tools shall aot be permitted. (b) Pneumatic paper toots (1) Pneu matic power tool* shall be secured to the ban or whip by some positive means to prevent the tool from hormmtnf ac- 'dliocttuctfldL <3> Safety dipt or retainers than be neurely Installed aad maintained on pneumatic Impact (percussion) tools to prevent attachment* from betnp acci dentally expelled. <3> AO pneumatically driven nailers, staplers, and other similar equipment provided with automatic fastener feed, which operate at more than 100 pji. pressure at the tool shall have a safety device oa the muscle to prevent the tool from eleetinp fasteners, unless the mux- ale 1* ta contact with the work surface. (4) Compressed air shall not be rased for deantnp purposes except where re- . duced to len than 30 psJ. and then only with effective chip puardiap end per sonal protective equipment which meets the requirements of Subpan X of this part. The 30 pjj. requirement does aot apply for concrete form, mill scale aad Anil&r y purports. (I) The manufacturer's safe operstlap pressure for hams, pipes, valves, filters, aad other fltuapx shall not be exceeded. (() Tbs use at hams for hcOsttap or krverinp tools shall aot be permitted. (1) All hoses exceedlap tt-lach taddc diameter shall have s safety drvice st the source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure la east of horn failure. (I) Airless spray puas of the type which atomize paints sad fluids st hiph Pressure* (1,000 pouads or more per oquarw Inch) Shan be equipped with automatic or visible safety de vices which win prevent pullinr of the trtppar to prevent release of the paint or fluid until the safety device It manually relsieed. <> ta Hsu of the above, t diffuser nut which win prevent hiph pressure. hltb uloclkv itlaftM. vtlk thi aoclt qd If removed, ptas a seals Up puard which win prevent the tip from `""`"p Into contact with the operator, or other equivalent protection, than be provided. <e> Pool powered tool!. (1) An fuel powered tools than be stopped while be- lnp refueled, serviced, or maintained, tad fuel chan be transported, handled, aad stored la accordance with Bubpart T of this part. (3) Whoa fuel powered tools are used la enclosed maces, the applicable re quirements for concentration! of toxic (ties sad use of personal protective equipment, as outlined la Subparts D aad X of this part, than apply. <d> Hydraulic power tool!. (1) the fluid used la hydraulic powered tool! than be fire-rexiitant fluids approved under Schedule >0 of tire US. Bureau of Mines. Department of the Interior, and than retain its operatiny character!!tics at the mast extreme temperatures to whieh It will be exposed. <3> The manufacturer's safe operst lap pressures (or hoot, valves, pipes. Alters, aad other flttlnps than not be exceeded. (e) Paoder-actuated tooU. ll) Only employees who have been trained la the operation of the particular tool In use slmS be allowed to operate e powder- actuated took (3) The tool shan be tested each day before inmnnf to me that safety devices are la proper wortdap condition. The method of tesdnp than bo In accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure. (3) Any tool found net Id proper worUnp order, or that develops a defect durinp use, than be Immediately re moved from service and aot used until properly repaired. (4) Personal protective equipment shall be In accordance with Subpart E of this part. (3) Tools hn not be loaded until Just prior to the Intended flrlnp time. Neither loaded Dor empty tools an to be pointed at any employees. Bands shall be kept clear of the open barrel end. ((> tools shan not be left QDittndld (7) Pasteaen shan aot be driven into very bard at brittle materials tadudlnp. but aot ItaUted to. east Iran, placed tile, surface-hardened stack plea block, live rock, face brick, or boDow tile. <() Driving into materials easily pene- tjttid Abu hm ifoidtd oaksf such Bit* terlals are < by a substance that CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 29 will prevent the pin or fastener from passing completely through and creating a brim mlatile hazard on the other tide. (9) No fastener thall be driven Into a spalled area caused br an unsatisfactory fastentnc. (10) Tools shall not be used In an ex plosive or flammable atmosphere. (11) All tools thall be used with the correct shield, ruard. or attachment recommended by the manufacturer. (13) Powder-actuated tools used by employees shall meet all other appli cable requirements of American National Standards Institute, A10.3-1970. Safety Requirements for Explosive-Actuated Fastening Tools. | 1926.103 Abrasive wheels and tools (a) Power. All yrtndln* machines shall be supplied with sufficient power to maintain the spindle speed st safe levels under all conditions of normal operation. (b) Grinding. Orinding machines shall be equipped with safety guards la con formanc* with the requirements of American National Standards Institute. BT1-1910. Safety Code for the Use. Can and Protection cf Abrasive Wheels and parecrmph <d> of this section. (c) Use of abrastoe wheels. (1) noor stand and bench mounted ebraslee wheels, used for external frlndlns. shall be provided with safety guards (protec tion hoods). The maximum angular ex posure of the grinding wheel periphery and aides shall be not more than (0*. ex cept that when work requires contact with the wheel below the horizontal plane of Che spindle, the angular exposure shall not exceed 123*. In either ease, the expo sure shall begin not more than *3* above the horizontal plane of the spindle. Safety guards shall be strong enough to withstand the effect of a bursting wheel. (3) Floor and bench-mounted grind ers shall be provided with work rats which are ngidly supported and readily adjustable. Such work rats shall be kept at a distance not to exceed one-eighth Inch from the surface of the wheel. (3> Cup type wheels used for external grinding thall be protected by either a revolving cup guard or a band type guard In accordance with the previsions of the American National Standards Institute, B7.I 1970 Safety Code for the Use. Care, and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. All other portable abrasive wheels used for external fnndtng. shall be provided with safety guards (protection hoods) meet ing the requirements of subparagnph Hi of this paragraph, except as follows: it) When the work location makes It impossible, s wheel equipped with safety flanges, as described tn subparagraph <) of this paragraph, shall be used; (til When wheels 3 Inches or leas In diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel are used. id Portable cbTwalve wheels used for mtemai grinding shall be provided with mfety flanges protection flanges i meet ing the requirements of subparagTaph (S) of this paragraph, except as follows: (1) When wheels 3 inches or leu In diameter which are securely mounted on the end of a steel mandrel art used: (U) If the wheel Is entirely within the work being ground while In use. (3) When safety guards an required, they shall be so mounted u to `i"ii" proper alignment with the wheel, oztd the guard end Its fastenings shall be of sufficient strength to return fragments of the wheel in ease of accidental break age. The maximum angular expocure o< the grinding wheel periphery and sides shall not exceed in*. (3) When safety flangu are required, they shall be used only with wheels de signed to fit the flanges. Only safety flangu, of a type and design and properly assembled so u to ensure that the pteeee of the wheel will be retained tn cum of accidental breakage, shall be used. (7) All abrasive wheels shall be eloeely Inspected and ring-tested before mount? ing to ensure that they an free from creeks or defects. (t) Orinding wheels shall fit freely op the spindle and shall not be forced on. The spindle nut shall be tightened only enough to hold the wheel ta place. (I) All employees using abrasive wheels shall be protected by eye protec tion equipment in accordance with the requirements of Subpurt E o( this part, except when adequate eye protection Is afforded by eye shields whieh are perma nently attached to the bench or floor stand. <d> Other requirements. All abrasive wheels and tools used by employees shall meet other applicable requirements of American National Standards Institute, B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels. the depth of the teeth, txeept for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool Is withdrawn from the work, the lower guard thall automatically and instantly return to the covering position. (e) Personal prolee(foe equtpmnt All personal protective equipment provided for use shall conform to Subpart E of this part. (f) Other requirement!. All wood working toots and machinery shall meet other appHrablr requirements of Ameri cas National Standards Institute, 01.11M1. Safety Code for Woodworking Machinery, | 1926-305 Jacks--lever ead ratchet, screw, cad hydraelk. (a) General requirement!. (I) The manufacturer'! rated capacity than be legibly marked on all Jacks and haii not be exceeded. (3) AH Jacks shall have a positive stop to prevent overtraveL <b) Uft slab construction. (1) Hy draulic Jacks used la lift slab construeHoc shall have a safety device which will cause the Jacks to support the load tn any petition n the event the Jack mal functions. (3) If Uft slabs are automatically con trolled, a device shall be installed which will step the operation when the 3k-Inch leveling tolerance Is exceeded. (c) Slocking When It Is neceaan. to provide s firm foundation, the base of the Jack thall be blocked or cribbed. Where there is a possibility of slippage of the metal cap of the lack, a wood block shall be pieced betweer the cap and the load. iubport 3--Welding ond Cutting 1936.330 Gas Welding and Csttuij | 1926.304 Woodworking tools. (a) Diieontuct rwiteha. All fixed power driven woodworking tools than be provided with a disconnect switch that can either be locked or tagged in the off position. (b> Speeds The operating speed shall be etched or otherwise permanently marked on all circular saws over 30 inches tn diameter or operating at over 10,000 peripheral feet per minute. Any saw so marked shall not be operated at a speed other than that marked on the blade. When a marked saw Is retcniioned for a different speed, the marking shall be corrected to show the new speed. (c) Self-feed. Automatic feeding de vices shall be installed an machines whenever' the nature of the work will permit. Peeder attachments shall have the feed nils or other moving parts covered or guarded so is t: protect the operator from hazardous points. (d> Guarding. All portable, powerdriven hreutar saws shall oe equipped with guards above and below the hose plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the .aw to the depth of the teeth, except lor the witwimmo are required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cut-. The lower guard shall cover the saw to () Transporting, moping, end storing compressed gas cybndeTi. (j) Valve pro tection caps shah be in place and secured. (3) When cylinder* are hoisted, they shall be secured on a cradle, tllngboard, or pallet. They thall not be hoisted or transported by means .of magnets or cboktr (3) Cylinders shall be moved by tot ing end rolling them on their bottom edges. They shall not be intentionally dropped, struck, or permitted to strike each other violently. it) When cylinders art transported by powered vehicles, they shall be secured lo t vertical potman. (3) Valve protection caps shall not be used for lifting cylinders from one verti cal position to another. Ban shall not be used under valves or vale protection caps to pry cylinders lose when frosea. Warm, not boiling, water shall be used to thaw cylinders loose. () Unless cylinders are Irmly secured on a mecial earner intended for this purpose, regulston shall be removed and valve protection caps put m place before cylinders are moved. (7) A suitable cylinder truck, chain, or other steadying device than be used to keep cylinders from betag knocked over while In use. 30 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (I) Wbta ort t> finished. when rices which ere equipped with shutoff cylinders are empty, or when cylinders soiree without reducing the pressure ore moved st tny time. the cylinder valve through a suitable refulstor attached to shell be dosed. the cylinder seise or manifold. (Si Compressed res cylinder! >hsl] be <4> Before a regulator Is removed secured In sc upright posuon si all from a cylinder salve, the cylinder salve umee eseept. It nrcmtsry. tor short pe shall always be dated sod the gas re riod! of time while cylinders err setusUy leased from the regulator. beifii bouMd or oorrlod. <> U. when the seise on a fuel gee < to I node? cylinder!. (1) Cylinders cylinder Is opened, there is found to be shell be kept ter enough ewmy Irons the a teak around the seise item, the vale* eetuel welding or cutting operation to shall be dosed and the gland nut thet sparks, hoi sle|. or Seme win not tightened. If this action does not stop rench them. When this U Impractical. fire the leak, the uaa of the cylinder shall be resistant shields shall be provided. discontinued, and It shall be properly <2i Cylinders shell be pieced where tagged and removed from the wort area. they cennot become pert of en electrical In the treat that fuel gas should leak circuit. Bectrodee shell not be struck from the cylinder raise, rather than from against e cylinder to strike en ere. the salve stem, and the gas rannet be <>> Fuel tee cylinders shall be pieced shut off. the cylinder shell be properly with raise end up wheocrer they ere in tagged and removed from the wort area. uee. They shell not be pieced m e loca If e regulator attached to a cylinder tion where they would be subject to open seise will effectively stop a leek through Seme, hot metel or other tournee of the salve seat, the cylinder need not be artificial beet. removed from the work area. (4) Cylinders contelnlnt oxygen or acetylene or other fuel ru shell not be taken into eonlined maces. (ct Tveerwignf of cylinders. ()> Cylin ders. whether fuD or empty, shall nos be wed as rollers or supports. <2) No person other then the tee supplier thaD attempt to mix yen in e cylinder. No one except the owner at the cylinder or person authorised by him. shall refill e cylinder. No one shall use a cylinder'! contents for purposes other than those Intended by the supplier. AH cylinders used shall meet the Depart <f> If s leak should develop at s fuee plug or other safety device, the cylinder shall be removed from the work area. it) Pad pai sag oxygen eteal/olde. (1) Puel gas and oxygen manifold! shell bear the name of the substance they contain in letters at least 1-tneh high which shell be either painted oo the man ifold or on e sign permanently attached to It <2) Pod gas and oxygen manifolds shall be placed In safe, well ventilated, and accessible locations. They dtall not be located within eneloeed spaces. ment of Transportation requirements (3> Manifold bam connections, m- published in t CTO Pert 1ft, Subpert C, eluding both ends of the supply hose Speciecation for Cylinders. that lead to the manifold, shall be inch <}> no demoted or defective cylinder that the born cannot be Interchanged shall be used. between fuel gas and ox/gen manifolds (d) Veto! foot pss.Tbc employer then and supply header connections. Adapters thoroughly instruct employees In the shall not be used to permit the Inter safe use of fuel fas. ss follows: change of bom. Bom connections shall (1) Before s refillster to e cylinder be kept free of grease and oU. raise Is connected, the raise shall be (4) When not in we, manlfatd end opened sltfhtiy and closed immediately. header hose connections shall be capped. (This aetlco Is centrally termed `creek- it) Nothing shall be placed on tap of me" end is intended to deer the raise a manifold, whan m we, which will dam- of duet or dirt that mifht otherwise age the manifold or Interfere with the enter the nrulator.i The person crack quick doting of the raises. ing the raise shall stand to one side of (1> Hoot. (1) Pud gaa bom and oxy the outlet, not in front of It. The raise of gen bom shall be easily distinguishable a fad re! cylinder shell not be exmeked from each other. The contrast may be where the fee would reach weldinf wort, made by different colon or by surfact parka flame, or other possible sources characteristics readily dtstlaculshable by of femltlacL the tense of touch. Oxygen end tad gas (2) The cylinder raise shall always hoses shall not be interchangeable. A sin be opened slowly to present dsmae to gle hose having more than one gas pas the regulator. Por quick doslnf, ralres on sage thaD not be used. foel caa cylinders shell not be opened (2) When parallel sections of oxygen more then 1H turns When e medal and fuel gas horn are taped together, not wrench Is required. It shall be left In more than 4 Inches out of 12 inches shall position on the stem of the raise while be covered by tape. the cylinder is In use so that the fuel (3) All boat m use. carrying acetylene, fas flow can be shut off quickly In cam oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel of an emertency. In the ease of mani gaa or any gas or substance which may folded or eoupied cylinders, at least one Ignite or enter Into combustion, or be In such wrench thail always be available any way harmful to employtea. shall be far Immediate uee. Nothing this be inspected at the brgtnntng of each wort- planed on top <d e fuel fas cylinder, whm tag shift. Defective horn shall be re *n we, which may damage the safety moved from service. Motto or Interfere with the quick dosing (4) Bom which has been subleet to of the salve. flashback, or which shows evidence of (2) Pud gas shell not be used from severe wear or damage, shall be tested cyhiMieis through torches or other dt- to twice the normal pressure to which It Is subject, but In no cam leu than 200 p.sJ. Defective hose, or hose in doubtful condition, ihall not be used. (2) Bow coupllnss shall be of the type that cannot be unlocked or disconnected by means of s straight pull without ro tary motion. <gi Boxes used for the storage of gas horn shall be ventilated. (1i Bases, cables, and other equipment' shall be kept clear of passageways, lad-' den and stain. <g! Torches. <1> Clogged torch tip openings shall be cleaned with suitable cleaning' wins, drills, or other devices designed fos such purpose. (2) Torches la use ihiD be inspected at the tisgtnnlin of each working shift for leaking shutoff vsives, horn cou plings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used. (3) Torches shall be lighted by friction lighten or other approved devices, and not by msiehw or from bot work. <h) Jkogulaiors sad passes. Oxygen and fuel gas pressure regulators, includ ing their related gauges, shall be In proper working order while m urn. <11 Oil and grease hasards. Oxygen cylinders end flttlnp shell be kept ewer from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder cape and valves, couplings, regulators, horn, and apparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasy substances and shall not be handled with oily hands or gloves. Oxygen shall not be directed at olh sur faces. greasy clothes, or within s fuel oil or other storage tank or vessel. (J) Additional vales. For additional details not com In this sybpsrt. ap plicable technical portions of American National Standards Institute. fiitl1MT. Safety m Welding and Cutting, shall aoply. 1426.331 Alt wvMstg sad altaig <a> Mannal electrode holders. <1> Only manual electrode holders which are specifically designed for tre welding and cutting, and are of a capacity capable of safely handling the maximum rated cur rent required by the electrodes, shall be used. (3) Any curTeat-earrytng parts pass ing through the portion of the bolder which the are welder or cutter grips In his hand, and the outer surfaces of the Jaws of the holder, shall be tally Insu lated against the maximum voltage en countered to ground. <b> Welding oebles and connectors. (1) All arc welding and cutting cables shall be of the completely Insulated, flexible type, capable of handling the maximum current requirements of the work in progrem. taking into account the duty cycle under which the arc welder or cut ter Is working. (3) Only cable tree from repair or splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet from the cable end to which the electrode bolder is connected shall be used, except that cables with standard Insulated con nectors or with mUees whom Insnlatint quality Is aqual to that of the cable are pennltttdL (3> WhgattbtottTiwrr-- rytocoa* neet os sphee lengths of cable one to an- CONSTRUCTION RtOUUTIONS 31 outer, substantial insulated connector* of a capacity U tout equlealent Vo that of the cable shall b* uaed. O connections ore effected by means of coble luci. the? (boll be securely ftokened together to (Ire good electrical contact oad tbe expoeed aetol porta of tba lugs (boll bo com* pletely insulated (4) Coblee lb .*aed of repair aboil Dot be need. Whan a cable, other tbao tba cable lead referred to to (ubparacraph (3> of tbit paragraph. becomes vent to tba extest of exposing bare conductor*, tbe portico t*>ue rrpaced (ban be pro tected br taeast cf robber and fnctlcB tape or other eqtorilefit totolatkb. (c) Oround returaa ead SMCkiae grounding. (l) A ground return cable than hare a aaft current eairytag capac ity equal to or cxceedtof tbe specified maximum output capacity of tbe are welding or eutUnf unit erbleb It aereleeo. When a Unfit pound return eable aerviceo more than one unit, lk (afe eurrentearrrlhf capacity aball equal or exceed tbe total apeclflrd maximurn output co pedtie* of an tbe units whleh It acre- <3> Pipeline* containing ratea or flam mable Uqulda. or ccmddk containing electrical tiredta, (ban net bo uaed aa a ground return. For veidUif on natural cm pjpdtiM, tfn portloBi of regulations laatied by tbe DepartBent of Transportation. Office of Pipeline Safety, 4P C7R Part IN. Minimum Pedtrol Safety Standarda for Oaa Pipeline* (ban apply. (1) Wben a alruetura or plpdlaa k emloyed aa a ground return circuit. It aban be determined tbat tbe required electrical oostaet exiata at on Joints. Tbe generation of an are, sparks. or beet at any point (ball cauae rejection of tbo structures at o ground circuit. (4) Wben o atfuctufo or pipeline k continuously employed as a ground re turn circuit, an Joints (ball be bonded, and periodic Inspections (ban be eoodueted to ensure tbat no condition of UeetrolyUs or fire hazard exiata by virtoe of such use. (() Tbe frame* of an are weldtag and CQUirtf ihifl b> muklfed eitber through a third ortoo to tbe cable containing tbe circuit ooodaetor or through a separate win which b ground ed at tbe aouree of the cur lent. Ground ing circuits, other then by means of tbo structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit between tbe ground end tba grounded power conductor baa resistance low enousb to permit cufflcient eurrest to Sow to cause tbe fum or circuit break er to Interrupt tbe current. (() An ground connections aban be inspected to ensure tbat they are me chanically strong and electrically ade quate for tbe required current. (d) Operating fastructiowa. Employ- an aban Instruct employee* to tbe safe means of are welding and cutting aa fol low*: (1) Wben electrode holders are to be left unattended, tbe electrodes aban be removed and tbe holders aban be so placed or protected tbat tba cannot make electrical oostaet with employees or conducting objects. (3) Hot electrode bolder* aban not be dipped In water: to do m may expose tbe arc welder or cutter to electric shock. (I) When the are welder or cutter baa ongalon to leers his work or to atop work for any appreciable length of time, or wben tbe are welding or cutting ma chine k to be moved, tbe power amply switch to the equipment shall ba opened, (4) Any faulty or dafeetlvt equipment shall be reported to tbo svervlaor. <> Otber requirement*, aa outlined to Article f30. Rational Satirical Cod*. NJTA n-iri; ANSI Cl-lfTl (Set. at 1*4*), Satiric Walden, aban ba uaad whan applicable. (a) Shielding. Whenever practicable, an are welding and euttlng operation* aban b* shielded by noooombustfbk or flameproof screens which win protect employees and other persons working to tbe vicinity from tbe direct rays of tbe !914J52 Fisc pteveetsoa. (a) Wben practical, objects to ba welded, cut, or baatod shall b* moved to a rtrUgnatod sale location or, If the ob jects to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be readily moved, an movable Are haaards to Use vicinity shan be taken to a safe place, or otherwise piotoetad. (b) If the object to be welded, cut. or heated cannot be moved and If an tbe fire baaarda cannot be removed, potitiv* means shall be taken to confine tbe beat, sparks, and slag, and to protsti the Im movable fire hazards from them. (e) No welding, cutting, or beating than be done where the application of flammable paints, or tbe presotee of other flammable compounds, or heavy dust concentrations creates a hazard. (d) Suitable fire extinguishing equip ment shall be tmmedUtely available in tbe work arei and aban b* maintained to a state of readme for tortant oat. (a) When th* welding, cutting, or haai tog operation k such tbat normal Are prevention precautions are not sufficient, additional personnel shall be serimtrl to guard against fire while the actual weldtoe. cutting, or beating operation It being performed, and for a mffldent period of time after completion of tbe work to ensure tbat no possibility of Art exiata. Such personnel shall be Instructed aa to tbe specific anticipated fire baaarda and bow the firefighting equipment pro vided k to be used. (f) When welding, cutting, or beating la performed on eralla, floors, and eaUInga, since direct penetration of sparks or beat transfer may Introduce a'fire bM&rd to ifi adjacent areo. the tame precautions shall be taken on the oppoUte Ude as are taken on the ude on which tbe welding is being performed. (g) For tbe mtn*nw of poafble fire to enclosed spaces as a result of gaa escaping through leaking or Imprepair closed torch valves, tbe gaa supply to tbe torch shall be pcUtivety abut off at some point outUde the meloeed apace whenever tbe torch k not to be uaed or whenever the torch la left unattended for a substantial period of Urn*, such as during tbe lunch period. Oversight and at tbe change of shifts, the torch and hot* aball bo removed from tbe con fined space. Opm end fuel gas and owgen boeee ihall be Immediately re moved from mdoeed spaces when they art disconnected from tbe torch or other gas-consuming device. (b) Except wben the contents are be ing removed or transferred, drums, pails, and other containers, which contain or bAVt OOOUt&id flmuBlblC 1Wpi1i4 ihfcll be kept rlocod Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area apart from hot wort nptratlona at open flames. (I) Drums, containers, or boOow struc tures which hare contained toxic or Sam- mabte substances shall, before welding, cutting, or beating la undertaken on them, either be filled with water or thor oughly cleaned of such subetanea and ventilated and tested. For welding, cut ting and on steel pipelines con taining natural gaa. the pertinent por tions of regulaoeoa Issued by tbe Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 4* CPU Part 1*3. Mini mum ftdtral Safety Standards for Oaa Pipeline^ shall apply. (J) before beat k applied to a drum, container, or boOow structure, a vent or opening shall be provided lor tbe relate of assy built-up pressure during tbe application of bat. | 1924-353 Venlflattoe sad praleetiea la welding, easting, sad healing. (a) Mechanical emulation. For pur pose* of tbk section, mechanical ventila tion abaQ meet tbe following require ments: (1) Mechanical ventilation aball con sist of either general mechanical ventila tion aystema or local exhaust systems. (3) General mechanical ventilation shall be of sufficient capacity and ao ar ranged ms to produce tbe number at air ChlA<9 DMW7 tO widhtU>n Vtldifif fumes and amoks within cafe tonita, aa defined to Subpart D of tbk part. (3) Local exhaust ventilation shall consist of freely movable hoodt Intended to be placed by tbe welder or burner as close as practicable to the work. Tbk sys tem shall be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to remove fumes and moke at tbe source and keep the concentration of them to tbe breathing aooe within safe limits as defined In Subpart D of this put, <4> Contaminated air exhausted from a working apace shall be discharged Into the open air or otherwise ctear-of tba source of Intake air. <S> All air replacing that withdrawn ahaO be clean and respirable. If) Oxygen shall not be used for ven tilation purposes, comfort cooling, blow ing dust from clothing, or for cleaning th* wort are*. (b> Welding. csttiay. sad heating is coaAaed spacer. (1) Except as provided to subparagraph (3) of thfs paragraph and paragraph (e)(3) of tbk section, either general mechanical or loeal ex haust ventilation meeting tbe require ments of paragraph (a) of this section 32 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (hall be provided whenever veldlr*, cut- . Us. or besting Is performed la a coo* fined (pace. (3) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained without blocking the meam of acceae. employees In the confined (pace (hall be protected by air Uae reeptraton In accordance with the requirement* of Subpart E of this part, and an employat on the outaide of (ueh a confined ipaee (hall be assigned to maintain oonmunieauon with thoee working within It and to aid them In an ememney. (e) Welding. exiting. or heating of meteb 0/ toxic ilgniAeanee. <d Welding, cutting. or beating In any rnrlnerd eoaeee Involving the metab (pacified In thb sub paragraph (hall be performed with either general mechanical or local eahanct ventflatlon meeting the requirement* of paragraph (a) of this section <1> Sine-bearing baee or filler metale or metab eoated with tine-bearing matertala (Hi Lead baee metala; (1H> Cadmium-bearing filler mat** rtab: Or> Chromium-bearing metals ar metals mated with chromium bsartng matrrlab. (3) Welding. enttlni, or beatinc In any mrloeert (pacaa Involving the metab (pacified In thle subparagraph (ban be performed with local exhaust ventilation la accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a> of thb section. or mbptoyees ahall be protected by air line retptrmtora in accordance with the require ments of Sabpart I of thb part: U) Metab containing lead other than ee an ImpuriW. or metab coated with lead-bearing meterlab: (U) Cadmium-bearing or cadmiumhdo* llftnlfi' (111) Metab eoated with mercurybearing meteb: Or) Berymam-containing beet or goer meteb. Pretuar of lb tilth toxicity, work Invoirtat beryllium than be done wdth both local exbaort eeatflattoa and air Une reeptraton. (J) Bnptayeee pertonalnt such opeiatiooe la the open air (ban be protected by filter-type reeptraton In accordance with the room omenta of Sabpart I of thb part, except that smtiWiyws performing aneb opendona on beryltbimrontalntng baae or filler metab (hall be protected by air Une naplnton la ac cordance with the requirements of Bubpart E of thb part. (4) Other employed expceed to the tame atmoepben aa the welden or boroen ahall be protected la the aame manner aa the welder or burner. (dJ hurt pat metol-ere welding. (1) Since the tnert-faa metal-arc weldlnc proeeai Involves the production of ultravtoiet radiation of intendan of I to M tunes that produced durtof ahbided metaJ-arc welding. the decoapetition of chkn-matod mlvenb by altoavlobt rays, and the libenlion of toxic fumee and caan. employaea (hen not be permitted to encace tn. ar be axpoeed to the pmoeea amtS the faOowlnc medal precautions have been taka: (1) The oat of chlorinated aolvesta ahaQ be kept at baet 300 feet, atom shielded. from the expeeed arc. and (d) The preservative costing] shall b* surfaces prepared with chlorinated sol removed a sufficient distance from the vent* ahall be thorouchly dry be/ora area to be bested to ensure that the weldlnc b permitted on such surface*. temperature of the unstrlpped metal will (U> Bnpioyem tn th* area not pro not be appreciably raised. Artificial cool tected from th* are by tcreenlac (ball ing of the metal surrounding the heating be protected by filter lenses meetlnc th* area may be used to limit the sbe of th* requirements of Subpart E of thb part. area required to be cleaned. Wha two or more welders arc iitiwsiI to each other's arc, filter lens cocciea of a suitable type, meetlnc the require ments of Subpart B of thb part shall be Sobpwt 1C--Electrical worn under weldlnc helmets, Band shield* to protect th* welder acainst | 1924.400 Gewerel Requirement*. flashes and radiant aerxy thafi be uaed (a) All electrical work. Installations, wha either th* helmet u lifted or th* and wire capacities ahall be In accord shield b removed. ance with pertinent provisions of the (Ill) WeMbn and other employee* who National Bectrleal Code. NTPA 10-1271; an exposed to radiation ahall be suitably ANSI Cl-mi (Rev. of 1202). and the protected *o that th* akin b eovered National Electrical Safety Code. Na completely to prevent buns and other tional Bureau of Standards Part 4 damace by ultraviolet rays Weldlnc (ANSI C3.4) unless otherwise provided helmet* and hand shields shall be free by regulaUoni of thb part. of leaks and openlngi, and free of hlchly reflective surfaces. (b) Applicability. These regulations apply only to electrical installation* uaed (lv) Wha Inert-caj metal-are weld- on the iotalte, both temporary end per ins b belnc performed a atalnbm steel, manent. for power distribution sad the requirements of parasraph (e) (I) of transmission fines, see Subpart V of thb thb section shall be met to protect part. acainst dancenua concentrations of (e) Protection of employees: (1) NO nltrocen dioxide. employer shall permit is employee to (*> Oewerol meMfac, caftiac. cad work in such proximity to say part of an heating. (1) Weldlnc. cuttine, and beat- electric powm circuit that be may con ins. not tnvQlvinc condition* or meterlab tact th* tame la th* eouree of bb work described tn paracrapb (b>. (e), or (d> tmlius the employe* b protected against of thb action, may *v>ivi*iiy be ***** electric shock by deenergising th* circuit without mechanical ventilation or respi and grounding It or by guarding It by ratory protective equipment, but where. effective lnsulahsi ar other means. In herein* of unusual physical or atmos work area* where the exact location of pheric cnndltlone. aa unsafe eceumula- underground electric power fines It un tlOB Of faitotto known, workmen using Jack-hammers, mechanical wnHlaacn or reepiretory bars, or other bend tools which may eon- protective equipment than be provided. tact a fine shall be provided with lnsu- (3) Employees performing any type Utrd protective stoves. or welding, cutting, or beetlac (ban be (3) Before work b begun the employer protected by suitable eye protective shall ascertain by Inquiry or direct ob equipment la aerordane* with the re servation. or by Instruments, whether quirements of fiubpart B of thb part. any part of an electric power circuit, ex posed or concealed, b to located that the $ I926JM Weld** csttiac, asd kesoeg is performance of the work may bring any vq of ptesrmllve rnshen- person, tool, or machine Into physical or (a) Before welding, cutting, or heatlac b commenced on any surface eov ered by a preservative *n*tiiy whoa* flammabfUty b not known, a tern shall be electrical eeetoet therewith. The em ployer than pom end maintain proper warning algna where such a circuit exists. Be shall advise hb employees of the lo cation of such fines, the basardt Involved mm* its flammability. PreserraUre coat- and the protective measure* to be token Ibb ibiQ ho mriBlilr ml to bo (d) Passageways and open spaces: flemmahl* when scrapings bum with extreme rapidity. (b> Precautions shall be taken to pre vent Ignition of highly flammable hard ened preservative matings When coat ings are determined to be highly flam mable. they shall be stripped 1mm th* ares to be heated to prevent Ignition (e> Protection against toxic preserva tive ccaktnga: (1) In enclosed spaces, all surfaces eovered with toxic preservatives than be stripped of all toxic costings for a instance of at least 4 Inches bent the area of beat application, or th* mbployem shall be protected by sir fine respirators, meeting the requirements of Subpart E of thb part. Suitable barriers or other means shall be presided to ensure that workspace for electrical equipment win not be used as e passageway during periods when etwrgbed parte of electrical equipment ik exposed- " ~<e> Workspace around equipment: Sufficient space shall be provided and maintained In the area of electrical equipment to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such equipment. When parts art expeeed. the minimum -t-*-***-- for the workspace shall be not lorn ****** OVvfeet high, nor lees than a radio* of 3 feet wide, and there than be clearance sufficient to per mit at least a SO' opening of all doors or hinged All working clearance* (3) In t3ss open ab, employees shall ahaD be maintained Tn accordance with be protected by a respirator, In accord Article 110-14, National Electrical Coda ance with requirements of Subpart E of NTPA 70-19T1: ANSI C1-19TL IRev. of thb part. . 19001. CONSTRUCTION IKWIATtONS 33 (() Lead rtUatr In cxUUni Installa ment* are stopped and cloture* are made. (9i Hsndlsmps of the portable type tions bo chanyas ln circuit protection (h) Temperary bHkj. All temporary shall be of the molded compoeltlon or holt be mode to tncreeae the load In ex wlnn* than be effectively pounded in other type approved for the purpoee. eat* ot the Votd raUn* ot the circuit accordance with the National Bectricai Brass-shell, paper-lined lampholden wlrtn*. u specified to National Beetrle Coda. IOTA No. T0-194I (aat Articles 300 shall not be used. Handlersps shall be Code. KTW 70-1971: ANSI Cl-1971 and 330). equipped with a handle and s substantial (Rex ot 1M). Artiele 310. (1) Construction lUt. Precautions ahall (uard over the bulb aad attached to the (*) Lockout end ta*dn* ot circuit*; be takm to make any aversify open lampholder or the handle. (1) Equipment or dreutta that are da- srtrlnx Inaceetalble to unauthorlaed per (10) Worn or frayed electric cables enertixed (hail be rendered Inoperative sonnel fthftD DOt bt uwd. and haee uo attached at aQ petnta u> Tcmporcry UehUng. (1) Tempo (11) Extension eord* shall be pro where fuch equipment or drculti earn be rary U(bta ahall be equipped with ruards tected acsinat accidental dama*e aa may nerftaed. to prevent acddental aontact with the ba caused by traffic, sharp corner*, or <3) Controts that are to be deactivated during the ooune ot wort on enerdaed or deeoeriliad equipment or circuit* ahall be tagged. (31 Tag shall be placed to Identify Plainly the equipment or circuit* belnc worked oo. bulb, except that (uardi are not required when the construction ot the reflector It such that the bulb Is deeply rrriinl (3) Temporary Ucbte shall ba equip ped with heavy duty electric cords with flftH iDSQlftilOB DtlfitAlfiid ifi sate oondltloCL Temporary lights shall not ba suspended by tbdr electric cords prelections and ptnchlns ln doors or elsewhere. (13) Extension eords shall not be fatt ened with staples, hunt from nails, or suspended by wtrs. (b> Ootrewrent protectlow. (l) Overcurrent protection shall be provided by fuses or circuit breakers for each feeder unless cords end Ughts are drelpied for and branch dreuit. tod shall be based on | 1926.401 CeouadlM *ad lowdlaf. this mean* of suspension. Splices ahall the current-earryln* capacity of the con hats Insolation equal to that of the cable. ductor* supplied aad the power load (a) Porlabtt and/or cord cad pfup- (!) Worths* space* walkway*. and tWlDf USCd. coMtected aqsipmcaf. (11 7he noncur- timllar locations ahall be kept dear ot (3) No overcurrent device shall ba mtt-caiTTloc metal part* ot portable and/or pJut-etxmecled equipment shall be (rounded. (3) Portable tool* and appliances pro cords so aa not to create a hamrd to employee*. (4) Portable stectrlc lighting aaed in raohd aad/cr other hazardous locations, placed ln any permanently (rounded conductor, except where the overcurrent device simultaneously opens all conduc tors ot the dreuit or for motor runnln* prottctloQ. tected by an approved system at double u for exampi*, drum*, tanks, and vessels <3> When fuse* are Installed or re Simulation. or It* equivalent, need net be than be operated at a of 13 moved with one or both terminals ener- (rounded. Where *ueh in approved n- volt*. (txad. special tools Insulated lor the volt- tem 1* emptored. the equipment shall be a*e shall be used. dlsttiBtivcty marked. (b) < eqtopmeaf. Expend ncocur- (el SBitches, circuit breakers, and rent-earning metal parts at fixed elec | 1926.402 EsBiyacet installs tiwa sad iiieonnectlne means. (1) Each discon- trical equipment, tnclodm* motors, pen- maialeaaar*. neetinc means for motors sad appliances, erators frames end track* ot electrically operated cnoea electrteafiy driven ma chinery. etc. shall be (rounded (c> EffaePWe yroadta. The path from drama equipment, structures, and conduit or enclosures to (round shall be permanent and continuous; have ample carrying ra.~rUy to conduct safely the currents llshls to be Imposed oo It; and have the impedance suffirentiy tow to limit the potattal above pound and to malt In the operation ot the overearrent devices is the dram. Id) Oremad reauuact. Driven rod electrodes shall. where peaetieabla, have a redstaeee to (round not to (treed 33 (a) flexible cable ead cords. (1) Reeeptades far attachment plup ihall be of approved, concealed contact type with a contact for extendtns pound continu ity and than be to designed and con structed that the plus may be pulled out without leevlnt any live parti exposed to accidental contact. (3) Where different voltace*. frequen cies. or Wpm ot current (ax. or dx.) art to be supplied by portable cord*, recep tacles shall be of such deel(n that attach ment plan used on such dr-cult* an not tnterchanceable. (3) Attachment plup or other con nectors supplylnc equipment at more and each servlet feeder or branch circuit at the point where It on*mates, shall be leclhly marked to Indicate its purpoee unless located and amnsed so the pur pose la evident. (I) Disconnecting means shall be lo cated or shielded ao that employees will not be Injured. (1) Boxes for dlsconnecttn* means shall ba securely and fiddly fastened to the surface upon which they are mounted fitted with coven. (4> Boxes and dlaconnecun* means in stalled in damp or wet locations shall be waterproof to the extent that water does not enter or accumulate. ohma When the outdance 1* not as tow as 33 ohma two or more alecttodas con nected to parallel shall be mad. (el Tetttat ot pesnds. Oroundlng drains shall be rharkad to ensure that the dreuit between the pound and the pounded power conductor has a resist ance which is tow enou(h to permituOdcnt current to Dow to came the tarn or circuit breaks to mterruot the current. (1) tzUntkm eords. extension cords ased with pcrtable electric tools and ap pliances shall be at three-wire type. ((> Boadmy. (1> Conductors used lor bonding and pound&q stationary and moveable egulpoent mail be ot than 300 volts than be of the skirted type or othsnrlas to beamed that ana will be confined (4) Attachment plup lor use In work areas sball be ao constructed that they will endure touch me and be equipped with a suitable eord pip to prevent strain on the terminal screws. (3) Flexible eord shall be used only ln continuous lengths without splice, except suitable molded or vulcanized splices may be used where properly made, and the insulation shall be equal to the cable beln( spliced and wire connections soldered. (O Trains* cables shall be protected from damage. (d) Trosutormcn. (1) tnerdsed transformers and other related electri cally energized equipment over ISO volt* to (round shall be protected so as to pre vent accidental contact with any person. Protection shall bs provided by Individual totecTkted housin* or by an enclosure, such aa an electrical substation .fence, which accommodates a (roup of such equipment. Metallic enclosures shall be (rounded. (3) Access to enertixed equipment covered by subparagraph (1) of this paragraph shall ba secured by lock or otbtr fastenen requiring the use of tools to opa them dm to carry the anticipated currant. (7) Splices m tisillnf cable shall be (1) Blent tndjcatln* denser and pro- (U Whet ettarhtng *>( and mechanically strong components aad in hlbttlQI gBAilteSttHl Kaii pmmdUw rlamps or dips, a secure and sulated to retain the aad eonepleaoaatj displayed cn tbs houai&t podtlm metal-to-metal aontact shall ba dielectric strength of the ortpnal cable. or other meloaure arcamd the equipment. fiuuli. ittkdUMBti >v>toW stdi (I) Cable passing through work areas (4) Transformers motmted on utility bafora cloatcm are opened and material shall be covered or elevated to protect it pole* at a height of more than 13 feat movement! in darted and shall not from damap which would create a has- from tbs gramd are exampt from the be hroka until attar material move ard to employees. requirement of this paragraph. 14 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (e> Welding and cutting equipment. Welding and cutting equipment shall meet the requirement! specified In Subparts F and 1 of this part. | 1936.401 Bailer? rooms and bailer? charging. (a> General requirements. <U Battone* of the aofueal type shall be located la enclosures nth outside vents or In wen ventilated rooms, to arranged as to prevent the escape of fumes, gases, or electrolyte spray Into other areas. <3> Ventilation shall be provided to ensure diffusion of the gases from the battery to prevent the accumulation of an explosive mixture. (3) Racks and trays shall be substan tial and treated to be resistant to the electrolyte. (4> Floors shall be of add resistant construction or be protected from add accumulations. (5) Face shields, aprons, and rubber gloves shall be provided for workmen handling adds or batteries. t*> Facilities for quick drenching of the eyes and body shall be provided within at feet of the work area for <71 Facilities shall be provided for fbwCitng sod neutralising spilled eleetrohrte. for Art protection, for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. ib) CVxrptaq. (i) Battery charging lastana tlone shall be located In areas designsled for that purpose. <3> When charging batteries, the vent caps than be kept in place to avoid elec trolyte spray. Care shall be taken to as sure that vent caps art functioning. | 1926.404 Hsxardoas Iocsboas. (a) Oeneral: For the purpoee of tills section, hasardous locations art defined ae fallows. (1) Clam X T nr*firms flaw X Loca tion* are thorn m which flammable gases or vapors art or may be present In quan tities sufficient to produce explosive or Wnltable mixtures. LI) Class IX Locatlnm Hiss XX Loca tion* art those which art hasardous beeauot of tilt prnmos of combustible dust. (S) Class XXX Inrirlnm flew 1X1 Locations are tbaat which ere hasardous because at lb* presence of easily Ignltable fibers or flyings, but In which such fibers or flyings are not likely to be m suspension in air in quantities sufficient to produce irritable mixtures. (4) See the National Electrical Code. BPPA 70-1971: ANSI Cl-1971 (Rev. of 1S6S) for further definition of divisions 1 and I for each clast. ib> All components end utilisation equipment used u a hazardous location shall be chosen from ameng those listed by a nationally recognized testing lab oratory. such as Underwriters' Labora tories. Inc. or Factor? Mutual Engineering Carp., except custom-made eosnpooenu and utilisation equipment. (c) Equipment approved far t specific hasardous location shall not be Installed or intermixed with equipment approved for another specific hazardous location. id> Employer shall ensure that all wiring components and utilization equip ment are maintained as vapor, dust, or fiber tight as contemplated by their ap provals. There shall be .is loose or miss ing screws, gaskets, threaded connec tions. or other Impairment* to this tight condition. | 1926.405 Definitions applicable lo ibis abpsn. (a) The definition of "approved* as set forth in I lfiiojogid) of this chapter shall apply. (b) "Bonding lumper"--a conductor to assure the required electrical conduc tivity between metal parts required to be electrically eonnecled. (e) "Branch circuits"--that portion of a wiring system extending beyond the final overcurrent devise protecting the circuit. (A device not approved for branch circuit protection, such as ther mal cutout or motor overload protective device, is not considered as the overcur rent device protecting the circuit.) <d> "Circuit breaker"--a device de signed to open and dote a circuit by mnni means, and to open the circuit automatically on a predetermined over load of current, without lnluiy to itself when properly applied within its rating. (e) "Exposed" (as applied to live parts)--means that a live part can be Inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by t person. This tern applies to parts not suitably guarded. Isolated, or Insulated. (f) "Oround"--a conducting connec tion. whether intentional or spcidentaL between an electrical circuit or equip ment and earth, or lo some conducting body which serves In place of the earth. (g) "Qrounded"--connected to earth or to some conducting body which serves In place of the earth. (h) "Hazard"--Is considered to In clude casualty, fire, and shock when applicable. (1) "Isolated" means not readily ac cessible to person unices special means of access are used. ()> "Raceway"--any channel for loosely holding wires or esbles in interior work which is designed expressly and used solely lor this purpose. Raceways may be of metal, wood, or Insulating ma terial. and the term includes wood and metal moldings consisting of a backing and capping, and also metal ducts into which wires are to be pulled. ik> "Shock hazard"--considered to exist st an acceasibte part In a circuit between the part and ground, or other accessible parts If Use potential Is more than 42.4 volts peak and the current through a lJOO-ohtt load is more than $ milliampena. il) "Weatherproof"--so constructed or protected that exposure to the weather shall sot Interfere with successful operation. Subporl l--Ladders and Scaffolding | 1926.450 Udders. ' () General requirement!. (1 > Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or suitable rempe or runways are provided, ladder* described in this subpan shall be used to give safe access to all elevations. 12) The use of ladders with broken or missing rungs or steps, broken or split side rails, or other feulty or defective construction is prohibited. When ladders with such defects are discovered, they shall be Immediately withdrawn from service. Inspection of metal ladders shall Include ebeekmg for corrosion of In teriors of open end hollow rungs. (3) Manufactured portable wood lad ders provided by the employer shall be in teoordance with the provisions of U* American National Standards Insutute. A 14 1-19*1. Safety Code for Portable Wood Udders. (4) Portable metal ladders shall be of strength equivalent to that of wood ladders. Manufactured portable metal Udders provided by the employer shall be in accordance with the provisions of the American National Standards Insti tute. A 14.2-1954, Safety Code for Port able Metal Ladders. (5) Plied ladders than be In accord ance with the provisions of ibe American National Btandarda Institute. A 14.3195*. Safety Code for fixed Ladders. (() Portable ladder feet shall be placed on a substantial base, and the area around the top and bottom of the ladder shall be kept clear. (7) Portable Udders shall be used as such a pitch that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the Udder is about one-quarter of the work ing length of the ladder (the length along the Udder between the foot and the top support). Ladders than not be used In e horixoDtal position at plat forms, runways, or scaffolds (1) Ladder* than not be placed in passageways, doorways, driveways, or any location where they may be dis placed by acUTlUes being conducted on any other work, unleu protected kg barricades or guards. (9) The side rails shall extend not leu than 3* Inches above the landing. When this Is Dot practical, grab rails, which preside s secure grip for an employe* moving to or from the point of access, shall be Installed. (10) Portable Udders In use shall be Ued. blocked, or otherwise secured to prevent their being displaced. ill) Portable metal ladders shall not be used for electrical work or where they may contact electrical conductors. (b) Job-made ladden. (1) Job-made Udders shall b* constructed tar Intended ure. If a Udder Is to provide the only means of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employeu, or simul taneous two-way traffic is expected, a double cleat Udder shall be Installed. (2) Double cleat ladden shall not exceed 24 feet la length. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS U (1) Single cleat ladders shaH Dot tiseed 30 lt Id length between tupporU (but and top landing. If ladder* are to connect different landings. or U the length required exceed! this merimnm length. two or more teparate ladden shall be used. ofljet with a platform be* twees each ladder. Ouardralie and toe* board* hall be erected od the expoaed Mtdm ot the platform!. (See 11926 431 (a)(5).) (4) The width ot lincle cleat ladden ahall be at leaet 15 inchee. but not more than 30 Inchee between rail! at the top. (5) Bide rail! than be parallel or flared top to bottom by not more than one* quarter ot an Inch tor each 3 feet ot length. (> Wood tide rail! ot ladden hartnc elate thall be not leaa than 1 Vj inches thick and I1 j inches dap (3 Inches br 4 Inches nominal) when made ot Oroup 3 or Oroup 3 woods (as Table L-l). Wood side rail! ot Oroup 4 wood! (see Table L-l) mar be uad in the ant eroaa-aecUan at dimensions for cleat ladden up to 30 feet is lencth. Atoscc Dunlins a Visions tnoa a Woos res Da m Taiwan eaoer i gyectet (tbey/i.1) Whita Mb............. 41 iMCfi 49 ftRfe ...... 44 lock 41 M Unt .............. .. 47 e*t*ry Hard BBpb.... map** Bad oik Whitt ..... hmoaoD .... 49 99 U 44 49 0 mere* t DouflM fir (ooMt repos) Weatora torch.. 94 99 Boutban ytitov plat .................. 97 Bfltf aMar.............. OnfOB titfi Pumpku ash... Utfi eriv... pan OrtaM adtt__________ Cucumber___ .. Ctvi-- ----------- eft elm....... OOQglM tt (Book? Mean* tAin type) --. Wool* Ar..._ movt $ 99 Own.......... .. M WiCQMlba* n tak__________ ii MtfboiU---------- Orwen maple . 90 IVarvmy plo*.-- 94 Poplar 99 Badtood 94 Buten wruee. Stka aprue*... Byrnmnc* e~~_ 90 Tiaanek n Tupelo ........ 94 99 99 94 91 99 99 99 99 99 97 99 Tan L-l Continued yaw Ajpen.......... .... Buckeye ............ Butternut........... f*-*** eedar.. W*tcr& r*d eadur.................. Kick Whit* tt............ Haekbeny........... JT 99 99 37 95 93 94 97 teiuro hemlock Serf; maple..... Lodfepoto pin*. Idaho vbiu pin* ............... Hanbern whits ptn* .................. Poadtroaa pint. Bugar pint........... 99 99 99 99 39 99 99 99 (T) It Is preferable that side rails be conturnout It spllcmc Is necessarr to attain the requim. lencth however. the splice must develop the tun stnncth of a continuous tide rail of the same lencth (I) 3*lnch br 4-tnch lumber thall be used tor side rails of tingle cleat Udders up to 16 feet lone; 3*lnch by 6*lnch lum ber than be used tor single cleat ladden from 16 to 30 tat In length. (() 3-lnch by 1-tncb lumber shall be used for side and middle rails of double cleat ladden up to 13 fat in lencth; 3-lnch br 6-Lneh lumber tor double cleat ladden from 13 to 34 feet in lencth. (10) Wood cleats shall have the tollowtnc minimum dimensions when made of Oroup 1 woods (tee Table L-l): Tabu L-3 l*nctb erf eta flhetot) TfcMuwm VMUi Itortxt} Up to fend teetodtac ................ ef 3U *4 ap to **4 bietodtoc s......................................17777:.. H H k pi (II) Cleats mar be made of species ot any other group of wood (aee Table L-l) provided equal or greater strength is maintained. (13) Cleats than be Inset Into the edges of the side rails oos-haU inch, or filler blocks shall be used on the rails between the cleats. The cleats shell bo secured to each rail with three lOd win nails or other festenen of equivalent strength. Cleats shell be uniformly spaced. 13 tnebes top-to-top. | 1924.431 ScsffoJdims- (s) Oeaersi reqviremeais. (l) Scaf folds shell be erected in accordance with requirements of this section. (3) The footing or anchorage for scaf folds shall be sound, rigid, and capable of carrying the maximum Intended load without eettllng or displacement. Un stable objects such as barrels, boxes, loose brick, or concrete blocks, shall not be used to support scaffolds or planks (t> No scaffold shall be erected, moved, dismantled, or altered except under the supervision of competent persons. (4> Guardrails and toeboards shall be installed on all open aides and ends of platforms more than I feet above the ground or flow, except needle beam scaf folds and floats. Scaffolds 4 feet to f feet in height, having s minimum horizontal dimension in either direction of leu than 45 inches, shall have standard guardrails Installed on all open sides and ends of the platform. (5) Guardrails shell be 3- x (-inches, or the equivalent. Approximately 42 Inches high, with a midrail, when re quired. Supports shall be at Intervals not to exceed 6 feet. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 Inches In height. (6) Where persons are required to work or pass under the scaffold, scaffolds shall be pronded with e screen between the toeboard and the guardrail, extend ing along the entire opening, consisting of No. 16 gauge U.S. Standard wire '.j- inch mesh, or the equivalent * (7) Scaffolds and their components shall be capable of supporting without failure tt least 4 times the maximum in tended load. ' 1 Any. scaffold Including accessories such as braces, brackets. trueKS. screw legs, ladders, etc. damaged or weakened from any cause shall be immediately re paired or replaced. (6) All loed-earrylng timber mem bers of scaffold framing ahall be a mini mum of 1.500 fiber (Strew Qrsde) con struction grade lumber. AH dimensions are nominal sixes as provided In the American Lumber Standards, except that where rough sixes an noted, only rough or undreased lumber of the pas specified will satisfy minimum requirements. (10) All planking shall be Scaffold Oradea, oe equivalent, u recognised br approved grading rules for the species of wood need. The permlsalhle spans for 3- x 10-Inch or wider planks shaQ.be as shown In the following: Taxis L-3 Uatulal foil tttdmtto Kere**i bGiiU tuatar UilcftBrti toabv' wkw ted jpji.fi...... a io n rnmat* tfu... . Will m 4* 11 ' Nflwatj u-tipr* Uiiwbrr **( fraaiu*nik4 far lifirf M; u (111 The maximum permissible span for 1!i- x 5-lneb or wider plank of full thickness shall be 4 feet with medium duty loading of 50 paf. (13) All planking or platforms shall be overlapped (minimum 13 Lnchea). or secured from movement. (13) An acceu Udder or equivalent safe acceu shall be provided. (14) Scaffold planks shell extend over their end supports not leu than 6 inches nor more than 13 inches. (15) The poles, kgs. or uprights of scaffolds shall be plumb, and securely and rigidly braced to prevent swaying and displacement. (16) Overhead protection shall be pro vided for men on a scaffold exposed to overhead haxards. (17) Slippery conditions on scaffolds shall He eliminated as soon as paaaibU alter they occur. (11) No welding, burning, riveting, or open flame work shall be perlarmad on toy staging suspended by means of fiber or synthetic rope. Only treated or pro tected fiber or synthetic ropes shall be used lor or near any work involving the use of corrosive substances or chemicals. (19) Wire, synthetic, or fiber rope used for scaffold suspension shall be capable cf supporting at least 6 times the rated load. (201 The use ot shore pump lack, or letn-to scaffolds Is prohibited. <21) Lumber em when used in th.s subpart, refer to nominal sizes except where otherwise stated. (b) Wood pole scaffolds. (1) Scaffold poles shall bear on a foundation of suffi cient size and strength to spread the load from the pole over a sufficient area to prevent settlement. AH poles shall be set plumb. >2) Where wood poles are spliced, the ends shall be squared and the upper sec tion hn test squarely on the lower 36 CONSTtUCDON KGUUTIONS action. Wood ipUea plate* ahaD ba pro* be laid to as to extend over and real on Tided on at least two adjacent sides and the first' layer of plantint shall be. not teas than 4 feet In lenfth. orerlapplnf the abutted andi equally, and have th* araa width and not teat than the eroai ewtlraal area of tht pole. Splice piatea or other materials of equivalent strmfth mas ba used. ()> Independent pole scaffolds than ba aet *e Dear to fee wan of the bnUdlnc aa practteahk. (14) When movtof platforms to the next level, tha old platform ahaD ba teft undisturbed until the new puttofs or bearers have been set in place, ready to receive the platform planks. (15) Guardrails, not teas than S x 4 Inches or tha equivalent, approximately 43 inehae high, with a mldrafl of 1- x 4Inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboaxda. (4) AD pole armffolda a*aB be securely ahaD be tnetaDed at aD open atdae and fused or Had to the buildInf or itroeture. end* * aD aeaffoldt mete than 4 feet Where the balfht or lenfth exceeda u above tha frou&d or floor. Toeboarda feet the maffold than ba aacurad at | BfninoB of 4 lAehM l& boisbta tnterrala net freetor than SI feat Wire meah ahaD be Installed In accord Twrtiea&s and horlaoBtaSy. ance with paragraph (a)(1) of this (I) Potloos or baaraia ahaS ba aet sactfcm. when iwquliwd. with {hair pea tar vertical, tons aaouth to protect orar the ladtan Ttu T I tlwaiia Honui tea in Sinm (14) AD wood pole scaffolds 40 foat or laaa In helfht ahaD be oanatructed and erected la accordance with Tables L--( to 10. If they are over 60 feet la helfht. they shall ba <r~*^ by a qualified fe llnear competent In this field, and It ahaD ba constructed and erected In ac cordance with such detesn. Tteu I Mrwimm Houu Baa in Muonn kimii or Mnnni or inn. ranoarr hu Oannine Mmnm Dow Vniteemly fterlbekd Pol to iiimi to toed. pad. kibeu kkffet af ton. eeafoM. Met or eprlfbto___ _ 4 x 4 m. /Corlmted on p. 'inn or Mnrane m lorau feu acinous, Lot of the inner and outer root of polaa at least S tnchaa for proper support. (!) Brers wooden putioc on tlnfla a. ts a. pole aeaSolda ahaD ba rainforead with a tic x l-tneh steal strip, or aqvrfvahat, aacurad to Its tower adft throufbout Its entire lanrth. (?) Ladptxi ahaD be tone anouth to extend ower two pete feeds*. Ladfars bull not be tpttned between tht poles. Ledfara feaD ba ratnforead bs btarlnt btocka aeetowis nailed to the side of the UhitBoaetoaUltjeun.t.o.e..to..a.t.e.*........................................................................... Mtintlteo a..n...t.e...W...a...a..l......... into MtoOeian1tnetel)...................................... IMH........................ ton.tin. Minim Oteuwialtie..................... ................ I ft. t to........................ III..to. am a seimwie. t to. wtou..........................title...........................lit to. Pa^nwitotop to IR. tto. *tou..........................title, a It tie.............. n tto alii to. Irak). Lteem-..............................................................into............................. mill*. VInaduja*l.ielaaVtoneMmhiagnl aititoolitwottlo..t.o..w................................................inn.tWot.e._._.._..I.7..7..T...........................-.. Minl.tIoto.. *" QmHtrUL^.. .,t4Sla4. (kAt..f..i...[...i...t...i..t...M........l........................4 1taX 4htlfft (mtataoBj. . I*4B:.........................11 4 ta pate to fan a support for tha ladfcr. ( Dlafonal brwciaf ahaD b* provided Ail BBkm nor* yfcxktac an w* m **. to prarent tha polaa from merm* la a direction parafla! with tha wall of tha frolldtac. of fros bockttDf. <> Croaa braeinf ahaD ba prortdad batwaan tha toner and outer aeta of polaa In Independent pole acaffold*. The free ends of pole scaffolds shaD be eroae braced. (10) PoD dtafonal face bradnf thaD be erected Sanaa tha tnttrt face of pate scaffolds In both dbwettons. The bneae shall ba append at the polaa Tht Innm row of poke on medium and hear? duty scaffold* shaD ba brwead in a UrnPar tAIMteW (II) Platform anaD be laid with their adfaa cloac tofethar so the pisiform wfll be Ucht vtth no (pacts throuch which tools or frifments of material can faff. (13) Where plankino to lapped, each plank ehaD lap Its end support* at least IS lathee Where tha ends of planks abut each other to form a flush floor, the butt Joint )nn ba at the eenterllne of a pole. Tha abutted ends shall rut on separate bearers. Intermediate beams ahaD be prortdad wbera necessary to pre vent dialodsment of planks due to drflsc- Hon. and the eada shaD be eecured to prevent their dtalodtmest. (IS) Whan a aragold materially eimacte its direction, the platform planks shaD bs laid to prevent Upptnf. planks that meet the comer putioc at an anfk ahaD be laid first, ertendtof flfif tite sfifeftmnv sniiai fir month to have a food safe beertat. but got tar -xifti to Involve any denser from Tb# piaAfcl&f nsi&i&y tn V&lfentT flitilbvtad load. m Polar or ^rtyMx.... Pole ^anmy (tarfi tufttaxl). or Mot to pax tpiv 4x40. t fv ftin. ftfuftia. 11 it la. or t x 4 ia. I ft. 4 tt. Teau L-4--Murmvm XoacnraL torn an Mamn tracoNi or kum or fimai i fou Scairm -- Hurt Dm V&ifarmfy ftletrfbvtad Mot to * Ion. pal. batybt ton. M4i or p(1|htL.... Poia epoaay (loa- todi&rl). > Mtt 01 4l4 IB. ft 0 ta. ft ft atm. laafan r piUep.... SxifttB.arftsfta. Mprrtny af barari or ft ft. o ta. 1 xtitacr 1% stia. 1X4 UL 1 X 4 IB. PUBkiby...................... ftxlftia. Toaborrta a......... 4-lB. biyb (miai- BOB). OvirM) .................. 9x4m. Ail Btabtn except pleokUay art oard n * edyr. Vamarl apiriny ' bonoooui arwbai Breday. bonaoBtal ft x lft ia. I fVftlB. llillL Tbt*tar tOrbooin ffqvnnfl 114 ia. JxiOla 4-ia. biyb BUB), ft X 4 UL (2&LB1- au aa&ben except plaoAiBy wr orrd ob edye. Taatx IrMlww Koroua tat m Muvn Srsawo or Maim or tncrxnx.'ft Pou acirroia Ueat Dvrv _ CfiflmrMaM nr... PMa r orate....................... mfteptman(HMeiamtanijL........ SS^IMkaaiiZ* beanri M ft. B. mu-- nrnrnon1 a ft. 4 s 4 la. UA.IB. 1I0Mfti.l4tata.. )tta. *lisa10r. rftata i>4ta or 111 ta. 114 ta. _ 4tabi(ft fafta--K tclta the oppomae dhwcHon at an aafle thaD CONSTtuenON lEOUUTlONS 37 Pol* spacing (Mgl- IMia. tudiaoJ). Pol* "p--(Won*- gflttn. TVM). Mm ................. . Tsruoti T*^"f or berloootal gutabara llltu. CV 0 In.. pacing of bun.-.. tooang, bortaratnl... Itmui, aiogsonl----ni-ia IR.lt>. 11 lb la. liliaorlH ills. I (41a. 1x41a. It Mia. 4-la. high (mlai- au). Qunrdnli 3a4tB AD awn Inn svnept planking xn and 0* Kxum twm o> Mewvas or Ino- mu tai Scai ft* m Hurt Dorr ttallermlT StiCrtbuted .Hoi to se*4 II lo^. pjL/. Hibbu belgbt o< bo n. eeadoM. Poles or uprights (xatn. Pate spacmg (loo0- irvois. tudlael). Pole spying (trans in.ia lx Ilia. 4 n. t a. lx Mia. (rough)- 1x41a. I x 4 la. Ixlia 4-la. high (mini- 1x4 la ' AS member! except plonking in a>ad oo (e> Tabs (ad eowplcr eeafoUt, (1) A Bghi duty tribe and coupler ecnffoM (hall have an mu. bearars, nmaeso, aad brae- tad ai nranjnal 3-lneh OJ3, steal tubing. The post* xhan be xpaead no mere than feet apart br 10 feet along tbe length of tbe scaffold. Other structural actalx vban axed Ban be draigned to cam an equivalent load. Mo dtosimnar metal* hall be axed togetbo. (1) A meiBuia duty tohe aad ooapier scaffold than hare an peats, runners. aad bracing of nominal 3-Inch OO. (teal tahtag. Post* Raced not mart than 0 feat apart br I feet along tbe length of the aeaffold shaD hare bearara of nominal IVb-tneh OO. steel tnhtng. Paata (paced not store than I feet apart hr I feet along the length of the scaffold than have bearerx of 3-tneh OO. xteel tub ing. Other structural metalx. vben axed, maxi be iVelgnrd to carry an equtralent load. No <tinanT metals xhxll be uxed together. (SI A heavy duty tube and coupler eaffoJd ibaH hare all posts, nmoen, end bracing of nominal 3-lseh OO. xteel tubing, with the poetx xpaced not mare than I feet by I feet f baches. Other structural metalx, vben coed, must be Aral mart to cany ab equivalent load. Mo dissimilar metalx shaD be utod together. (4) Tube and coupler scaffolds shaD be limited In height* and working lerele to thorn permitted hi Tablet L-10,11. ahd IS. Dravlngx and merUlratlunx of all tube and eouplei smflolds above the 11ml- tattcas In Tobies L-14, 11. aad IS shall be designed by t qualified mrtnerr cm- peeant in thh field. it) All tube and coupler scaffolds ihaD length of tht scaffold permit*. such brac be constructed and erected to tupport ing (ball bt duplicated beginning at four uses the mcrlmum Intended load*, every fifth post. In x mmiiir manner, a* tet forth In Tablet L-10. ll, and 12. or at Mt forth in tbe (pacifications by a li cenced professional engineer competent In this field. longitudinal diagonal bracing shall also be Installed from the last post extending back aad upvord tovxrd the first post. Where condition* preclude tbe attach Toil! lrlO-TVH **DoCror cnsi Scineies Lnct ment of this bracing to tbe poru. it may be attached to the runnen. (12) The entire scaffold shall be tied INpeA to aad securely braced against tbe build ing at Intervals not to exceed SO feet horiaoatally aad 34 feet vertically. w*h me A44Umaal (IniV (13) OuardnDa. not lass than It I -toebm er the egtrtralsat, approximately 43 inches high, vtth a ntidraD of I- x 4- tII 4 I at aa taeh lumber er aqutmlent, and toeboard. shaD be tnetallad at aD open sides aad 4 1040 ends ah aD ere(Told* more than I feet above the ground or floor. Toeboard* Tsais L-U--To** in ceonxa kunM beams nen shaD be a minimum of 4 Inches la height. Win math shaD be installed to accord ance with paragraph (a)(4) of this PtUnlj tMrftoSri lead____ N* e na yonWerbit QmenocneP..... Itio yoneice* (win--)-------- lath. (d) Tubular welded frame scaffolds. (1) Metal tubular frame scaffolds. In wmoxe me cluding accessories such si braces, brockets, trumm. sent legs, ladders, etc- shaD be designed, constructed. end i a a erected to mfety support four times the * Nath. maximum rated lead. (3) Bparlng of panels or frames ihaD Time t-U--Tea * Camas lumui Ba*vv Deer be consistent vlth the loads tmpomd (t) Rraffnlde IhaD be properly bneed to cross bracing er diagonal broeao. or IXpjX both, tor securing vertical members to gether laterally, and the crass braces shaD be cf such length si vlD automat aliUnmsl^bsSe ically square aad aline vertical members so that the erected scaffold is alvay* plumb, square, and rigid. AD brace con- i t aa otedoc* ftbAO bt Bttdl MCVIs (4) Scaffold lea shaD bs let ah ad((> Pate ihaD be aeetntely spaced, furtohle bases or plain bases placed on erected on xultable baxa, and maintained mod sms or ether foundation* adequate plumb. to support the maximum rated load. (T) Runner* (hah be erected along the (4) The frames ihaD be placed one on length of the aeaffold. located on both tap of tbe other vlth eouphag or stack the inside and the outride poets at even ing pine to provide proper vertical atine- height. Rumen ihaD be Interlocked to ment at the lea. the iigdde and the outride poet* at even ) Where 9hft may occur, panels heights. Runnen taafl be lnteilockod to term continuous length! ind rouplxd to each poet. The bottom rannen ihaD be located xs does to the boat x* pnariMe sfaaS be locked together vertteaDy to ptae ar other equivalent suitable meant. (T) To prevent movement, the scaf fold ihaD be secured to the building or Runnen ihaD be pieced not man than atructura at Intervals not to exceed 30 feet l taeba on canten. feet hortoonuOy end 34 feet vertically. (!) Beeran xheD be InxieTltd trens- enely betveen poet* and ihaD be eeeurely coupled to tbe paetx bearing oo the runner coupler. When coupled direct (4) Maximum permlarible men* of wihRHwg ihtn bt tn conformity vlth paragraph (a) (11) of this seeticn. (4) Drawings and specification* 1or sD ly to the runners, the couple muat be frame scaffolds over 135 feet to height kept x* close to the posts a* possible. above the base plates ihaD be designed (4) Bearen shaD be at lean 4 Inches by a registered professional engineer. but not more than 13 Inches longer than (10) QuardnDa hot toes than 3x4 tbe poet (paring or runner spacing. (10) Cross bracing xhan be tartaPed scram the vldth of the scaffold at least every third tet of poets boriaontiDy and every fourth runner vertteaDy. Such inches or the equivalent, and approxi mately 43 (tm*h** hiyh with e mldrill, of 1- x 4-toeh lumber or equivalent, and toeboards. shaD be tastaDed at aD open rides and a on aD xcaflnlrta more than 4 feet above the ground or floor. Too- bracing shall extend `"T""nT bom the bunk ahafl tv a nhlsiiB of 4 Inches Inner and outer runnen upvord to the In height. WJra mesh theD be toetaOed to next outer and Inner rannen. accordance vtth paragraph (a)(4) at (11) iswigitartlnal diagonal bracing an the toner end outer ran of polw ritoD be Installed at approximately a 44' angle tram near the bam cf the first outer past upvord to the extreme top of tbe Kaffald. When tbe hngttudinal (e> ttammtH prcpeOed smMc teaf/Mgs. (1). When frae-etoadtog mefafle scaffold towers an umd. the height shaD pat CXttttd foW t&Mi thd fl0ntsu3DB tUI 38 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (3) Cuun shall be properly designed outboard end to length. The beemt ahall bearing point. for strength and dimensions to rapport four Umar the maximum Intended load. All easteri abaD be provided vlth s posi tive locking device to bold the scaffold In postuoa. (3) Scaffolds shall be properly braced by cross bracing and hortaental braelnf conforming with paragraph (d)(1) of thu scetioa. (4) Platforms shall be tightly planked for the toll width of the scaffold except for neeeacarr entrance opening. Plat form! thall be tecured In place. <t> A Udder or atalrvar thall be pro vided for proper aecess and exit and thall be affixed or built Into the tcaflold and to located that when In me It will not ml on edge, the sides shall be plumb, and the edges thall be hortiontal. The ful crum point of the beam thall rest on a tecure bearing at leatt 4 lnehei to each horlaontal dimension. The beam shall be secured In place atalnst movement and shall be securely braced at tht fulcrum point atalnst tipping. (3) The inboard ends of outrigger beams shall be securely anchored either by means of struts bearing against tells to eontact wtwi the overhead beams or celling, or by means of tension mtmbera tecured to the floor Joists underfoot, or by both If necessary. The Inboard ends of outrigger beams ahall be secured against tipping and the entire supporting struc (I) Where the overhang exceeds 4 feet 4 Inches, outrigger beams shall be com posed of stronger beams or multiple beams and be Installed under the super vision of a competent pereon. IT) All outrigger beams shall be set and maintained with their webs to a vertical position. (I) A stop bolt shall be placed at each end of every outrigger beam. (1) The outrigger beta ahall rat on suitable wood bearing bloeka. (10) The tree end of the suspension wire ropes shall be equipped with proper text thlmhlet and secured by splicing or ether equivalent mm The running ends shall be securely attached to the have a tendency to tip the scaffold. A ture shall be securely braced to both di twisting drum and at least four turns Undine platform mutt be provided at rections to prevent any hortiontal of wire rope shall at all 'ilrL** remain on Intervals net to exceed 3S feet. movement. the drum. Tbs use of fiber rope M (4) The force aimn to move the (3) Unless outrigger scaffolds are de prohibited. mobile leaffold shall be applied near or at date to the base at practlctble and provision shall be made to sublllse the tower durtnc movement from one loca tion to another. Scaffolds shall only be moved on level Soon, free of obetnictlont <T) The raplayer shall hot allow em ployees to tide on manually propelled mrmWniA* gnleas the following conditions gift: signed by a registered professional engi neer competent to this field, they shall be constructed and erected to accordance with Table L-IS. Outrigger sraffnlda.deaigned by e registered professional engi neer, shall be constructed end erected to accordance with such design. Tilts Uti--UwnruTi Nosnu Sn m Mssuini trews or Musas or Octuocii tcuvouo tteaiauy MaTtoB toil (11) Where a single outrigger beam is ured. the steal shackles or devises with which the wire ropes are attached to the outrigger beams shall be placed directly over the hoisting drums. (13) The scaffold platform shall be equivalent to strength to at least 3-!nch pliflktti. (Pot wut4imnw piiAkuni spans, see paragraph (a) (11) of this ration.) (i) The Boor or sortace is within 3* level, and tree from pits, hotel, or mpjx......... . topxL (13) When employees are at work on tba scaffold and an overbad heard tractions; (ti> The minimum <Bmention of the erm/fnlrl bate when ready for rottne. te at leatt me-half of the height. Outrigpen, if need, thall be inttalled on both tedee of staging: m.......... tsttto......... it * to....... . .. Si ion. tft-Oto. nSS.............. OnmutrMM.w..p..r.t.g.M..M........ .......... 4ttl>ltiot4. *tt*ao..t...o......t...................,... t2l|4to.Sttto. Ito itotot MB). exlsta overhead protection ahall bt pro vided on the scaffold, not more than t feet shore the platform, contesting of 3- Inch planking, or material of equivalent strength, laid tight, ind extending not Ira than the width of the scaffold. (111) The wbeets are equipped with nffjtoer or similar resfltent tint: (4) Planking than be laid tight and (tv) AS tooit and materials an te shall extend to within 3 Inches of the (14) bch scaffold thall be Installed or relocated under the supervision of a com petent pereon. emed or removed from the pInform before the mobile icaffold it moved. (!) Scaffolds to me by any penons thaO rat upon a sultao* footing and ahaS ftand plumb. The eavten or wheels than be locked to prevent ts7 movement. () MobOe scaffolds constructed of metal members shah also conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) at this action, de- on the material of which they an constructed. (10) Quardrefis not lea than 3x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 43 Inches huh. with a midrail, of 1- x 4-Inch lumber or equivalent, and toeboards. hsi) be installed a; all open aides and ends on all scaffolds more than 4 feet above the (round or floor. Toeboards thall be a minimum of 4 Inches to height, wm mesh shall be installed to accordance with paragraph (a*(6> of this section. (!) devoting end rotating icovk plat building wall. Planking shall be secured to the beams. (5) Quardralla. not teas than 3x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 43 inches high, with e midrail of 1- x 4toeh lumber or equivalent, and toe- boards. ahall be installed at an open diet end ends on aO scaffolds more than I feet above U.; ground or floor. Toeboards Shan be e minimum ox 4 inches to height Wire mesh than be metalled to accord ance with paragraph ta) (4> el this section. (h) Nasons' adjustable multipfe-potnl nrpenrion scaffolds. (1) The scaffold Wisll be capable of aisturung s working load of 50 pounds per quart foot and dull not be loaded m excess of that figure. (2) The scaffold shall be provided with hoisting machines that meet the requirements of Underwriters' labora tories or Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation. (3) The platform shall be supported by wire ropes, capable of supporting at (13) OuardraOt. not ten than 3x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 Inches high, with a mldraU, and toeboards. than be metalled at all open teda and snds an aO scaffolds Mre than 4 fret above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be a minimum of 4 inches m height. Wire mesh ahall be installed to accord ance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section. (D (Swfctgfag scaffolds) tso-poiat nrpcniitm. (1) TWo-pclnt cuspentese scaffold platforms shall be not ten than 20 toehea nor more than 34 Inches wide overall. The platform shall be securely fastened to the hangers by u-bolts or by other equivalent means. (2) The bangen of two-point suspennon scaffolds shall be made of mild steel, or other equivalent materials, having a cross-sectional area capable atf tattalntof 4 times the maximum rated load, and shall be designed with a support far guardrail. Intermediate rail, and forms. Applicable requirements of Amer least 4 timet the intended load, sus toeboard. ican National Standards Institute pended from overhead outrigger beams rji When hoisting machines are used A32.2-l6t. Vehicle Mounted Derating (4) The icaffold outrigger beams shall and Rotating Work Platforms, shall be consist of structural metal securely fas on two-point suspension scaffolds, such xh*ti be of a design terted and met for ruch equipment to use. tened or anchored to the frame or floor approved by Underwriters' Laborato i(> Ontrigger scaffolds. (1) Outrixxer system of the building or structure. ries or Factory Mutual Engineering rn extend not more than 4 feet (5) Each outrigger beam shall be Corporation. beyond the face of the building. The In equivalent to strength ta at least a stand (4) The roof irons or hooks shall be board end of outrigger beams, measured ard T-toch. lJJ-pound steel I-beam, at of mild steel, or other equivalent mate from the fulcrum point to anchorage least 15 feet long, and shall not project rial, of proper toe and design, securely point, ahall be not leu than 1 * * timet the more than 4 feet 4 inches beyond the Installed and .anchored. Tlebacks of - I CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 39 t&eh ma&lla rep*, or lb* equivalent, (hall err* at a secondary meant of anchorare. Installed at rlfht angles to the face of the balding. whenever poatlble. and aecured to a structurally aound portion of the building. (S) Two-point autpention aeafloldt than be suspended by wire, aynthetie. or ftber ropes capable of tupportlnt at leatt times tbe rated load. All other eompooentt ahaO be capable of supporting at leatt four Umea the rated load. () Tbe abeavea of all bloekt. consist ing of at leatt one double and ace tlnclt block, thall fit the tin and type of rope Tiki L-M-fevsevit Tot Lti ots-Tm funmi Imclb tl AUiiora (I*f4> U 14 tfi4 It UtDdS 9IMN Sod& life ti/incm. rlAlaturK-rMtPTUoo (&aum AAIlattfAitlaorUhfMtrbt.M.....l.................................................................... iMr,.... iNr; it* i *, i* t i*;u......\*;ti......is'iiiiis I .......i 4H.... * * BrtRMrtinf *trt* taiuUuum).................................. A U*: t inrh iw; mnfotrinf imp t Ui (ur**Jrat ih*il t* tittrhH to Uw or hilt Rune*................................................... Runt' thall b* IH-tnrttn minimum 4iampr vith l k#ut1 Mnrt dMiii'-tPt UtRot. u>4 U* tMtimuiA ipwta ihull tm u erttn ( mm. Tlr feEE fen: tei:::: feE fo..Kuwtwr (inJutmum)........................................... D*ow<t mUulmum....................................... Flooni*. atainms AMt#4 liu oaeltw.......... (T) All wtrs rope*. fiber and syntbetlc ropea. slings, hangers. platforms, and other aupportinc parta shad be Inapeeted befora every installation. Pertodle Intpeetlaca shad be made while the acaffaid la In use. (I> Oc autpention aeaffolda deafened for a wortlnc load of 500 pounda. no more than two men shad be permitted to wort at ace time. On ruapesalflo scaf folds with a working load of 750 pounda, no more than three -- >.ii be per mitted to wort at eoe time. Each em ployee abah be protected by an approvwd aafety hi* belt attached to a bfrtlne. Tbe Hfellae ahall be aeeurely attached to aubatantlal membera of the structure (not scaffold), or to aeeurely rigged Unes. tween hangers for plank-type platforms thaS not exceed fact. (ill) fleam-type platform. Beam plat forms shall have tide stringers of lumber not leas than Ixl Inches set on edge. Tbe span between bangers shall not axeacd 12 feet when beam platforms are used. The flooring ahall be supported on 1- x 6-lneb cross beams, laid flat and set Into the upper edge of tbe stringers with a mug fit. at Intervals of not more than 4 feet, securely nailed m place. The floor ing shall be at 1- x (-Inch material prop erly nailed, noor boards shall not be spaced more than one-half Inch apart. (It) Utkt metal-type piot/onu. When used, shall be tested and listed according to Underwriters' Laborato wire ropes shall be equipped with proper siu thimbles, secured by splicing or otter equivalent means. The running ends shall be securely attached to the hoisting drum and at least four turns of wire rope shall remain at the drum tl all times. (g) When two or more scaffolds art used on a budding or structure, they shad not be bridged one to the other, but than be maintained at even height with plat forms shutting closely. (J) Ouardrails. not less than 2x4 Inches or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toe- boards. shad be Installed at ail open aldea and ends on ad scaffolds more than I feet above tbe ground or floor. Toeboards shad be a minimum of 4 Inches in height. which w aaftly impend tbe employe* ries or Factory Mutual Engineering Wire mesh shall be installed In accord tn ease at a fall. In order to keep the CorponttOB. ance with paragraph (a) (() of this i fifetla* continuously attached, with a (11) Ouardrails. not lest than 1x4 section. mlnlmom of alack, to a fixed structure, the artarhmmt point at the hfebne ahall be appropriately changed at the work inches, or the equivalent, approximately 42 inches high, with a midrail, and toe- boards, shall be Installed at ad open ttdes (k) flbipie-pof** odhutabte rwpeseioa scaffold*. (1) Tbe scaffolding, in cluding power unite or man ually oper and ends on all scaffolds mors thaa ated winches, shad be of s type tested <> Two-point auBwnitnp aeaffolda feet above the ground or floor. Tbebaards and listed by Underwriters' Laborato tad be securely lasted to the building or shall be a minimum of 4 inches in bdghl ries or Factory Mutual Engineering atrueture to prevent them from rwaytng. Wire mesh than be Installed in accord Corporatien. Window eleanen' anchors ahall not be ance with paragraph (a) (() of this (2) The power units may be sitter weed for this purpose. jeettan. electrically or sir motor driven. <10> Tbe platform at every two-point (J) Slow setter*' edfwloble maftfpfe- (2) Ad power-operated gears and wenidcri acaffold ihaQ be one of the potmt raspraetoa scaffold*. (1) Tbe seaf- brakes shall be encloeed. following types: laid tbaQ be capable of sustaining a (4) In addition to tbs normal operat U> Latder-type ptef/onu. The tide stringer mail be of clear atraight-grelaad gvott er materials of cqtnralast strength end durability. The nmgs shad be of Rnliht-iniBid oak. aiL or hickory, at least life inch tn diameter, with H-taeh tenons mortised Into the working load of 25 pounds per square foot end shall nos be overloaded. Scaffolds shall not be seed for storage of stoat or other heavy materials. (3) When used, the hoisting ***" and its supports shall be of a type tested and bated by Underwriters' laborato ing brake, sd power-driven units shad have an emergency brate which engages automatically when tbs normal speed of ll QCt<M (5) The hoisting machines, cables, and equipment shall be regularly serviced sad Inspected. arte stringers at last seven-eighth! taeh. ries er rectory Mutual Engineering (6) The units may ba rrwnhtnwrt to i The stringers shall be tied together with tie rods not las than one-quarter Inch tn dlameta. passing through the string ers and riveted up tight against washers on both ends. Tbe flooring strips shall be' spaced not more than flve-elgbtha Corporation. (2) The platform shall be securely fastened to the bangers by u-batts or other equivalent mean* (For materials and spans, see subdivision (11> of para form a two-point suspmskiei scaffold. Such scaffold shad then comply with paragraph <i) of this section. (3) Tbe supporting cable shad be verti cal for lu entire length, and the basket shall not be swayed nor the cable Used to booh apart except at tbe aide rails where graph (1) (10), Plank-Type Platforms, any Intermediate points to change the tbe apace may be t Inch. Ladder-type and Table L-14 of this section.) original path of travel. platforms shall be constructed in ac (4) Tbe scaffold unit than be sus cordance with Table L-14. pended from metal outriggers, iron (11) Plcwi-type platforms. Plank-type brackets, wire rope slings, or Iron hooks. i8) Suspension methods shall conform to applicable provisions of paragraphs ib> and (1) of this section. platforms shall be composed of not less (5) Outriggers, when used, shall be set i}) Guards, midrails, and ireboards nominal 2- z 10-lneh unspdeed with their webs In a vertical position, se shall completely enclose tbe cage or bas pi"V properly cleated together on tbe curely anchored to the building or struc ket. Ouardrails shall be no less than 2x4 underside, starting ( laches from each ture and provided with stop bolts at each inches or the equivalent, approximately cad; intervals In between shall not ex- end. 42 inches above tbe platform. Midrails eced 4 feet. Tbe plank-type platform (O Tbe scaffold shall be supported by shad be 1 x 8 Inches or the equivalent. ahall not extend beyond the bangers wire rope capable of supporting at least Installed equidistant between the guard more thaa 12 inches A bar or other ef f times the rated load. All other com rail and the platform. Toeboards shad fective means shall be securely fattened ponents shall be capable of supporting be a minimum of 4 inches in height. to the platform at each end to prevent at least 4 times the rated load. 110) For addiucnal details not covered Us slipping off the hanger. The span be (?) The tree ends of the suspension tn this paragraph, applicable technical 40 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS portions of American National Standard* (3, Members ahall be not leas than shall be a minimum of 4 inches lb height. Institute, A130. 1170, Power-Operated those specified In Table L-1S. Wire meeh shall be Instolled In accord Devices for bterlor Building Mainte nance Povered Platformi, ahall be uaed. 0) Bootncata's chairs. a> .The chair aeat ahall not be leaa than 11 x It tnchsn. and 1-lneh thickness. The aeat ahall be Taau t-13--Minimum Dixtviiova roe lucauTiu' SeVAta Scirrou Muiioi Memteri Bliwumi cam or hortsonial members... a a a la. ance with paragraph (a)(4) of this section. <p> Needle beam scaffold. (1) Wood needle beams shall be not lees than 4 11 Inches In list, with the greater dimension reinforced on the underalde by cleat* securely faateeed to prevent the board from apUtttng. (1) The tero fiber rope aeat slings than Up................................................... Inca* at corner*............................... Brace* diagonal); from center < frame. 3 a i In. 1 a a In. 1 a * la. placed In a vertical direction. Metal beams or the equivalent, conforming to paragraphs (a) (I) and (10) of this sec tion. may be need and shall not be he of S-lnch diameter, reeved through (3) The square* ahall be reinforced on allured or moved borixontolly while they the four aeat hole* to a* to croe* each both aides of each comer with : x 4-Inch are In tae. other on the tisdenlde of the aeat. (3) Seat tUngt ahall (e of at leaet tt- Inch wire rope when an employee la eondocOn* a heat-producing proceea, aueh a* gas or arc welding. (4) The employee ahan be protected by a aafety belt and lifeline In accord gurnet place*. They shall also have di agonal brace* lxl Inches on both aides running from center to center of each member, or other means to secure equiv alent strength and rigidity. (4) The squarm shall be act not more than 3 feet apart for medium duty scaf (3) Rope* or hanger* shall be pro vided for (imports. The spon between supports on tbs need)* beam shall not exceed 1# feet for 4- x 0-lnch timbers. Rope supports than be equivalent in stnngth to 1-tncb diameter first-rrade HtBitik ropt. ance with | 1916 10a The attachment folds. and not more than I feet apart (3) The ropes shall be attached to the point of the lifeline to the structure ahall for light duty acaflolda. Bracing, lag needle beams by a scaffold hitch or a be appropriately chanced a* the work tnchea. extending from the bottom of properly made eye splice. The loose end profTeeaea. each square to the top of the next square, of the rope than be tied by a bowline (5) The tackle ahall eonslat of correct shall be provided oo both front and rear knot or by a round turn and a half hitch. elec ball bearlnc or buahed block* and sides of the scaffold. (4) TIM scaffold hitch shall be ar properly ipUced H-lneh diameter first* (I) Platform planks ahall be at least ranged so as to prevent the needle beam rrade manlla rope, or equivalent 3- x 10-inch nominal use. The end* of the from rolling or becoming othenrlae (> The roof iron*, hooka, or the object planks shall overlap the bearers of the displaced. to which the tackle le anchored, ahall squares and each plank shall be sup (0) The platform span between the he aecurely Installed. Tlebacka, when ported by not Met than three squares. needle beams than not exceed I feet awed, (hall he Installed at right anglea to (4) Bricklayer*' square acaflolda shall when using 3-lneh eeaffold plank. Bor the face of the bulldlnc and securely not exceed three tiers tn height and than pans greater than I feet, platforms ahan fastened. be to constructed and arranged that one be designed baaed on design require (ml Carptuhrt bracket seeffoUt. (1) square shall rest directly above the other. ments for the special span. The overhang the bracket* ahall eanatit of a triangular The upper tien than stand on a con of each end ef the platform planks than wood frame not leea than 3 s 3 Inches tinuous row ef planks laid acmes the be not leas than I inches and not more to eroea section. or of metal of equivalent next lower Her sad be nailed down than 13 Inchas. strength. Each member (hah be properly fitted and aeeurely Jnfnert. (3) Each bracket ahan be attached to the structure by means of one of the foQowtnc: (I) A bolt, no less than five-eighths Inch m diameter, which ahan extend through to the inside of the bulldlnc wan; (II) A metal stud attachment device; <m> Welding tocteel tanka; (tv) Hooking over a weil-aeeured and adequately (trong rupporttng member. (3) The bracket* shall be spaced no more than I feet apart. (4) No more than two employee* than occupy any given I feet of a bracket scaf fold as any ene turn Tools and mattrials shall not cxeeod IS pounds In addi tion to the occupancy. or otherwise secured to prevent displacement. (7) Scaffolds shall be level aad set upon a firm foundation. (o> Horse seeffoMt. (1) Horse scaf folds than not be constructed or ar ranged more than two tiers or 10 feet in height. (3) The members of the horses than he not lets than those specified tn Table L-l*. Taau L-lt--Ifarncow Douseoas tea Bortsoatal member* or Siam. ............................. 114 * H ts. boogttadlnal brace beiwaee 1 a * in. lap, Ouaert brae* at top or lam_1 x S in. Bait diagonal brace*--------- 114 t *H te. (g) When needle beam scaffolds are used, the planks than be secured against slipping. (7) An unattached tools, bolts, and outs used on needle beam scaffolds shall be kept m suitable containers, properly secured. () One end of a needle beam scaffold may be supported by a permanent struc tural member conforming to paragraphs (a) () and (10) of this section. () Bach employe* working on a needle beam scaffold than be protected by a Nifty belt and ttfettae m accord ance with 11924.10*. (q) PlatUrin', decorttorr', sag large area scaffolds. (1) nasteren', lathers', aad celling wurkera' inside scaffolds than be con*truetad la accordesvw with tha general requirements set forth for inde pendent wood pole scaffolds. (See para (3) The platform dull consist of not - (3) Hones ahan be spaced not more graph (b) and TaMm X/-7, I, and I of lets than two 3- x lb-tneb nominal dm than I feet for medium duty and sot this seenon.) planks mending not more than 13 mare than I feet far light duty. (3) Aff platform planks shall be laid tnchea or leaa than C tnchea beyond each (4) When arranged In tiers, each erlth the edges eloet together. end support. horse ahan be placed directly over the (3) When independent pole eeaffold horse In the tier below. platforms are erected la sections, such (6) Ouardraflx. not leas than 3x4 Inches or the equivalent approximately 43 Inches high, with a midrail, or 1- x S-inch lumber or equivalent and toeboards, shall be installed at all cpm ndea and ends on an acaflolda more than C feet above the ground or floor. Toe- board* shall be a minimum of 4 Inches tn height Wire mesh ahan be Installed In accordance with paragraph (a) (() of this section. (n) Brtc'elaytrr assart scaffolds, a) The aiuins than pot exceed 3 feet m width and 3 feet tn height (3) Cm tn aeaflblda arranged tn tiers, the legs ahan be nailed down or other wise secured to the planks tn prevent dis placement or thrust and each tier ahan be substantially .cross braced. (0) Horses or parts which, have be come weak or defective shall not be used. (7).Ouardrslls. not lest than 1x0 inches or the equivalent, approximately 43 inches high, with a midrall. of 1- x 4Ineh lumber or equivalent, aad toe- boards. shall be Installed at all open tides and ends on sQ scaffold* more than * feet above the ground or floor. Toetoards sections than be provided with connect ing runways equipped with substantial guardrails. <4) OuardraSt, not lea than 3x4 inches or the equivalent, approximately 43 Inches high, with a midrall of 1- x 4- tneh lumbw or equivalent, and toeboards, shall be metalled on ell opco tides and ends an iff scaffold* more thap 4 feet above the ground or floor. Toeboards shall be f minimum of 4 Inches tn height. Wtz* meah shall be Installed tn accordance with paragraph (a) (() of this tertian. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 41 <r> /ntmar hung scaffolds. <n An In window ltd and another or for, other prevent tools from rolling off. terior hue* scaffold thill be hum or elements of scaffolding. (3) Supporting ropes shall be 1-lneh impended from the roof structure or (3i Window jack scaffolds shall be diameter menlla rope or equivalent, free celling beams. provided with guardrails unless safety from deterioration, chemical damage, (it The impending wire or fiber rope hill be eipible of supporting it lent times the rmted laid. Tbs rope thill be wripped it lent twice iround the supporting members end twice ireund the beirers of the scaffold. with eacb end of the wire rope secured by it lent three standard wire-rope dlpi properly instilled. belts with lifeline* are attached and pro vided for employee. (4) Not more than one employee shall occupy a window Jaek scaffold st sny one Ume. (u) /too/lap brackets. (1) Roofing brackets shall be constructed to fit the pitch of the roof. (3) Brackets shall be secured In place by nailing in addition to the pointed flaws, or other imperfections. Rope con nections shall be such that the platform cannot shift or slip. If two ropes art used with each float, they shall be arranged *o as to provide four ends which are to be securely fastened to an overhead sup port. Each of the two supporting ropes ball be hitched around one end of bearer and pass u'der the platforms to the other end of the bearer where It Is (3) Tor hinging wood teilfoldi. the metal projections. When It Is Impractical bitched again, leaving sufficient rope st following einimine nosnlml she mi- to nail brackets, rope supports shall be each end tar the supporting ties. terlil shall be tmed: used. When rope supports are used, they (t) Each aiployee shall be protected a) Supporting beirers 3 z 10 tnebee shall consist of first-grade tnanlls of at by an approved safety lifebelt and life- on edge; least 44*tech diameter, or soulvalent. fine, la accordance with I 1926.104. (U) PIinting 2110 Inches, with msxl- (3) A catch platform shall be In (x) Form scaffolds. (1) Form scaffolds mua tpic 1 feet for been duty end 10 stalled below the working area of roofs shall In constructed of wood or other feet tor light duty or matfam duty. more than 10 feet from the ground to suitable materials, such as steel or alu (4) Steel tube ehd aostpler members miy be used for hinging scaffolds with both types at scaffold designed to ratlin i uniform distributed working toed up to hein duty scaffold Voids with eifety fietor of four. eaves with a slope greater than 3 Inches In 13 Inches'without s parapet. la width, the platform shall extend 3 feet beyond the projection of the eaves and shall be provided with a guardrail, midrail, and toeboard. This provtsloc shall not apply where employees engaged m work upon minum members of known strength characteristics. All scaffolds shall be de signed and erected with s minimum safety factor of 4. computed on the basil of thff wfriwiuwi rated load. (3) AS scaffold planking shall be s twltitlmttm Qf }. | 10*Inch **'*"*"*1 6e*f- <5> Ouardrails. not less thin I t 4 such roofs are protected by a safsty bait fold Grade, as recognised by approved Inches or the equivalent. approximately attached to a lifeline grading rules for the species of lumber 43 inches high, with e mldrafl of 1- x f- (v> Crambo# boards or cAickem ted UMd. or equivalent material. Maximum lncb lumber or equivalent. end tooboorda. ders. <1> Crawling boards (hall be not permissible spans shall not exceed I feet hill be tneteTled it ill open tides end tea than 10 Inches wide and l tneh thick, os centers for 3- * lb-inch nominal ends on aD scaffolds more thin I feet having cleats lllH Inches. The eleate planking. Scaffold planks shall be either here the ground or floor. Toeboerde shall be equal tn length to the width of nailed or bolted to the ledger* or at such hafl be e minimum of 4 tnebee In height. the board and spaced st equal Intervals length that they overlap the ledger* st Wire mesh shaC be Installed In accord- not to exceed 34 Inches. Nails shall be least teebss. Unsupported projecting met with paragraph (i)(f) of Util driven through and clinched on the cade of scaffolding planks shall be lim MCt&QCL underside. The crawling board shall ex ited to a maximum overhang of 13 (s> tedder feet scaffolds. (1) AO tend from the rtdgs pots to the saves teehos. tedder leek sraffolrts tbeO be limited to when used In connection with roof con <3> Scaffolds ahaD net be loaded ta light duty md ihiD not exceed i height struction, repair, or maintenance. excess of the working load for which they at 30 leet shore the flow or ground. (3) A firmly fastened Ufallae of at were (teslgnsd CD AH ladders used In connection with tedder leek scaffolds shill be beery-duty tedders sod thill be detigned end con structed tn icoordenoe with AmtrVcm National stihdirdi Institute A 14.1-lNg, Safety Code for Portible Wood Ladders, md A 14>un Safety Cedi for Fortable Metal Ladder*. Qeated ladders shall least 44-Inch diameter rope, or equiv alent, ahaD be strung betide eech crawl ing board for a herMttvUd (3) Crawling boards shall be secured to the roof by means of adequate ridge books or otbe effective means. (w) /loaf or thtp scaffolds. a> Float or ship scaffolds shall net be used to em* (4) Figure-four form eeaffolds: <i) Figure-four scaffold* are Intended for light duty and shall not be ueed to support loads esreedlng 3S pound* per square foot unless specifically detigned for heavier loading. For minimum design criteria, sea Table L-11. not be used far tbit puipum. port more than throe men sad a tow (1)The lidder tea* shill be so detigned 'sod constructed tbit it win hem on the tide roils is sddltian to the ladder rungs, or If bearing on nap only, the bearing era shill be it leMt IS tnebee on each rune. fight tools, such as those needed for riveting, bolting, sad welding. Tbw shall be eonsWueted as dotignd tn subpara graphs (3) through (!) cf this para graph. unleas substitute detigns sad timbers Uprights ------------Outnesses isdgsrs anesa*' OuardraUs ___ ...... Stswattoas * s 4 la. or S x C in. 1x41a. II tin. III ta. (4)tedders need tn conjunction with materials provide equivalent strength, Ouardratl hssght------- Appratimattly 43 la. lidder leeks shell be eo pieced, fistrued, held, or equipped with derloet so as to prerent dipping. <S) The wood platform planks shall be not les then 1 Incites nominal la thleknem. Both metal md wood platform planks shall overlap the bearing surface stability, sad safety. . (3) The platform shall be net leas than 1 feet wide and f feet long; made of 44-Inch plywood, equivalent to American Plywood Association Oradt B-8, Group X Rgteitoi. or other similar material. laisrososats (Hava nas. Toeboardt -------------Maximum itafta at IsJgsn FlaaXlng-----------------Upright tpeeteg.......... 1 its 41a. (minimum!. I IV I la. (uasntp- peeteS). a 110 la. rv e la. (ob ma tin). not leas than 13 tnebee The spas be tween supports for wood shall not exceed t feet. Platform width shall be not tees than it teebso. (g) Hen more than two employees shall occupy my tires I feet of any tedder ted scaffold st sny one time. (t) Wiadow teck scaffolds. (1) Win dow jsck waffolds shall be used only for the purpra at working st tbs window through which the jsck Is plaoad. (3) Window Jacks shall not be used to auppe.-. planks ptecsd bstweeu om (3) Under the platform, there shall be two supporting bearers made tram 3- x 4-tech, or 1- x lb-tneh rough, 'selected lumber." or better. They shall be tree of knots or other flaws and protect I techs* beyond the platform on both tides. The ends at the platform' shall extend t Inches beyond the outer edge* at the bearers. Each bearer shall be seetmsiy fastened to Uw platform. (4) An of wood not tea than 44 x 114 tech* cr equivalent shall be placed around all tides of the platform to (U) Figure-four form scaffold frames hJi be (paced not more than ( feet on center* and constructed from sound lum ber. is follows: The outrigger ledger hn eooslst at two pieces of 1- x 4-Inch or heavier material nailed cb opposite tides at the vertical form lupport. Ledg ers shall protect not more than 3 feet I try-A-- from the outside of the form support and shall be substantially braced sad secured to prevent tipping or turn ing. The kaae or angle braee shall Inter- 43 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS sect the ledger at least S feet Jrom the till) Ouardralli and toeboard shall be (11) "Heavy duty scaffold"--A scaf form it an angle of approximately (i`. Installed on aU open aides and end* of fold designed and constructed to carry a and the lover end aha11 be nailed to a platforms and scaffolding over $ feet working load not to exceed 25 pounds vertical aupport. The platform shall eon- above floor or ground. Ouardralli ahall per iquare loot. ai*t of two or more 3- x 10-Inch planka. be 3- x 4-Inch nominal dimension or (13) "Horse scaffold"--A scaffold for which ahall be of aueh length that they equivalent, approximately 43 Inches light or medium duty, composed of horses extend at leaat I inches beyond ledcera high, supported at intervals not to ex supporting s work platform. at each end unieat aecured to the ledten. ceed I feet. Ouardralli shall be equipped (13) "Interior hung scaffold'--A scaf When planka are secured to the ledgeri with mldrall* constructed of 3- x 4-Inch fold suspended from the ceiling or roof <nailed or bolted), a wood finer atrip nominal lumber or equivalent. Toeboards structure. ehafl be uaed between the ledger*. Un ahall be constructed of 1- x f-lneh nomi (14) "Ladder jack scaffold'--A light supported projecting enda of planka ahall nal lumber or equivalent and shall ex duty scaffold supported by bracket.' at be Umlled to an overhang of 13 lnchea. tend not leas than 4 Inches above the tached to ladder*. (S> Metal bracket form scaffold*: (I) scaffold plank. (II) "Ledger* (stringer) '--Ahoriann- Metal bracket* or scaffold lack* which are an Integral part of the form ahall be I 1916.452 Defwitiaat applicable to this tal scaffold member which extends from poet to past and which support* the put securely bolted or welded to the form. Folding type bracket* ahall be either bolted or aecured with a locking-type pin when extended for use. (II) "Clip-on" or "hook-over" brackets maty be used, provided the form walen are bolted to the form or secured by snap ties or shea-bolt extending through the form and securely anchored. (III) Metal bracket* shall be spaeed not more than I feet at centers. (tv) Scaffold planka ahall be either bolted to the metal bracket* or of such length that they overlap the bracket* at each end by at least I lnchea Unsup ported projecting ends of scaffold plank* shall be limited to a maximum overhang eg 13 lnchea (v) Metal bracket form maffolda shall be equipped with wood guardrail*. Inter mediate ran*, toeboards, and scaffold pl&okj mflrUnf tht minimum dlmeivteai shown in Table L-l*. (Metal may be sub stituted for wood, providing it affords equivalent or greater design strength.) Tuu L-ia--ttixwvM Dteuni Canxaia roe larval. Baaour tar Ocimaai Mrmbtn Cpngnts____________ Ouardralle __________ OuardraC betgat___ _ Intermediate guerd- raOa Ttwbaarde __________ OlauafMi Inu. S a a in. Approximately S3 la. llSrn. 4 In. (minimum). (a) `'Ladder*''--(1) "Cleats"--Ladder crosspieces of rectangular croc* section placed on edge on which a person may step In ascending or descending. (3) "Single cleat ladder"--One which constat* of pair of tide rail*, usually parallel, but with flared side rail* per missible. connected together with cleat* that art joined to the aide rail* at reg ular intervals. >3) "Double cleat ladder"--One that la similar to a single cleat ladder, but Is wider, with an additional center rail which wUl allow tor two-way traffic for workmen In ascending and descending. (b) "Scaffolding"--(1) "Bearer"--4 horiaontal member of a scaffold upon which the platform rest* and which may be supported by ledger*. (3) "Boatswainb chair"--A teat sup ported by slings attached to a suspended rope, designed to accommodate one workman in a sitting position. (3) "Brace"--A tie that holds one scaffold member In a fixed position with reaped to another member. (4) `Bricklayers' square scaffold"--A scaffold composed of framed wood squares which support s platform, lim ited to light and medium duty. (I) `Carpenters' bracket eeaffold"--A scaffold wraisting of wood or metal brackets supporting a platform. logs or btaren forming a Qe between the poet*. (Id) "light duty scaffold"--A scaffold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 35 pounds per square foot (IT) "Manually propelled mobile scaf fold"--A portable rolling scaffold sup ported by easters. (II) "Masons' adjustable multiplepoint suspension scaffold"--A scaffold having a continuous platform supported by bearers suspended by wire rope from overhead supports, so arranged and op erated as to permit the raising or lower ing of tha platform to desired working (11) "Maximum rated load"--The total of all loads iwetmuwy the working load, the weight of the scaffold, and such other loads as may be reasonably (30) "Medium duty scaffold"--A scatfold designed and constructed to carry a working load not to exceed 50 pound* per square loot. (31) "MldraO"--A rail approximately midway between the guardrail sad piatSorm, secured to the uprights erected along the exposed aides and ends of platforms (33) "Needle beam scaffold"--A light duty scaffold consisting of needle beam* niDoortin* i BUtiofBL Waning------------------ 111 in. (> "Coupler"--A device for tnrktng (33) "Outrigger scaffold"--A scaffold () WoodTM bracket form aeaffdda: together the component parts of a tubu supported by outriggers or thru*louts (1) Wooden bracket form aeaffdda shall lar metal scaffold. (The material used projecting beyond the wall or face of the be an integral part of the form panel. for the coupler! man be of a structural building or 1truetun, th* inboard enda The tniniminx design criteria set forth type, such as t drop-forged steel, mallea of which are secured inside of such bund herein and m Table L-ll cover acaffaid ble iron, or structural grade aluminum.) ing or structun. ing intended for light duty and ahall not (T> "Crawling board or chick lad (34) "Putlog"--A scaffold member be uaed to aupport loads exceeding IS der"--A plank with cleats maced and upon which the platform rest*. pound* per square foot, unlen specifi secured at equal Intervals, for use by a (35) "Hoofing or bearer bracket"--A I cally designed for heavier loading. (U) Scaffold planks shall be either nailed or bolted to the ledgers or of such worker on roofs not designed to carry any material bracket used in slope roof construction, having provisions for fastening to the roof or supported by ropes fastened over length that they overlap the ledgers at (5) "Double pole or independent pole the ndge and aecured to some suitable each end by at least f inches. Unsup scaffold'--A scaffold lupported from the object ported projecting ends of scaffold planks shall be limited to w maximum overhang of 13 inches. Tn* 1_:f--innimom Dealer carruu vox base by s double row of uprights, in dependent of support from the wall* and con*trueted of uprights, ledgers, horizontal platform bearers, and di agonal bracing. (36) "Runner"--The lengthwise faortsontal bracing or bearing members or both. (31) "Scaffold"--Any temporary ele vated platform and Its supporting struc Sfrmexrt ppngnu Suppart iragvn------Maximum aenffotd width. Ooardjwiia Ouardjwil aright__ guwe. rain. ToroaarO------------Upright spicing----- Dimensioni 3x4 in. orrxlin. 3 14 in. 3 ft. 4 in. 1 x 4 in. 3x4 in. Approximately 43 is. 1 x 4 ta. 4 la. 1 minim am 1 I ft 0 in. (aneenien). (>) "Float or ship scaffold"--A scaf fold hung from overhead support* by mean* of ropes and consisting of a sub stantial platform having diagonal brac ing underneath, resting upon and se curely fattened to two parallel plank bearers tt right angles to the span. 1101 "Ouardrail"--A rail secured to upnghu and erected along the exposed sides and ends of platforms. ture used for supporting workmen or materials, or both. (26) "Single-point adjustable ruspengm scaffold"'--A manually or poweroperated unit designed for light duty use. supported by s single wire rope from an hhiImsiI support m arranged and op erated at to permit the raising or lower ing of platform to desired working pnel flora | CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS A3 (29) "Smtle-poleseaffold"--Platform* rettin* on putlocs or crass beams, the outside cad* of which arc tupported on Mrm Mrured to *lnU row or posts or uprltbB. and the Inner cadi of which are supported on or In a wall. (10) "8von* setters' adJuaUble mul tiple-point iuipension scaffold"--A rwinn< type scaffold bavin* a platform supported by hantere suspended at four point* so as to permit the raisin* or lowertn* of the platform to tha desired worfcm* position hr tbs ns* of boistin* machine*. (11) Toeboard"--A barrier secured aloa* the aide* and ends of a platform to ruard acalnat the fallln* of material. - (13) "Tube and ooupier scaffold"--An assembly eonalatln* of tublas which aerres aa posu. bearers, brace*. ties, and runaen. a base aupportln* the poets, and special couplers which aem to connect the upn*ba and to Join tbs rartous members. (33) "Tubular welded frame scaf fold"--A ircoooal panel or frame metal scaffold substantially bunt up of pre fabricated welded section* which consist* of posts and borlsootal bearer with Inter mediate member*. (34) 'Two-point suspension teaffold (twlndnc scaffold)''--A scaffold, the platform of which is supported by heat ers (stirrups) at two points, suspended from overhead supports so as to permit the raisin* or lowertn* of the platform to the dcarsd workln* position by tackle or holstin* machines. (33) "Window Jack scaffold"--A scaf fold the platform of which is supported toy a bracket or lack which project* ttaroum a window opeabt*. (3d) "Worfcla* load"--Load tmpnesd by men. materials, and equipment. Swbporl M--Floor and WaU Openings, and Stairways f 1926300 Curlnfli, h>adi*n>. and (a) Oeaerol pnootrtoa. This subpart teutll apply to temporary of mer*ency conditions where there I* dancer of em ployees or materials fallln* through Door, roof, or van f or from stairway* or runway*. (b> Gnardtnf of floor openfaps cad floor Holes. (1) noor "f--""T" shall toe *uarded br a standard ratlin* and toe boards or enter, as specified In parsersph (f) of this section. In ceneral. the ratlin* shall be provided on all exposed sides, except st entrances to stairway*. (2) Ladderwiy floor openin** or plat forms than be fuarded tor standard railin** with standard toe boards on ifl exmeed side*. except at entrance to open ing. with the puss** throush the ratlin* either provided with a swmrtn* cate or so offset that a person cannot walk directly Into the openin*. (3) Hatchways and chute floor open ings shall be (uarded by one of the fol- lowln*: U) Ebnsed caeers of standard strencth and eccst-jctton and a standard railm* with on^ me rxyaasd side. When the is not tn use. the cover shall be ciceed or the CTpnead aids shall be (uarded st both top and Intermediate positions by removable standard rallmci: (11) A removable standard ratlin* with toe board on not more than two sides of the openin* and fixed standard ratl ines with toe boards oo all other exposed aides. The removable ratlins shall be kept In place when the openin* I* not tn uae and should preferably be hinted or otherwise mounted to as to be con veniently replaceable. (4) Wherever there is *"f-- of fall ln* throuth a skytitbt openin*. It shall be tuarded by a fixed standard railm* oo all exposed 4d*s or a eover capaUa (i) Pits and trap-door floor openin** shall be (uarded by floor openin* covert of standard strength and construction. While the corn is not In place, the pit or trap openin** shall be protected on all exposed sides by removable standard ratlines. (() Manhole floor t*"1"** han be (uarded by standard covers which need hot be hinted In place. While the eover Is nos in place, the manhole openin* shall be protected by standard rafllnca. (7) Temporary floor openln*i shall have standard ratlin** (I) Floor hole*. Into which persons can accidentally walk, than be (uarded by either a standard raiUnt with standard toe board oo all exposed ddea. or a floor bole cover of standard strenfth and con struction that 1* secured atsdnst acci dental displacement. While the cover is do* m piaes, the floor hole shall be protected by a standard ratlin*. (9) Where doors or tales open directly on a stairwiy, a platform shall be pro vided. and the twin* of the door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform to lets than 30 taebe*. (c> Quaritng 0/ m2 opeahsps. (1) Wall openin**. from which there Is a drop of more than 4 feet, and the bottom of the openin* is less than 3 feet above the workln* surface, shall be (uarded as foQows: (1) When the bet*bt and placement of the openin* tn relation to the workln* surface I* such that either a standard rail or Intermediate ran will effectively re duce the daner of tafllnc. one or both than be provided: Ul> The bottom of a wall openin*. which is iem than 4 Inches above the workln* surface, mardless of width, shall be protected by a standard toe- board or an screen either of olid construction or as specified In para- trmpb (f)(7) (U> of this section. (2) Extension platforms outside of wall openlnca onto which materials can be hoisted for hn^imT shall have side rails or equivalent (uards of standard specifics turn*. (3) When a chute is attached to an openin*. the provtelooi of subpermcraph (1) of this paracrapb shall apply, except that a toeboard Is not required. (d> Qaardcs* o/ opre-sided floors, plot/orms, end reamey*. (1) Ivey opensided floor or platform I feet or more above adjacent floor or (round level shall be (uarded by a standard raihne. or the equivalent, as tpvrtfled In paracrapb (f1 CD of this section, cn all open sides, ex cept when thers Is entrancs to a ramp, stairway, or nxed Udder. Tbs raUin* shall be provided with a standard toeboard whenvtr. beneath the open aides, persons can pass, or then Is moviiK ma chinery. or then Is equipment with which fallln* materials could create a hazard. (2) Runways shall b* ruarded by a standard railm*. or the equivalent, a* specified In parwraph (f) of this section, on all open side*. 4 feet or mon above floor or *roood level. Wherever tools, ma chine parts, or materials are likely to bs used an the runway, a tot board shall also be provided on each exposed side. (2) Runways used exclusively for special purpneee may have the railm* on one side omitted when opentin* condi tion* necessitate such omission, pnVid ia* the fallln* haxsrd is minimised by usln* a runway not leas than II Inches wide. (4) Whan employee* mterlnt upon runways become thereby emoted to ma chinery, electrical equipment, or other dancer not a fallln* hazard, additional ruardin* shall be provided. (1) Retard)eaa of beltht, open-sided floors, walkways, platforms, or runways above or sdlaoeat to dangerous equip ment. plcfcllnc or ralvanlzhi* tanks, drneasln* units, and similar hazards, shall he ruarded with a standard railm* and toe board. (e) Statneej railm** set yserds. (1) Every flicht of stairs havtn* four or more riser* shall be equipped with standard stair railm** or standard handrails as specified below, the width of the stair to be measured dear of all obetruelions ex cept handrails: (i) On stairways less than 44 Inches wide havln* both sides enclosed, st least one handrail, preferably on the rttbt tide descending; ill) On ttalrwtys lees than 44 Inches wide bavin* one tide open, st least one stair railm* on the open side; (111) On stairways less than 44 Inches wide harm* both sldce open, one stair nUlas oo etch Ode; (lv) On stairways more than 44 Inches wide but lea than I* Inches vide, one handrail on each enclosed side and oca stair rallln* on each open side: (v) On stairways M or mare Inches wide, one handrail on each eodomd side, one stair rallln* on each open Ode. end one intermediate stair railm* located ap proximately midway of the width. <2) Wlndin* stairs shall be equipped with a handrail offset to prevent walkm* oo all portions of the tresds havmt width lees than I inches. (f) Standard tpeci/leahoas. (1) A standard rallln* shall consist of top rail. Intermediate rail, toeboard. and posts, and )) have a vertical bei*ht of ap proximately 42 mehes from upper sur face of top tall to floor, platform, run way, or ramp level. The top rail shall be smooth-surfaced throuebout the length of the rallln*. The intermediate rafl shall be halfway between the lop rail end the floor, platform, runway, or ramp. The ends of the rails **)) not overhsn* the terminal pasts except where such overban* does not constitute a projection 44 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS hazard. Minimum requirement* (or standard rollings under various type* of construction art specified In the follow- ln( paragraphs: (1) For wood rollings. the potU shall be of at leaet 3-Inch by 4-lneh stock (paced not to exceed I feet; the toprall nan be of at leait 3-Inch by 4-inch stock. the intermediate rail (hall be of at lean l-tneb by 6-tnch (toek. (b) For pipe raUlnci. PO(U tod top and Intermediate ralllnci (hall be at feast lVb Incbct nominal diameter with poett apaced not more than I feet on senten. Oil) For structural steel rollings, poets and top and Intermediate rails shall be of 3-inch by 3-Inch by H-lnch ancles or other meul shapes of equlTalent hemiinf atrencth. with posts spaced not sore than I feet an centers. (lr) The anchorlnc of posts and fromlnc of members for ratlines of all types shall be of such construction that the completed structure shall be capable of srtthstandtnc a load of at least 300 pounds applied in any direction at any point on the top rail, with a minimum of deflection. It) Rollings receiving beaey stresses from employees trucking or handling materials shall be provided additional strength by the use of heavier stock, closer spacing of posts, bracing, or by other meant. irt) other types. Cat and arrange ments of railing construction are ac ceptable. provided they meet the following conditions: (a) A smooth-surfaced top rail at a height above floor, platform, runway, or ramp level of approximately 43 inches; (b) A strmeth to erlthstand at least the minimum requirement of 306 pounds top rail pressure with s minimum of deflection; ic) Protection between top rail and floor, platform, runway, ramp, or stair treads. equlTalent at least to that afforded by a standard Intermediate rail: <g) Blminatloa of overhang of rail ends unless such overhang does not constitute s hazard. (3) A stair railing shall be of con struction to a standard railtnc, but the eerueai height shah be not more than 34 inches nor las then 30 inches from upper surface of top rah to surface of tread In Une with faoe of riser at forward edge of tread. (3) in A standard toeboard shall be 4 Inches minimum m vertical height from Its top edge to the level of the floor, plat form. runway, or ramp. It shah be se curely fastened In place and have not more thao U-inch clearance above floor level. It may be made of soy su.-stanUal materia), either solid, or with openings not over 1 Inch in greatest (U) Where material Is piled to such height that a standard toeboard does not provide protection, paneling, or screening from floor to Intermediate roll or to top roll shall be provided. 14) (1) A standard handrail shah be of construction toiler to a standard rolling except that It Is mounted on a wall or partition. and does not tvi~< an Intermediate ML It shall have a the period of actual construction of ths smooth surface along the top and both stairways themselves. sides of the hsndrlal. The handrail shall (g) Wooden treads 'for temporary have an adequate handhold for any one grasping It to avoid falling. Xndt of ths handrail shall be constructed so as not to constitute a projection haxard. (11) The height of handrails shall be not more than 34 Inches nor leu than 30 Inches from upper surface of handrail to surface of tread. In Une with face of riser or to surface of romp. (Ul) AU >wfj rtMnt* *)>*)) be provided with a clearance of approxi mately 3 Inches between the-handrail or rolling and any other object. (6) Floor opening covers than be of any material that meets the following strength requirements: <1> Conduits, trenches, and covers and their supports, when located In roadways, and vehicular alalea, shall be designed to carry a truck rear-axle sendee shaU be fuU width. <h) Metal landings shaU be secured tn place before Ailing. ID Temporary stain shaU haee a tending not tea than 30 Incha In the direction of travel at every 13 fast of rtrUCftl list. (J) Stain shall ba Installed at anglea to the hortaontal of between 30* and I0`. (k> Rise height and tread width shaU bt uniform throughout tar flight of stain including any foundatton structure used as one or nose treads of the stain. (1) All stein than be lighted in ac cordance with Support D of this part. (ml Spiral stairways shall not bt per mitted seept for spedal limited usage and secondary secern situations when it to not practice! to provide aconventional stairway. load of at least 3 times the maximum I 1926-301 Dtialtlom appliesU to Intended load: this sebparo <U) The floor opening rover shall be capable of supporting ths maximum In tended load and to Installed u to pre vent accidental displacement. <g> Skylight openings that create a falling haxard shall be guarded with a standard rolling, or covered In accord ance with subparagraph (3) (U) cf this paragraph. (7) Wall opening protection shall meet the following requirements: (1) Barriers shaU be of such construc tion and mounting that, when In place at the opening, the barrier Is capable of withstanding a load of at least 300 pounds applied tn any direction (except upward), with a minimum of deflection at any point on the top roll or oorrtspondlng member. <U) Screens shall be of such ronterueUon and mounting that they are capable of withstanding a load of at least POO pounds applied borisentally at any point on the hear side of the screen. They may be of solid construction, of grin work with openings sot more than I Inches long, or of slot wort with openings not more than 4 Inches wide with length (a) *noor bote*--An opening measur ing teas than 13 Inches but non than 1 inch tn Us least dlmratoi la any floor, reef, or platform through which ma terials but not penaas may faU. such as a belt hold, pipe opening, or slot opening. (b) "Floor opening'--An opating measuring 13 Inches or man tn Its least dimension tn an; floor, roof, or platform, through which persons may fall. (c) -Handroir--A bar cr pipe sup ported on brackets from s wall or parti tion. as on a stairway or ramp, to fur nish persons with a handhold In cast cf tripping. (d) 'Mom. noting*--That portion of a tread projecting beyond ths fact of the riser Immediately below. <e) "Platform"--A working space for persons, elevated shove the surrounding floor or ground, sueh is s balcony or platform for ths operation of machinery tqgpoat (flTtunwey*--A passageway for per son. elevated shove the surrounding floor or giuimd level, sneh m a footwalk along ihafting or a walkway lMtvom bonding* unrestricted. (g) "Biss*--The vertical dtetenes | 2926-501 Stairways. (a) On an structures, two or men floor* (30 fast or oecr) tn height, stair ways, ladders, or ramps than be provided for employees during ths coostraction period. - <b) Stairway railings and guardrails shall meet the requirements ol I 1311.300 <e> and (f). (c) AU parts of stairways than be free of hazardous projections, sueh as pro truding aaUa. (d) Debris, and other loose materials. from the top of s tread to the top of the oat >Hfh+r tnad (h) ~8talr platform'--An extended step or tending breaking s continuous TMafMUnr-A vertical barrier erected along exposed sides of s stairway to prevent fans of persons. (J) "Stain, stairwayi'--A series of steps leading from one level or floor to another, or trading to platforms, pita, bafler rooms, crossovers, or around machinery, untn. and other equipment that are used more or lea ennanomaly shaU not be allowed on cr under or routinely by employees or only occa stairway*. sionally by tpemAc individuals. For the (e> Slippery conditions on stairways purpose of this subpart, a series of steps than be eliminated a* soon as pcetible and having thro* at more rises after they occur. const!tatea (tain or stairway. (f) Permanent steel or other metal (k) "Standard roiling'--A vertical stairways, and landings with hallow barrier erected along exposed edges at a pan-type treads that are to be Sited with floor opating, wan opening, romp, plat- cum.rets or other materials, eba used foam, or runway to prevent faOs of during construction, shall be flUed to the persons. level of the with toUd materteL <1) "Standard strength and eonsteuc- The requirement shall not apply during Ucn~--Any construction of nJllnm. C0NSTVUCT10N REGULATIONS 45 ocrvwra. or etber guards that meet* the Kinkin*, eruahta*. bird. es*1n*. or say (U> All fuels shall be transported, requirement* of this tubpert, other damage multia* In distortion of stored, aad bandied to meet tbe rules of <b) "To* board"--A vertical barrier tbe rope structure; Subport P of this port. When fuel Is t floor level erected along exposed edges ot o floor ooenlnx. veil opening. r`t*~ (Ul) evidence of any beat dama*e from any cause; transported by vehicles on public high ways, Department of Transportation fora. runway, or nap to prtrent falls of materiel*. tlv) Reductions from nominal diam eter or more than oae-etxty-fourth iacb rules ccetataed ta 43 CTB Parts ITT aad 133 concerning such vehicular towns- - <al "Tread width"--Th* boriacntal far diameters up to aad toeludta* five- distance from (root to bock of treed, sixteenths tacta, coe-thirty-second inch taeludtag noting, when ueod. for diameters throe-edhths taeb to aad (o> "Well opening"--An opening U tafteding ena-half taeb. thiwe-tizty- least to tncJvee high aad It tachaa vide, fosutbs taeb for diameters ntae-stx- ta oar will or partition, through which teentbs toeb to and mehtty three- portatioe are considered applicable. (13) Bxcept where electrical distribu tion and transmission lines have beta de energised aad visibly grounded at point of work or where msulsttag barriers, not a pan of or aa attachment to the equip pome may ten. neb s* > nrd-erm fourths inch. oee-atxtatotb toeb for ment or maebtamy, have been erected to doorway or chats opening. diameter seven-eighths toeb to lit prevent phytaeel ooataet with the lines, laches toclutove, three-thlrty-seeood* equipment or machines shall be operated toeb for diameters 1)4 to lit Inches proximate to power ttaes only ta accord Swbpnrf H--Ciomi, Derricks, Helen, inclusive: ance with the faUeelag: Bovwtoet, and Conveyers ltMASO Crmae* aad derricks. ( Geaersi reqafreeteafi. (1) The (v) la stand!ry* ropes, more tbaa tero broken vires to one lay to sections be yond end connections or more than one broken virt at aa md connection. Ul Per ttaes rated M IV. or below, mintomm clearance between tbe lines sad any part of the crane or load shall be 10 feet; employer ib>0 comply with tbe manu facturer's spectflcatioa* oad hmlUUorvi appBcahle to tbe opentloa of any oad *0 cranes end derricks. Where manufac turer's nedfleatiou ore not ennoble, tbe HmlUBone asatgaed to tbe eqttip- ment shall be baaed on tbe determine- tk|M muIdmt oaaxximi to tbJe field end each determinations *a be appropriately dorugientrd tod re corded. Attachment! need *1th enaet boa Dot exceed tbe capacity, rating. or mope recommended by tbe taanufae- turu, <t) Rated toad capacities aad rec- lvll Wirt rope safety factors shall be ta accordance with American National Standards Institute B WA-1M* or 8A2 (I) Belts, rears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly vheels, chains, or other reefprocatliM. rotatin*. or other aorta* part* or equipment than be suarded If such parts are ex posed to contact by employees, or other wise create a hazard. Ouardta* shall meet the requirements of tbe American National Standards Institute B 15.1133* Rev. Safety Code for Mechanical Power Transmission Apparatus. (ID Per ttaes rated over M kV. mini mum clearance between tbe lines sad any part of tbe crane or load shall be 10 leet plus 0.4 Iacb for each 1 kV. over M kV. or t-- twice the length of tbe Hue Insulator but never leu than 10 feet; <U1< In transit with no load and boom lowered, the equipment clearance shall be a minimum of 4 feet for voltages leu than SO kV , and 13 feet for voltages over 33 kV. up to and Including 345 tv. and If feet for Tdtakes up to and Including TSOkV. ur) A person shall be designated to obterre clearance of the equipment and cmmeaded operetta* petti, special (3> Accessible areas within tbe svta* give timely warning for all operations baaard warnings, or Instruction. ebaU radius of tbe rear of tbe rotattac super where It Is difficult for the operator to fee ooasptcuomly potted on ell equip- structure of tbe eraae. either perma maintain the desired clearance by visual meat. Iaetroetioai or warnings eball be nently or temporarily mounted, shall be meant: rteibte to tbe opentor while be It at hi* barricaded in eueb a manner as to pre v) Cage-type boom guards, insulat eottrok tUkUOD. vent aa employee from beta* struck or ing links, or proximity earning devices (SI A boom ea*le tadicetor end t lead crushed by the eraae. may be used on cranes, bat the use of Indicating device ta food erorkta* order (10) All exhaust pipes shall be such devices shall not alter the require tbafl be provided A load moment device ruarded or Instilsted ta areas where con ments of soy other regulation of this approved by a government or private tact by employees a possible ta tbe per pan even If such device is required by agency recognised by tbe 0JB. Depart formsact of normal duties. law or regulation; ment of Labor vffl be accepted ta tteu of a boom aa*le tadWater end a toadtndtraan* device. (4) Band rtgnal* to eraae aad dmrick operatort than be tboee prescribed tin Whenever internal combustion eacine powered equipcom! exhausu in ancle--d spaces, testa shall be made and recorded to aea that employees are not exposed to unsafe concentrations of toxic tel) Any overhead wire shall be con sidered to be an energized line unless and until the person owning such line or the electrical utility authorities in dicate that it is not aa energised line by tbe applicable ANSI standard for tbe cases or oxygen deficient atmospheres. aad It has been visibly grounded; type of crane ta tue. Aa OtaatratioB of (13) All windows ta cabs shall be (Till Prior to work near transmitter tbe atasala shall be potted at tbe lob cite. of safety class, or equivalent. that Intro towers where aa electrical charge can be (8) Tbe employer than detignate a duces no TWhle distortion. that will Induced ta tbs equipment or materials competent ponoe wtoo shall Impact all Interfere with tbe safe operation of tbe beta* handled, the transmitter shall be machinery aad eqatpeaeat prior to each machine. de-energized or tests shall be made to tarn, aad durtac oae to make sure it la In . (13) (1) Where necessary for rlccinc determine if electrical charge Is Induced safe operatiaq cnnrtlttcwi. Aar defltica- or service requirements, s ladder, or on the crane. Tbe foilowing precautions elea (ball be repaired or defective parti stepe, shall be provided to five aeceu to shall be taken when necessary to dissi replaced before continued use. a cab roof. pate Induced voltages: > A tboreagh. annual tatpection of (11) Ob cranes, guardrails, handholds is) The equipment shall be provided tbe botitia* machinery shall be made by aad steps shall be provided for easy with an electrical ground directly to the e competent person. or by a government access to the car and cab eonformla* to upper routing structure supporting the or private aeeocy rtcocalaed by tbe UB. American National Standards Institute boom; Departmmit of Labor. Tbe employer (ball 830.5. (bi Orouad lumper cables shall be maintain a record ol tbe dates end re (Ill) Platforms aad ealkeays shall attached to materials being handled by sult! of inspections for each hoisting h&vt lAtl'CUd surfaces. boom equipment when electrical charge machine aad piece of equipment. (It) Puel task fiDer pipe shall be lo ti Induced while working near energised (?) Wire rope shall be taken out of cated la eueb a position, or protected in transmitters. Crews shall be provided service when any of tbe (olloeta* condi such manner, a* to not allow mis or with aooccndaetive poles having large tions exist: overflow to run onto tbe engine, exhaust, aUtgxtor cups or ether similar protection cl) la runata* ropes, u randomly or electrical equipment of any machine to attach the ground cable to tbe load. distributed broken wires la oae lay or beta* fueled. (el rieiilwtTtil* and flammable ma throe bro* vires ta one strand ta one (I) Aa aceeealble fire extinguisher of terials shall be removed from tbe imme- lay: SBC min*, or higher, shall be available diatt area prior to operations. ill) Wear of one-third the ordinal at all operator stations or cabs of (If) No m--ror additions diameter of outside individual vires. equipment. which affect tbe capacity or safe opera- 46 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Uon of the equipment shall be made by the employer without the manufacturer's written approvsl If such modification! or change! ere made, the capacity, opera tion. and maintenance laetnietlon plate*. Up. or decali. ihall be changed accord ingly. In no eaie ihall the original lately factor of tbe equipment be reduced. (IT) The employer ihall comply writh Power Crane and 8hceel Ajaodatton. Mobile Hydraulic Crane Standard No. 1. (II) Sldeboom crane* mounted on wheel or crawler tractor* ihall meet the requirement! of SAE J74M-1964. <b) Crawler, locomotive. e*d trad creaee. (1) Ail jibe ihall have pollUre etope to prevent their movement of more than I* above the itralgbt lto* of the jib and boom on conventional type crane boomi. The uec of cable type belly tllngi doe* not constitute compliance with thli rule. (2) Ah crawler, truek. or locoenotiv* ounce in uec ihall meet the applicable requirement! for dealgn. Inspection. oonstructtcn. testing. main tenanee and op eration ae prescribed In the ANSI BUA-1MI. Safety Code lor Crawler. Locomotive and Trufk Crane*. <e> Hammerhead tower ermut. (1) Adequate clearance ihaH be maintained between moving and rotating structures of the crane and Axed ohlecti to allow the peeaage of employee! without harm. (2) Employees required to perform duties an the borltcotal boom of ham merhead tower cranes shall be protected aqainst falling by guardrails or by safety belts and lanyards attached to ttfehnet in conformance with Subpart S el this part. (3) Buffers ihall be provided at both ends of travel of the trolley. (4) Cranes mounted on rail tracks hall be equipped with limn nrttchea hmJUng tbe travel of the erane on the track and stops or buffers at each sd of tbe tracks. (I) All hammerhead town cranes tn use than meet the applicable reqtoremente far derign. construction, installa tion. testing, maintenance, tnspeetton. and operation a* prescribed by the manufacturer. (d) Overhead had pastry erase*. (1) The rated load of the erana shall be plainly marked on each side at the crane, and If the crane has men than one hoist ing unit, each heist ihsU hsae Its rated load marked on It or Its load block, and UiU marking shall be clearly legible from the ground or floor. <2> Bridge trucks shall be equipped with sweeps which extend below the top of the rail snd project In front of the truck wheels (3) Except for floor-operated cranes, a gong or other effective audible warning signal shall be provided for each erane equipped with a power traveling niechft&issL (4) AH overhead and gantry cranes in us* (hall meet tt* applicable require ments for dealgn. ccnstructlan. Instills, rwi testing, maintenance. Inspection, and operanon * prescribed m tbe ANSI B30.2.0-1MT Safety Code for Overhead and Gantry Cranes. (*) Derricks. All derricks In use than meet the applicable requirements for design, construction. Installation. Inspec tion. tasting, maintenance, snd operatton as prescribed m American Nationif Standard* Institute B30.S-1M*. Safety Cod* lor Derricks. (f) Floating oases and derricks--(D Mobile erases asowatad on barges. (1) Whan a mobile erane Is mounted on a barge, the rated load of the erane oen not exceed the original capacity spacified by the manufacturer. (II) A load rating chart, with clearly legible letter* and figure* shall be pro vided with each erane, and securely find at a location sadly risible to the opatator. (III) When load ratings an reduced to stay within the limit* for Hit of the barge with a crane mounted on It, s new load rating chart shall be provided. Ur) Mobile cranes on barge* shall be positively secured. (3) Permoaeaily mounted foeftmg ersaot and derricks. (1) When cranes and derricks an permanently Installed on a barge the capacity and limitation* of os* shall be based an competent <s--(g* criteria. (U) A load rsdng chart with dearly legible letten end figures shell be pr^ Tided end securely fixed at a location eas ily risible to the operator. (ill) Floating cranes and floating der ricks In uat shell meet the applicable requirements for design, construction. ineterialtnei. lasting, maintenance, and operatton as prescribed by the mancrfacturwr. (3) ProUctto* of employees worktop oe barges. The employer shall comply with the applicable requirements for pro tection of employees working onboard marine vessels specified la I 1424AOS. | 1936J5I Helicopters. (a) Helicopter cranes when used toon be certified and conform to all spplicable regulations at the BAA. 14 era Part 133. (b) Rotomft pilots shall be hrenee il to conduct external-load open flora tn accordance with the PAA regulations, it CPR Part 133. | 1924.552 Material Hoists, personnel Hoists, aal eievalara (a) General requirement). (1) The employer than comply with the man ufacturer') specifications and limitations applicable to the operatton of all hoists and elevators. Where manufacturer's specification* are not available, the lim itations ssrigned to the equipment shall be band on the determination* at a pro fessional mginwr competent tn the field. (2) Rated load reporttir*. recom mended operating speed*. and medal hazard warnings or lnstructtam shall be posted oh can and platforms. (3) Wire rope shall be ratwved from service when any at tbe following ecmdlttons exists: (l) In hoisting room, six randomly distributed broken wires In one rope lay or three broken wires in on* strand In one rope lay: (II) Abrasion, scrubbing, flattening, or peenlng. casting lorn of mors than onethird of the original diameter at the outside wires: (III) Evidence of any heat damage re sulting from a torch or any damage caused by contact with electrical wine; (lv> Reduction from nominal diam eter of more than three sixty-fourth) inch for diameters up to and irwiuAtnf throe-fourth* inch: ene-ttxtoenth ("go for diameters serwo-eighths to 114 Inches: and three thirty second) inch for diameters m to minehe*. (4) H(toting rope* shall be tnetalled In accordance with the wire rope menulecturer's recommendations. (I) Tba Installation of five booms on boats is prohibited. (g) The use of endless belt-type man lifts an construction shsll be prohibited. (b) Material hotel). <1H1> Operating rule* shall be established snd posted at the operators station of the hoist. Such role* shall Include signal lyttea and allowable line speed for various loads. Rules and notices shall be posted on the ear frame or erotihead m a conspicuous location. Including the statement "No Riders Allowed." <U) Ne person shall be allowed to ride on material hoist* except for the pur poses of Inspection and maintentoo*. (3) All entrances at the bclstwsys shall be protected by substantial gates or bars which shall guard the full width of the entrance. All hoistway obtrance ban snd gates shall be painted with diagonal contrasting colors, such as black and yellow stripes. (1) Ban shall be not km than 2- by 4-lneh wooden.ban or the equivalent,, located 3 feet from the hoistway line. Bars shaD be located not leu than H ineboa nor more than 43 Inches above tbt floor. (U) Oates or ben protecting the en trance* to hoistway shall be equipped with a latching device. (3) Overhead protective covering of 3-lneh pi.rvmw K-tneh plywood, or other mild material of equivalent strength, shall be provided on the top of every material hoist cage or platform. (4) The operator's station of a hoist ing machine shall be provided with over head protection equivalent to tight planking not less than 3 Inches eni** The support for the overhead protection shsll be of equal strength. (5) Hoist towers may be used with or without an enclosure on all odes. How ever, whichever alternative Is chosen, the following applicable conditions shall be met: (1) When a hoist tower Is enclosed. It shall be enclosed os all Odes for Its en tire height with a screen enclosure of ft-toch m--n, NO. IS VJS. gauge wire or equivalent, except for landing accca. (U> When a bold tower Is not en closed. the hoist platform or car shall be totally enclosed (aged) on all Ode* for the full height between the floor and the overhead protective covering with 14isch mesh of No. 14 Ufi. gauge wire oe CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 47 equivalent. The hoist platform enclosure than Include the required ntn for load ing and tm loading. A 9-foot high en closure shall be provided flo the unused sides of the hoist tower st round level. (() Csr arresting devices shell be lastsiled to ftpctloo la esse of rope failure. (7) All asterlsl hoist towers shall be designed br a licensed profetsloaal endneer. <> All notarial hoists shall conform to the requirements of ANSI A10.5-19t9. Safety Requirements for Material HoSsta. (cl Fcreoimet hoist*. <11 Hoist towers cutrids the structure than be enclosed for the fall height on the side or (Ides used for mtraace and exit to the struc ture. At the lowest landing. the endomre on the sides not used for exit or entrance to the structure shall be enclosed to a heicht of at least 1C feet. Other sides of the tower tdlscent to floors or scaffold platforms shall be enclosed to a height of 19 feet above ths level of such floors or scaffolds (2) Ttmeis Inside of structures shall be meInsert on all four sides throuchout the fun heicht. (1) Towers shall be anchored to the structure at Intervals not exeeedlna 2$ feet, m add!dan to tie-ins. a series of furs than be Installed. Where tie-tns are not practical the tover shall be an chored br meana of guys made of wire rape at least one-half inch In diameter, securely festmrd to anchorages to en sure itafatoty. U) Hottiway doors or cates shall be not less than 9 feet I inches Ugh and MsaJl be pr"vtded with mechanical locks which rarwtcS be operated from the landInc side, and shall be accsarible only to persons an the car. (I) Cam shall be permanently <netoeed on aO sidee and the top, except tides used for entrance and exit, which Iutc eftr Bta er daon. (I) A door or gate shall ba provided at each entrance to the ear wtoch than woteet the run width and heicht of the ear entnare opening. (1) Overhead protective covering of j-lncfa plrnktag. %-tneh plywood or other sahd material of equivalent strength shall be provided on the top of every personnel hoist. (> Don or gates shall be prodded with eleetre contacts which do not allow movement of the hoist when door or gate Is open. t9> Safeties shall be capable of stop ping and holding the ear and rated load when traveling at governor tripping fPCfeti. 710) Cars shall-be prodded vtth a capacity sad data plate secured In a con spicuous place on the ear or enmhead HD iWwwi combustion --gm* han not be permitted for direct drive. (12) Normal and Anal terminal stop ping derm Shan be prodded. (ID An emergency stop switch shall be prodded m tbs car and marked Stop." (14) Ropes: (D Ths minimum cam ber of brssrtng ropes used shall be three for tractiK hoists and coo for drum-type hoists. 01) The minimum diameter of hoisting the rope structure: and counterweight wire ropes shall be (e) Evidence of any heat damage 4-Inch. from nv cause: t111) Safety factors: (d) Reductions from nominal diam UtNtMOH PftCTOSJ or gsTTTT VOS SUSrtNSlON iu Horse Hop* qiti in (tt par miirat*: M.............................. 7S.............................. /ctor of safety eter of more than three-tlxty-fourthi Inch for diameters to and Including three-fourths Inch, one sixteenth Inch for dltaeter seven-eighth* Inch to 1 It Inches Inclusive, three-thirty-secon Is Inch for diameters 1V to 1' i Inches Inclusive: toe............................ ttt ................ 1M............................___ 17*............................ tt..................... ... a 1a in (e) In standing ropes, more than two broken win* to one lay to sections be yond end connections or more than one broken wire at an end connection. * ............ . (d> Permanent elevators under the 0.......................... care and custody of the employer and MO............................ 1M..................... t.*o 4^0___________ ... ___ in 4*0............................ soo:.......................... *AO........................... 00............................____ 10.70 (14) Following assembly end erection of hoists, end before being put In serv ice. an tnspeetion and teat of ail func used by emptoyeee for work covered by this Act shall *v"piy with the require ments of American National Standards Institute A17.1-1965 with addenda A17.1a~1997, A17.1b-l6S. A17.1C-1969. A17.1d-1B70. and inspected to accordance with A172-1M0 with addenda A17.2a1969, A172b-1997. | 1926-55} Base-iuottated drum tions and mfety device* shall be made under the supervision of a competent person. A timllar Inspection and teat is required following major alteration of an existing Installation. All hoists shall be Inspected and tested at not more than I-menlh Intervals. Records shall be maintained and kept on file for the du ration of the fob. (a> General requirements. (1) Ex posed moving parts such at gears, pro tecting screws, setscrews, chain, cables, chain sprockets, and reciprocating or rotating parts, which constitute * hazard, shall be guarded. (D All centrals used during the nor mal operation cycle shall be located within easy reach of the operator s (19) AO portonnel hoists used by em ployee* than be constructed of materials and component* which meet the veri fication* for materials, construction, safety devices, assembly, and structural Integrity as stated In the Amerleen Natienal Standard A10 4-1963. Safety Re quirements for Workmen's Holst*. The requirement* of this subparagraph (lg> do not apply to cantilever type person nel brisks. station. (3) Dectric motor operated hoisu shall be provided with: (1) A device to disconnect ell motors from the tine upon power failure and not permit any motor to be restarted until the controller handle is brought to the "off" poalttoo: (II) Where applicable, an overspeed preventive device; (III) A means whereby remotely operated hoists stop when any control Is (IT) (I) Personnel hoist* used m bridge Ineffective. tower emtruetton tiian be approved tor (4) All baae-mounted drum hoists to a registered profeselonal fngtnrar and use shall meet the applicable require erected under the supervtticu of a quali ment* for design, construction. Installa fied engineer competent to this field. tion. testing, tnspertirr. maintenance, (U) When a Hoist tower I* not en and operation, as prescribed by the closed. the hoist platform or ear shall be manufacturer. totally endoaed (caged) on aO sides tor (b> Spec(Ac reqwiresieatt. 1 Reserved] the full height between the floor and the overhead protective covering with Cl f 1926-554 Overhead heists. inch mesh of Ho. 14 U5. gauge wire or (a) General require iscats. (1) The equivalent. The heist platform enclosure safe working load of the overhead hoist, shall include the required rates for load as determined by the manufacturer, shall ing and unloading. he Indicated on the hoist, and this safe (hi) Thewe hoist* shall be Inspected working load shall not be exceeded. and mamtamed on a weekly basis. When (2) The supporting structure to which ever the hoisting equipment Is exposed to the hoist Is attached shall have a salt winds exceeding 29 miles per hour It shsdl working load equal to that of the hoist. be Inspected and put to operable condi (D The support shall be arranged so tion before reuse. as to provide for free movement of the (lv) Win rope than be taken out of hoist and shall not restrict the hoist from service when any of the foilowing condi 9 with ^ hll tions exist: (4) The hoist shall be only <g) in running rape*, six randomly to locations that will permit the operator distributed broken wire* to one lay or to stand ctaar at Use load at an times. three brakenq wires In one strand in one (I) Air hrifts aban fa* connsctd to an lay: air supply at stoBdcnt capacity and pres (b) Wear ef one-third the original sure to aafsty operate the hoist An air diameter of oottide Individual wires. boaas implying air titan be positively idrWw| ertahi&gi bird aHni, or i&y cnnnactert to prevent their bornming dis other damage resulting to distortion of connected daring use. AS CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS <> All overhead boltU la use shall mat tbs applicable requirement* (or eoaetrueUou. design, 1sttolloboe, tasting, tnepeetloo. maintenance. and operation, as prescribed br the manufacturer. (b) ffpeetAc rcqeiremeati. [Reserved] | 2 9 26.5j5 Cewveywra. (0) Geaerel renirtnumU. (1) ><*" far stopping tbe motor or engine shsdl bo provided at th operator's station. Conveyor systems shall be equipped with on eudlbk earning dcnel to be toundad tinmerMstaly before starting up tbe convey m. <11 If the operator's station le et e re mote point. timnar ptovtaiooe for atop* ' ptng the motor or engine shell be pro vided at the motor or engine location. (1) Emergency atop switches then be arranged to that the conveyor eaahot be started agate until the aetuetlsg (top switch hss bem reset to running or "On* position. (4> Screw conveyors shall be guarded to prevent employee coated with turn ing fllghm. (6) Where e conveyor pe nee over wort areas, alsfce. or thoroughfares, suitable guards than be provldtd to protect em ployeae isqulied to wort below the eonWfOfl () AH croaaoven. ahlss. and passageware than bs trrwpl newly marked by suitable signs, as required by Subpart O of this pan. <?> Conveyors than bs locked out or otherwise rendered inoperable, and tisgrrl out with a "Do Not Operate" tag. during repairs end whan operation le haeerdoue le employee* performing maintenance work. <g> ah conveyers in urn shell meet the eppMaable requirement* for iVdgn, con struction. Inspection, tasting, mainte nance. and operation, a* prescribed in the ANSI *30.1-1367. Safety Code for Conveyers. Cableways, and Related Equipment. Expert O Meter VeWdes. Media abed Equipment, end Marine Operetires | 1926.600 Cqaipmeas. <a> Oeaerul rags(resets. (I) AO equipment kft mattmdrt at night, ad jacent to e highway ta normal use, cr ad* Jaoent to owtrueticn areas where work le m piogrses. shan have appropriate lights or reflectors, or barricades equipped with appropriate tight* or re flector*, to tdmtify the location of the eqmpmml (1) A mfrty tire rack. cage, or equiva lent proteeaon than be provided and und Sphm Inflating. vKywHay gf tng tire* <-***on mht rim*, or rims equipped vrth lor,king rings or similar dsvlcaa (I) (1) Heavy machinery, equipment, or parti thereof, which art impended or held aloft by urn of thngi. hoists, or jacks shaB be -*-----(> blocked or eribbsd to prevent vamug uz shifting before wapioyse* art permitted to work coder or blade*, cad-loader buckets, dump bodies, end Mmflar equipmmt. than be either fully lowered or blocked vbo belog re paired or when not In use. AH controls than be to a neutral position, with the motors stopped and brake* set. unleu work being performed requires other wise. <U) Whenever tbe equipment le parked, tbe pr*t"r brake shall be set. Equipment parked on incline* than have the wheels chocked end tbe parking brake set. (4) The us*, car* and charging of aU batter!** than conform to the require ments of SUbpart X of this part. <l) AH eab fleas shall be safsty glees, or equivalent, that introduoe* no visible distortion affecting the safe operation of any machine covered by this subpart. <l> AH equipment eovertd by this subpart than comply with the requirements of | 1926-5501*) <H> when working or being moved in the vicinity of power Unu or energised trenanlttere. (b> JpedJtc requirement!. [Reserved) (I) Vehicle* used to transport em ployee* sh*n have teals Irmly secured end adeqoate for the number of employ ee* to be carried. <t> 8est belts and anchorages meeting the requirements of 43 CTO Part 671 (De partment of Transportation. Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards) shall be installed In an motor vthiele*. (It) Trucks with dump bodies shall bs equipped with positive means of sup port, permanently attached, end capable of being locked in podticn to prevent accidental lowlug of the body while maintenance or inspection work is being done. (II) Operating levers controlling hoisting or dumping devlees on haulage bodies, than be equipped with e latch or other dtvlcs which win prevent acci dental starting or tripping of the meehaalflo. I 1916401 Motor vMiicie*. (a) Cooeraoe. Motor vehicles aa cov ered by this part are tbcae vehicles that operate within an off-highway jobsite, not open to public traSo. The raquire- meats of this section do not apply to equipment for which rule* are prescribed In | 1926.602. (b) Graeral regalremrais. (1) AH ve hicle* than have a aerrlc* braka system, an emergency brake system, end a park ing brake system. These system* may use components, end shell be main tained In operable condition. (3) (i) Whenever visibility onwHttmti warrant additional light, an fehidet, or nrwnhtnstloni of vehicle!, in uae than bw equipped with at least two beadHghti and two talDlghta In operable condition. (11) AH vehicles, or combination of vehicles, shan have brake lights In opera ble condition regardless at light eon- dittom. (I) AH vthiele* shall be equipped with an adequate warning device at thw operator's station and in an operable (4) No employer shall me any motor vehicle equipment having an obetiuttod view to the rear,unless: U) The vehicle ha* a reverie signal alarm audible above the surmundlng (11) The vehicle is becked up only when aa observer <>"' that it is safe todoaq. (S) AH vehicle* with cab* shaH be equipped with windshields and powered wipers. Cracked and broken glam shall be replaced. Vehicle* operating m areas or undtr conditions that came faggtng or (rooting of Use windshields shan be equipped with operable rtefngflng or dwtrostiag dniew*. (I) AH haulage vehicles, whoa* pay toad Is loaded by mean* of eraaos power shovel*, loaders, or (*"<)*> equipment, than have a cafe shield and/or eaaopy adequate to protect the operator bum thifHM <r f&ntat DitBrtllL (T) Tool* and material shall be se cured to prevent movement when trans ported In the same oompartmnti wtth (II) Trip handle* far tailgate* of dump trucks shan be so arranged that. In dumping, the operator wQl be in the clear. (13) (i) AH rubber-tired motor vehicle equipment manufactured on or after May 1. in than br equipped with (wid est. AU rubber-tired motor vehicle equipment manufactured before May 1, 1173. than be squtpped with fwider* not later than May L 1313. (U) Mud flap* may be need is lieu of fenders whenever motor vehicle equip ment is not densnail far fenders. (14) AH vehicle* in use shah be checked at tbe beginning of each shift to assure that the foOowtsg parts, equip mmt. end accessories are in safe operat ing rmrfltinsi and fret of apparent damage that could cause fsflurt while in nee: Heine* brakes. Inrfrxtlng trailer brake cconecttco*; parking system (hand brake); emergency sys tem (brakes); title; born; steering mechanlm); coupling devices; seat belts; operating controls; and safety devices. An defects (ben be corrected before tbe vehicle k placed m aervtee. Thee* i eauiientente ako apply to equipment such as lights, reflaetaes, windshield where such equipment k necessary. | 1936.602 Material baadliag cqwip- (a) Iorthmm%a sgeipTai; peaeroi. (1) These rules apply to the follow ing types cf certhmoTlDf equipment: scrapers, leaden, crawler or wheel tracten, bulldoaes, off-highway trucks, graders, agricultural and Industrial tracton, and similar equipment. Tbe promul gation of spedfle rules for cosapactcrt and rubber-tired "iktd-stecr" equipment k reserved povwng uswldri'aocn <ff standards cumnUy bring developed. <3) Seat betts. (11 Best belts shall be provided on an eqtdpmmt covered by this section and shall meet tbe require ments of the Bodsty of Astomotiv* Enelnaen. 3330.1333. Beat Betti fur CoostruetMn Equipment. Beat belts tar agri cultural aadhgbt tndmtrlal trectcra shan meet tbs seat belt rsqulrcmaiu of CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 49 Society of Automotive Englneeri J222a- I 1926.3. employers may request varia are made, the capacity, operation, and 1970, Operator Protection for Agricul tions from the applicable brakes and maintenance Instruction plates, tags, or tural and Light Industrial Tractors. fender standards required by this sub decals, shall be changed accordingly. In (II) Seat belts need not be provided part. employers wishing to seek varia no case shall the original safety factor of for equipment which Is designed only for tion* from the applicable brakes and the equipment be reduced. standup operation. fenders rules may submit any requests Ill) If a load Is lifted by two or more (III) . Seat belts need not be provided tor variations after the publication of trucks working m unison, ths proportion for equipment which does not have roll this document In the Rubai. Racism. of the total load carried by any cne truck over protective structure (ROP8> or Any statement* Intending to meet the shell not exceed Its capacity. adequate canopy protection. requirement* of 1 1926.2(b)(4), should <lv) Steering or epinner knob* shaH (!) Aoadsoey grades. Roadway trade* specify how the variation would protect not be attached to the steering wheel for construction equipment use shall he the safety of the employees by provid unites the steering mechanism is of a dealfned by a qualified engineer, com ing for any compensating restrictions on type that prerents road reactions from potent in this field, and constructed to tht operation of equipment eaudng the (tiering handwheel to (pin. acecsunodate at) of the equipment tutog the roadway. Emergency access ramps and berms shall be constructed to restrain and control runaway vahlelea. (4) Brake). AH earthmovlnf equip ment mentioned In this I 1511.202(a) than have a service braking system ca pable of ttoppint and boldine the equip ment fully loaded, as specified In Society af Automotive Engineers BAS-2227. Loader Doner-1971, J226. Otadera1271, and J219b. 8eraper*-im. Brake systems for self-propelled rubber-Urod oC-highway equipment manufactured after January l, im shall meet tht apptleahls minimum performance cri teria set forth in the following Society at Automotive Engineers Recom mended Practleae: Mf-Frepsded Scnpars___ SAC JglSb-ISTl Sell-Vreptned Citiesri ....... Sag Jgas-1*71 <JT Audible oiorsu. (1) AH bidirec tional marWnes. such as roUera, eccnpacterx. freot-end loaders. buHdoaen, and similar equipment, shall be equipped with a facts, distinguishable from the sunwimdlnc noise Weal, which shall be operated as needed when the machine is movtng in either direction. The born bafi be maintained in an operative condition (11) No employer shall permit earthmoving or compacting equipment which has aa obstructed vtqw to the raar to be used to teierae rear anises the aqthpnet ha* to operation a reverse signal slam distinguishable tram the sur rounding noise level or an employes sig nals that B Is safe to do an. (16) Scieeor petnte. Scissor point* on aH front-end loaders, which constitute a hssird to the operator during normal oomatioa shall be guarded. The steering knob shaH be mounted within the periphery of the wheel. <v) AH high lift rider Industrial trucks shaH be equipped with overhead ruards which meat tht configuration and struc tural requirement* as defined In para graph 421 of American National Stand ards Institute BM.1-1969. Safety Stand ards for Powered Industrial Trucks. (vi) AH industrial trucks In use shaH meet the applicable requirement* of de sign. construction, stability, inspection, testing, maintenance, and operation, is defined In American National Standards Institute B64.1-1842. Safety Standards for Powered Industrial Trucks. | 1926Adi Pile driving equipment. <a) General reqxlremrats. (1) Boilers and piping systems which are a part of. or used with, pile driving equipment than meet the applicable requirement* of the American Society of Mechanical Engi Traces sad (b) fkeetwdag sad other equipment. neers. Powers Boilers (section I). wictos ____naBJiea-im htn tee tosses and rinsers--. hASJ227-l9TI (1' Tractors covered in paragraph (a) (2) AH pressure vessels which are a of this section shall have seatbelts as part of. or used with, pile driving equip required for the operators when seated ment shall meet the applicable require (S> Penders. Pneumatic-Urad earthmoving haulage equipment (trucks, scrapers. tractors, and trailing units) whose maximum speed exceeds IS miles per hour, shall be equipped with fenders on all wheels to meet the'requirement* of Society of Automotive Bigtaeerx SAB J22K-1970. Penders for PneumatlcTlred Xarthmovlng Haulage Equipment. An employer may. of eoune, at aid that seek to show under 11926 2. that the un covered wheels present no hanrd to per sonnel from flying materials. () RoB-ooer proxeettoss streettres IHOPS). The promulgation of standards requiring rnD-over protective structures (ROPS) is reserved pending further study and developmeiL (7) KoUooer protective straefsrex tor off-highieog tracks. The promulgaUan of standards for roQover protective struc tures for off-highway tracks lx reserved pending further study and development. ie> Stroke effective dotes--brakes end fenders. Equipment mentioned in subperaersphs (4) and (5) of his para graph. acd manufseturtd after January 1. 1872. which is used by any employer after that date, shall comply with the applicable rules prescribed therein con cerning brakes and fenders. Equipment In the norma] seating arrangement for tnetor operation, even baek- boea breakers, or other similar attach ments are used on these machines for excavating or other work. <2i Por the purposes of this Buhpart and of Subpart N of this part, the nomen clatures and descriptions for mrssurs ment of dimensions of machinery and attaehmento than be as described in So ciety of Automotive Engineers 1970 Handbook, pages 16U through 1102. (I) Tbs safety requirements, ratios, ur Umltattoos spplicable to machines or attachment mage covered In Power Crane and Shovel Association's Stand ards No. l and No. 2 of 1262. and No. 2 of 1962. thaH be eompOed with, and shall apply to cranes, machines, and attach- menu under this port. <e> Lifting a*d heeling equipment (other than equipment cooered under Subpart N of this pert), a) Industrial trucks shall meet the requirements of i 1926.600and the following: (1) lift trucks, stackers, rtc.. shall have the rated capacity dearly posted on the vehicle so a* to be clearly visible to the operator. When auxiliary remov able counterweight* are provided by the manufacturer, mutesponding alternate rated, capacities also shall be dearly ments of th* American Sodety of Me chanical Engineers. Pressure Vessels (section mil. (2) Overhead protection, which will no! obscure the viaon of the operator, ind which meets the requirements of Subpart N of this pari, shall be provided. Protection dull be the equivalent of 2-idi ptankwg oe ocher did material nf equivalent streisgth. (4) Stop blocks shall be provided for the leads to prevent the hammer from being raised sgalnst the head block. <S) A blocking device, capable os safely uBDortlns the weight of the baouse, ahaH be provided for placement In the leads under the hammer at all times, while employees are working under the hammer. 4) Ouards ihaB be prerideo across Use top of the head block to prevent the cable from lumping out of the sheaves. (7> When the leads must be inclined in the driving of batter piles, provisions shaH be made to stabfllxe the leads. (I) need kadi shaH be provided with ladder, and adequate rings, or similar attachment points, so that the toft worker may engage his safety belt lan yard to the leads. 2f the leads are pro vided with loft platform(s), such plat form <i> shaH be protected by standard guardrails. mentioned In subparagraphs <4) and <5) shown on the vehicle. These ratings shaH (I) Steam hose leading to a steam of this paragraph, and manufactured not be exceeded. hammer or let pipe shall be securely at before January 1. 1872. which Is used (U) No modification* or additions tached to the hammer with an adeqtutie by any employer fter that date, shall which affect the eapadW or safe opera length of at least V.-tnch diameter eham meet the applicable rules prescribed tion of the equipment shall be made herein nos later than June M. 187]. ft without the oianufacturer's written ap should be noted that, as permitted under proval. If such mod tftca firms or chances or cable to prevent whipping In th* event the faint at the hammer Is broken. Air bow shall be provided with the so CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS ume protection u required (or steam Unee. <101 Safety chains, or equivalent means. shall be provided for each hone connection to prevent the line (ran thrashing around In cue the coupling becomes disconnected.. < 11) Steun Line controls shall consist of two shutoff valves, one o( which shall be a quick-actint lever type within no reach o1 the hammer operator. (12) Outs, outnteers. thrustouts. or counterbalances shall be provided as necessary to maintain stability of pile driver rigs. (b) Pile driving tram herpes and Roots. Barges or floats supportlnf pOe driving opereUons shall meet the ap plicable requirements of I 1926.605. <e) Me drlrtap equipment (1) En gineers and vtnohmen than aeeept sig nals only (ran the designated signalmen. (2) All employees shall be kept dear erfaen pilint la belnt hoisted Into the leads. (3) When piles are belnt driven In an eacavated pit. the wills of the pit shall be sloped to the an*le of repoee or abeetpffed and braced. (4) When steel tube piles are belnt "blown out*, employees shall be kept wen beyond the rente of falUnt material!. (5) When It is necessary to cut off the tops of driven plies, pile drivtnt oper ations shall be suspended ekeept where the cutting operations are located at least twice the lenfth of the longest POe from the driver. (t> When drivtnt Jacked piles, ill ac cess pits shall be provided with ladders and bulkheaded curbs to prevent mate rial from tailing Into the pit. | 1926AOS Site deariag- <i> General requirements. (1) Em ployees engsted in site clearing shad be protected from hazards of irritant and tone plants and suitably instructed in the first aid treatment available. (21 AH equipment used in rite cleertnc operations ahall be equipped with rollover guards meeting the levnflrements of this gubpart. In addition, ridsoperated equipment ahall be equipped with an overhead and rear canopy guard meeting the foilowing requirement!: (!) The overhead turning on this canopy structure ritaO be of not leas titan H-tnch steel plate or Vi-inch woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 inch, or equivalent. (U) The opening In the rear of the canopy structure shad be covered with not less than Vc-lneh woven wire mesh with openings no grester than 1 inch. (b) Specific requirements. [Reserved) ft 1926.605 Marine operations end equip- nest (a) Material handling operation!. (1) Operations fitting the definition of "ma terial handling" shall be performed to conformance with applicable requtrements cf 2S CTR Part 1918. "Safety and Health Regulations for Longshorttg.* The term "longshonng operations" means the leading, unloading, moving, or handling cf construction materials, equipment ir.d supplies, etc. mis. In. on. or out of ary v--<e; from a fined struc ture or shore-to-veasel. veasel-to-ahore (b) "Bulwark*--The side of a ship or Axed structure or veuel-to-veaseL above the upper deck. (b) Access to herpes. (1) Ramps for <c> "Coaming*--The raised frame, as aceess of vehicles to or between barges around a hatchway In the deck, to keep ahall be of adequate strength, provided out water. with ride boards, well maintained, and (d) "Jacob's ladder*--A marine lad properly secured. der of rope or ehaln with wooden or (2) Unless employees can step safely metal rungs. to or from the wharf, float, barge, or (e) "Ball*, for the purpoee of t 1926 - river towboat, either e ramp, meeting *06. means a tight structure serving as a the requirements of subparagraph U) guard at the outer edge of a ship's deck. of this paragraph, or a safe walkway, shall be provkisd. (3) Jacob's ladders shall be of the Swbpoit P- txcuvoHeni, Trenching, double rung or flat tread type. They shad mp4 Sharing be well maintained end properly secured. (4) A Jacob's ladder shall either hang ( 1926460--Ceaevel preteetioa reqalrv without slack from Its lashtngi or be pulled up entirely. (a) Walkways, runways, and ride- (t) When the upper end of the pseaas walks shall be kept clear of txeavated of access rests on or Is flush with the top material or ether obstruction and no of the bulwark, substantial steps, prop sidewalks ihaO be undermined tmless erly secured and equipped with at least shored to carry a minimum uve load of one substantia:! hand rail approximately one hundred and twtnty-fivv a26) 33 inches In height, shall be provided pounds per square foot between the top of the bulwark and the <b> If planks are used for raised walkways, nmways. or sidewalks, they (> Obstructions shall not be laid on than be laid parallel to the length of or acroei the gangway. the walk and fastened together against (T) The means of acorns shall be ad displacement. equately glumtna ted for Its full length. <e) Hanks shah be mlform In thick (1) Unless the structure maka It im ness and aO exposed ends shall be pro possible. the means of access shall be so vided with beveled cleats to prevent located that the load will not pass over CSD&lQJtCfc. <e> Worktty ntr/acei of Parpel. (1) Employees shall not be permitted to walk along the rides of covered lighten or barges with more than 3 feet high, unina there is e 3-foot dear walk way, or a grab rail, or a taut h.wdiin* Is provided. (2) Decks and other working gurfacea shall be maintained In a safe condition. (3) Bnptoyees shall not be permitted to pee (ore and aft. over, or around deck loads. unless there Is e safe passage. (4) Employees ahall not be permitted to walk over deckloads (ram rail to tripping. (d> Relied walkways, runways, and sidewalks shall be provided with plank steps oo straeg stringers. Ramps, used In ben at slope. shall be provided with cleats to Insure a safe walking surface. (e> AH ampleyea ihaO be protected with personal protective equipmmt for the protection of the head. eves, respira tory arcane, bands, feet and other parts of the body ee set forth la Subpart B of this part. (f> Employees exposed to vehicular traffic shall be provided with and shall be Instructed to wear warning vests mvWmi with or made at reflectortsed or roaming unless then is a safe passage. high riribOlty material. If It Is Decenary to stand at the out eg) Employees subjected to hazardous board or Inboard edge of the decklosd dusts, gases, fumes, mists, or atmospheres where leas than 34 Inches of bulwark, deficient In oxygen, shall be protected nil. roaming, or other protection exists, with approved respiratory protection as all employees shall be provided with e set forth In Subpan D at this part. suitable mean* of protection against fan- tsi the dcrfciMd. ioi rtnt-aid sag h/etaving eewp- memt. (1) Picrrisiona for rendering first aid and medical tsristance shall be m accordance with Subpart D of this part. . (2) The employer than ensure that tliere Is m the vicinity of each barge m use at least one US. Coast Guardapproved 30-Jncb Ufprtng. with not lees than to feet of line attached, and at least one portable or permanent Udder which will reach Use top of the apron to the (h> Ho peiaon than be permitted un der loads hanffied by power shovels, der ricks. or hoists. To avoid say spOtage. employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle bring loaded. (1) Dally inspections cf excavations *h*n be made by a competent person. If evidence of ooaible care-ini at slides is apparent. aH work in the excavation shall cease until the neceaary precautions have been taken to safeguard the em ployees. surface of the water. If the above equip ment is not available at the pier, the | 1926.651 Specific eavwmtion regain- employer ahall furnish It during the time that he Is working the barge. (3> Employees walking or working on the unguarded decks of barges shall be protected with UJB. Coast Guard- approved work vests or buoyant vests. ie> Uiriae operations. 1 Reserved) (a) Prior to opening an excavation, effort shall be made to determine whether onderground hmn.emi. l.e, sewer, telephone, water, fuel, electrie Unee. etc- win be encountered, and If so. where such underground installations f 1926.606 Definition- applicable le tiii* art located. 9kbm the cseavation ap Mjbparl. proaches the estimated location of such <B) "Apron"--The area along the s-aterfront edge of the pier or wharf. an installation, the exact location shall be determined and wba It is uncovered. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS J1 proper supports shall b* provided for the may be adversely affected by weather or acceptable atmospheric conditions. When eutlai Install* Uon. Utility companies moisture content. flammable gases are present, adequate shall be contacted end advised of pro* <k> Support systems shall be planned ventilation shall be provided or sources pated wort pnor to the start of actual and designed br a qualified person when of Ignition shall be eliminated. Attended excavation. excavation ts In excess of 20 feet In depth, emergency rescue equipment, such as (b) Trees. boulders, end other surface adjacent to structures or improvements, breathing apparatus, s salety harness encumbrance*. located so u to crate s or subject to vibration or ground water. and line, basket stretcher, etc., shall be hazard to employees Involved in excava 0) Material* used for sheeting, sheet readily available where adverse atmos tion work or In the vicinity thereof at anr piling, erlbhlng. bracing, shoring, and pheric conditions may exist or develop tn time dunne operation*. ahall be removed underpinning shall be In food serviceable an excavation. or made ante before excavating la begun. condition, and timbers shall be sound, (w> When employees or equipment <e) The walls and laces of all excava free from large or loose knot*, and of are required or permitted to cross over tions in which employees are exposed to proper dimensions. excavations, walkways or bridges with dancer from aovinc (round shall be cuarded br a aborinc system. aloplnf of the (round, or some other equivalent means. (d> Exeavstioc* shall be Inspected br (ml Special precautions shall be taken to sloping or shoring the sides of excava tion* adjacent to a previously backfilled excavation or a fill, particularly when the separation Is less than the depth of standard guardrails shan be provided. <k> Where samps an used for em ployed or equipment, they shall be de signed and constructed by qualified per sona to accordance with accepted engi a eocnpeteot person after every rain* the excavation. Particular attention also neering requirements. atons or other haxard-tncreaalsc occur shall be paid to joints and seams of mate (y> All ladders used on excavation op rence, and the protection against tildes rial comprising a face and the slope of erations shall be In accordance with the and cave-ins shall be Incrtaaed If each seams and joints. requirements of Bubpart L of this pan. noreasirr. (n) Except |n hard rock, excavations (e) The determlnatian of the ancle below the level of the base of footing of of repoee and dealm of the supportlns any foundation or retaining wall shall system shall be based an careful evalu not be permitted, units the wall it un | 1926.612 Specific trenching reqnire. ation of pertinent factors such as: Depth of cut: possible variation In water con tent of the material while the excavation is open: anticipated chances In materials from exposure to air. sun. water, or frea- t&c: hading hnposad br structures, equipment, urntrine material, or stored material: and vibration from equipment. Masting. traffic, or other sources. (f> Supporting systems; La. piling, cribble. shoring. ate. shall bt designed br a qualified person and meet accepted engineering requirements. When tie rods an used to restrain the top of sheeting or other retaining systems, the rods shell ba saenrcly anchored wsD bam of the ancla of repoee. When ticht sbeetinc or Ooet pfhnc is Bed, full Viadlnc due to gramd water table shall be assumed. onlaas prevented by weep holes or drains derpinned aad all other precautions taken to Insure the stability of tbs ad jacent walls for the protection of em ployees Involved to emavatlao work or to the vicinity thereof. (o> B the stability of adjoining build ings or walls la andangered by excava tions. shoeing, bracing, or undeeptoning shall ba provided as necessary to Insure their safety. Bueh shoring, bracing, or underpinning shall be inspected daily or more often, as conditions warrant, by a competent person aad the protection ef fectively maintained (p> Dtversion ditches, dikes, or other suitable means than be used to prevent surface water from entering an excava tion and to provide adequate drainage of the area adjacent to the excavation. Wa ter shall not be allowed to accumulate to (a) Banks more than 6 teet high shall be shored, laid back to a stable slope, or some other equivalent naans of protec tion shall be provided where employees may be svposed to moving ground or eave-ln*. Refer to Table P-l as a guide to sloping of banks. Trenches less than 6 feet In depth shall else be effectively pro tectod when examination of the ground Indicates hazardous ground movement aay be expected. (b) Side* of trenches to unstable or soft material, t feet or mart to depth, shall be shored, sheeted, braced, sloped, or otherwise supported by means of suffi cient strength to protect the employees working within them. Sec Tables P-l. P-2 Hollowing paragraph (g> of this section]. or other means Additional stringers, ties an excaeitioa (e) Sides of trenches to hard or com aad bracing shall be provided to show for any neceamry temporary removal of (q> If It is necessary to place or oper ate power shovels, derrick*, trucks, mate pact solL Including embankments, shall be shored or otherwise supported when mdividoal supports. rials. or other heavy objects on a level the trench Is more than $ feet to depth (g) All slopes than be excavated to at above and near an excavation, the side and I feet or more In length. In lieu least the angle of repose except for areas ot the exeavattoo shall be sheet-piled, of shoring, the sides of the trench above where solid rack allows for Une driBtog shored, and braced as necessary to resist the 6-foot level may be sloped to pre or pwplltting the extra pressure due to such supeitm- clude coCapse. but shall not be steeper (h) The ande of repoee Shan be flat tened when an excavation has water conditions sQty materlets, loose boqiders, and arms where erosion, deep frost ac tion, and sUde ptaaes appear. (1) (1) Id excavation* which employees may be required to enter, excavated or other material shall be effectively stored and retained at least 2-feat or more from the edge of the excavation. (2) As an alternative to the clearance prescribed la subparagraph (1) of this paragraph, the onploysr may me effecttvt barriers or other effective retaining device* In hen thereof In order to preeent excavated or other materials from falling poifec! lotdi> (r) Wasting and the use of explosives Shan be performed to accordance with Subpart V et this part. <s) When mobile equipment Is utilised or allowed adjacent to excavations, sub stantial stop logs, or barricades aboil be Installed. If possible, tbe grade should be sway lrom the excavation. (t> Adequate barrier physical protec tion shall be provided at all remotely lo cated excavations. AH wens. pits, shafts, etc. than be barricaded or covered. Upon completion of exploration and similar op erations. temporary wells, pita, shafts, etc., shan be backfilled than a l-foot rise to each H*foot horiaoGtal. When the outside diameter of a pipe Is greater than I feet, a bench of 4-foot minimum shall be provided at the toe of the sloped portion. <d) Materials used for sheeting and sheet piling, bracing, shoring, and under pinning, shall be to good serviceable con dition. and timbers used than be sound and free from Urge or loose knots, end shall be designed and Installed so as to be effective to the bottom of the excavation. ie> Additional precautions by way of shoring.and bracing stall be tsdren to prevent slides or cave-ins when excava tions or trenches are made to locations Into the excavation. (u) If possible, dust conditions shall be adjacent to backfilled excavations, or <J> Bides slopes and faces of all ex cavations shall meet accepted engineermg requirements by scaling, benching, barricading, rock bolting, wire meshing, kept to a minimum by tbe use of water, salt, calcium chloride, oil. or other means. tv) In locations where oxygen defi ciency or gaseous conditions are passible, sir to the excavation than be tested Con where excavations are subjected to vi brations from railroad or highway traf fic. the operation of machinery, or any other source. (f) Employees entering bell-bottacn or other equally effective means Special trols. as set forth to Subparts D and E of pier holes shall be protected by the In attention shall be glvm to slopes which this pan, than be established to assure stallation of a removeable-type easing 32 of sufficient strength Vo resist shifting ot the surrounding earth. Such tempo* rary protection shall be provided for the full depth of that pert of each pier hole which Is above the bell. A lifeline, tult* able lor instant rescue and securely faliened to a shoulder harnesa. shall be worn by each employee entering the ahafta. This lifeline shall be individually manned and separate from any line used to remove materials excavated from the bell footing. <()(1) Minimum requirements for trench Urnberm* ahall be in accordance with Table P-3. (3) Braces and dlarnnal shores In a wood ahonat system ahall not be subjected to compressive (trow In excess of values flven by the followlnf formula: f=iroo-sot n ISanmnnri ratio i = SO o Wbsre: L = Length. uosuppontd. la laches, h --Least aide or the umber la laches t- allovadie stress la pouada per square laeh or croM-eacUoo. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS v.tl. y l APPROXIMATE.ANGLE OP REPOSE FOR tt-CWlM OF ((PCI OP CxeAVaTIOM DqO S Kbit or eecdJItoe fli lefts tJwigaw UlMaem Ueeimpm IfiAtaVS Maifmem CLeT * IS le IS VwtU leMU i te le awe. i Laws eeU.. . aadr.wl Fat r WtotS Bert. LOST we Sen. weSr. w sws. BrSraeleUr | IS W as nodi m a Ovw W SX ttsSa m ooeSWeae.. < Treech Beks war be umS B Bee B, or ta BObtaadee vita, oua bnem Sborue a Dei laiueed B eU face, hwd SWB. w bard has Wbw* amrabw. susl ttmi pules aad bnotoe W equal stlueclh Bar be subetttateS tor eeod. (h> Where employees are required Vo be In trenches 3 feet deep or more, lad ders. trim dins from the floor o< the trench excavation to at least 1 feet above the top of the excaration. shall be pro vided and so located as to provide means at exit without more than 23 feet at lateral travel. in Bracing or ibormt at trachea Msall ha earned alone with the (k) Portable trench bases or slidlnt trench shields may be used for the pro* tecUcc at personnel in lieu at e shoring system or sloping. Where such trench boxes or shleide ere used, they shell be drdgTtml. constructed, and memtamed in a manner which wQl provide protection equal to or treater than the ihrmng or ahortnt required far the Bench. excavation. (1) Backfilling and removal of trench <1> Crass braces or trench jacks shall supports shall progress together from ha placed la tnse honacctal position, the bottom of tbs Bench. Jacks <w be spaced vertically, end he secured to braces shall be released slowly and. In prevent sliding, falling, or kickouts. unstably sdl. ropes shall be used to pun out the jacks ar braces from above'after enployees hare cleared the trench. I 1923A13 Dvfieitiofu applicable lo thia abput (a) -Accepted vnflneertnt requiremesta (or pracBcaa)---Those require ment or practices which are crenfwBhk with standards required by a retistered architect, a registered prcfeadonal endnear. or ether duly hrsnerd or recognised aathoetty. (hi -AagM ct repose"--The greatest angle ahoee the bcriscntal plane at which a material wlB ttt wlthoat sliding. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS S3 (e) "Bask'--A bum of MU ruint requirements for design, eonstrtsetlon, In crete buckets suspmded from crans* or abort a HTTV'f Mvel. spection, testing, maintenance and oper cableways. <d> "Belled excavation"--A part of a ations ts prescribed la ANSI A10A-U70, (g) When discharging en a slope, the abaft or footing excavation. usually soar Safety Xequlremaots for Cooereu Con wheels of ready-mix trucks shall be tbc bottom and bell-shaped: l.t.. aa en largement of tba eroai section abort. <> "Bracts (trench)"--Tba borlaontal member* of tb* shoring tyitea whose end* bear against tb* uprights or stringers. (I) 'Excavation"--Any marvmads eartty or depression In the aartb'i turface. Including Its sides, valla, or facet, formed by eartb maoval and producing unsupported earth eondltlona by reaaona of the excavation. If installed forme or sim ilar structures reduce tbc Oepth-to-width relationship, an excavation Buy become a trench. if) "Facet"--See perafraph (k) of this section. struction and Masonry Work. tb) AeinVorcin? sfeel. ID Employees working more than < fact above any ad jacent working surfaces, placing and ty ing reinforcing steel In walla, piers, columns, etc., shall be provided with a safety belt, or equivalent device, in ac cordance with Subpart E of this part. 13) Employees shall not be permitted to work above vertically protruding re inforcing steel unless it has been pro tected to eliminate the huard of im- ptlCBM&L ___ <3> uuytng: Reinforcing steel for walls, piers, columns, and imiw verti cal structures shall be guyed and sup blocked and the brakes set to prevent movement. t Nomlcmen applying a cement, and. and water mixture through a pneu matic boat shall be required to wear pro tective head and face equipment, a* pre scribed m Subpart X of this part. le) Vertical ihortnp--<1> General re- gkireeseufs. <1> When temporary stor age of reinforcing rods, material, or equipment on tap u formwork becomes necessary, thee* areas shall be strength ened to noset the Intended loads. xhl Tha tins for shoring shall be sound, rigid, gnd capable of earmns the intended load without settle- MBt Of 4Uplft6sni (h> "Bard compact toll"--AH sarth ported to prevent eoUapee. U11) All shoring equipment shall be In materials not rlaerlfted as running or unstable. U) "Kirtouts"--Accidental release or failure of a shore or brace. (J) "Sheet pile*--A pile, or ehretins, that auy form one of a continuous Interlocklnf line, or a row of timber, concrete, or steel pOea. driven In does contact to provide t debt wan to resist tbs lateral pressure of water, adjscant earth, or other materials. it) "aides". "Walls'', or "Face*"--The vertical or Inclined eartb surfaces fanned as a result of excavation work. U) "Slope"--The anfl* with the borlsontal at which a particular earth mate rial will stand indefinitely without move- \ Un) "Stringers* (wales)--The hort- 14) Wire mesh rolls: Wire mesh rolls shall be secured at each end to prevent dangerous recoiling action. le) Salt concrete banditti?. Bulk stor age bins, containers, or allot shall have conical or tapered bottoms with mechan ical or pneumatic means of starting the flow of material. id) Concrete placement--(D Com mie mixer*. Concrete mixers equipped with 1-yard or larger loading skips shall be equipped with a mechanical device to dear the skip of material. 13) Guardrail*. Mixers of 1-yard ca pacity or greater shall be equipped with protective guardrails Installed on each side of the skip. (3) Ball goats. Handles on bull floats, verted prior to erection to determine that It Is as specified in the shoring lay out. Any equipment found to be dam aged shall not be used for shoring. ilvi Erected shonng equipment shall be Inspected Immediately prior to. dur ing. and Immediately after the place ment of concrete. Any shoring equip ment that Is found to be dasiaged or weakened shall be Immediately rein forced or rmhored. iv) Rcshorinc shall be provided when necessary to safely support slabs and beams after stripping, or where such members art subjected to superimposed lochs due to construction work dene (3i Tabular welded frame shoring. tl> Metal tubular frames used for shoring shall not be loaded beyond the safe work ing load recommended by the manu '* sontal Btemhe.rt of a shoring system used where they mey contact energised facturer. whoee sides bear sfilnst tbs uprtfhts or electrical conductors, shall be con <U> All locking devices on frames and earth. structed of nonconductive material, or braces shall be In good working order: (n) Trench''--A narrow exesration nude below the surface of the pound. In general. the depth Is pester than the width, but the width of a trench Is not greater than IS feet. <o) "Trench lack"--Screw or hydraulic type lacks used as cross bracing m a trench ''f system. ip) "Trench shield"--A shoring sys tem composed of steel plates and bracinf, welded or bolted together, which support the walls of a trench from the ground level to the trench bottom and which can be moved along as work progresses. <q) "Unstable scC"--Earth material, other than running, that btiauee of its nature or the Influence of related eendlUone. cannot be depended upcm to re-. main In place without extra support, such as would be furnished by a system of shoring. (r) Tprtghts"--The vertical members of s sharing system. it) "Wales"--See paragraph Im) of t>il tGCtlO& (t) "Walls"--See paragraph (1) of this section. insulated with a nonemtductive sheath coupling pins shall align the frame or who** electrical and mechanical char panel kgs: pivoted crocs braces shall have acteristics provide the equivalent pro their center pivot In place: and aE com tection of a handle constructed of non- ponents shall be In a condition similar conductive material. to that of original manufacture. 14) Powered comCrete trowels. Pow ered and rotating-type concrete trowel ing machines ib*i are manually guided Ill) When checking the erected shor ing frames with the shoring layout, the spacing between towers and eroes brae* sparing, shall net exceed that shown on ihaH be equipped with a csmtrol switch that win automatically shut off the the layout and aO locking devices shall be In doMd podflSL power vtartw the operator removes (tv) Devices for attaching the external his hands from the equlpmait handles. It) Concrete bappies. Hmifts of bug gies shall not extend beyond the wheels lateral stability bracing shall be securely fastened to the kp of the shoring frames. <v) AH haseplstes. shore heads, ex on either tide of the bugs?. TMt*Tt***rf*i of block!* guards an buggy handles It tension devices, or adjustment screws shall be In Arm contact with the footing recommended. dll and the form. (I) Pvmpcrete systems. Pumper*t* or similar systems uttng discharge pipes | 1926.701 Forme and shoring. shall be provided with pipe supports de 'a i General propitious. <1) Form- signed for 100 percent overlaid. Com work and shoring shall be designed, pressed air hose in such systems shall be erected, supported, braced, and main provided with positive fail-safe joint con tained so that It will safely support all nectors to prevent separation of sections vertical and lateral )o*d* that may be when presumed. impend upon it during placement of 17) Concrete backet*. U> Concrete concrete. buckets equipped with hydraulic or pneu (3) Drawings or plans showing the matically operated gates shall have posi jack layout, formwork, shoring, working Subpart Q--Concrete, Concrete tive safety latches or similar safety de decks, and scaffolding, than be available Forms and Sberttsf vices Installed to prevent aggregate and at the jobtite. loose material from *nmnimuny on the <l> Stripped forms and shoring shall | 1926.700 General prv-isleaa top and sides of the bucket. be i amoved and stockpiled promptly la) General. All equipment and mate Ill) Riding of concrete buckets for any after m aH area* In which per rials used in oonertte oceutrucUon snd purpose hah be prohibited, and vibrator sons art required to wort or pass. Pro masonry work shall meet the applicable crews shall be kept out from under con truding naUa wire net, and other form u CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS accessories-not necessary to subaequent work shall be pulled, cut. or ether metni taken to eliminate the hazard. <4) Impoatucn o{ any eonitructlon load! on the partially completed (true* ture dull not be permitted unleu tuch loading hae been considered In the de sign and approved by the engineer- architect. (b> Vtrticct (Up tornu. (1) The Keel roda or pipe on which the laeki climb or by which the formi art lilted (hall be specifically designed for the purpoee. Such rods shall be adequately braced where not encaeed In concrete. (2i Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the vertical load! are distributed equally and do not exceed the capacity of the Jacks. (21 The jacks or other lifting device! shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other automatic bolding devices to pro vide protection in case of failure of the power supply or the lifting mechanism. it i mans shall proceed steadily and uniformly and shall not exceed the pre determined safe rate of lift >5' Lateral and diasonal bracing oi the forms shall be provided to prevent exceptive distortion of the structure dur ing the Jacking operation. i(i During Jacking operations, the form structure shall be maintained In Une and plumb. <1) All vertical lift forms shall be pro vided will) scaffolding or work platforms completely encircling the area of place ment <c> Tube sad coupler shoring. II' Couplers clamps' shall not be used if they an deformed, broken, or have defective or missing threads on bolts, or other defects. <2) The mitenal used for the couplers (damps) shall be of a structural type such as drop-forged steel, malleable iron, or structural grade aluminum Cray cast iron shall sot be used. (2) When checkin; the erected shor ing towers wttb the shoring layout, the sparing between posts shall not exceed that shown on the layout, and all inter locking oi tubular members and tight ness of couples shall be checked. (4) AH baseplates. shore beads, ex tension devices, or adjustment screws shall be in t.-m contact with the footing affl ano the form material and shall be snug agairu; the posts. id) Smalt post shores. (1> For sta bility. unfit post shores shall be horl- sontally braced in both the longitudinal and transverse directions, and diagonal bracing shall also be installed. Such bracing sha_ be installed as the shores are being erected. (2) All baseplates or shore beads of tingle post shores shall be in firm contact with the foehns sill and the form mate rials (3) Whenever single post shores are ----* m more than one tier, the layout haii be designed and inspected by a structural engineer. 14) When formwork la at an angle, or aj^Whg or waen the surface shored from Is sloping, the shoring shall be designed for h i 3) Adjustment of single post aborts to raise formwork shall not be made after eoperete is -- place. (() Fabricated single past shores shad Oh) floor periphery--safety railing. not ba usad if hastily rusted, bmb A safety railing of ft-Inch wire rope or dented, rrwelded. or having broken weld- equal shall be Installed, approximately meets or other defects. If they ewitain 42 Inches high, ground the periphery of timber, they shall not be used If timber an temporary-planked or temporary is split cut has sections removed, to metal-decked Soon of tier buildings and rotted, or otherwise structurally dam- other multifloored structures during agad. ftnietural steel assembly. (7) AO Umber and adjusting devices (2) Whan traction to being done by to be used for adjustable timber Angie meang of a enna operating on the part shores shall ba inspected before ground, a tight and suhatantlal floor shall mettflD. be maintained within two stories or 2* (I) Timber than not ba used it it to fort, whichever to ton. below and dlrwUy split, out has esetoccs removed, u retted, under that porttoo of each tier of beams or to otherwise structurally damaged. on which baWag, riveting, welding, or <) Adjusting devices shall not fee pilflUbi It tool usad if heavily rusted, bent, dented, re- (g> yioortfag oner cenutrecUem. (1) welded, or hevtng broken weldmmts or la the srectoim at a bullding haring ether defects. doufato wood floor ouststrocUon. the (10) AO nails used te secure bracing or wwa itvviM |tan fa* rnrnnlefnl as the adjustable Umber single part shares shall bnoMnf progresses, including the tier be driven home and the point of the nan below the one on which floor Joists are bent over if possible. being installed. | 1926.701 Ddlslliaai ipyttuUv W Ikla sebpart. (a) "Bun Ooaf--A tool used te mread out and mnooth the concrete. (b> "Warmwork" or "falsework*--The (2l For single wood Boor or other floor ing systems, the floor Immediately below the story where the floor joists are being Installed shall be kept planked or decked over. total system of support for freshly piacad concrete. Including the meld or sheath | 1926.751 Strwctmral steel seoemMy. ing which contacts the concrete as wen as all supporting member*, hardwaie, zieocntfT bridfif. (e) -Our'--A One that steadies a high piece or structure by pulling against an )o*d. <d> "Shore---A supporting member that restate a eomprsartee fore* imposed by a lead. <e> "Vertical slip forms"--Rarms which are Jacked vertically and eontonuoualy during pladng of Use concrete. (a) During the final placing of solid wet) structural members, the load shall ted he released from the botottng line untS the numbers are aseured with not last than two bolts, or the equivalent at each connection and drawn up wrench tight. (b> Open web steel Joists shall not be placed on any structural steel framewort ualeos such framework to safety feotted of wtldad. (e> In steel framing, where bar Joists art utilized, and columns are not frame 1 In at least two directions with structural twbpoft I--Steel Erection steel members, s bar Joist shall be fieldbolted at columns to provide lateral | I926.7SO Fleering reqwireatewls. stabQltr during construction. (a) Pernsaaeaf Moortnp-- skeleton steal (1) Where long span Joists or traces, coaetractioa fas tiered bafldiaga. U) The 40 feet or longer, an need, a center raw permanent floors shall ba tnstaTlait as of bolted bridging shall be installed to the erection of rtrurtarm) member* pro provide lateral stability during construe- gresses. and there shall be not mere than toon prior to (larking of hetstong Une. eight ftorlee between the erecttoc floor <U> Ho load than be placed on open and the uppermost permanent floor, exeept where the structural tntsgrto to maintained as a result of the design. (I) At no time shall then be more web steel Joists until them security re quirements an met. (d) Tag lines shall be umd for con trolling loads. than four Boon or 41 feet of unfinished bolting or welding above the foundation or.uppermost permanently secured floor. tb> Temporary/toonna--skeletcm itttl conttruction m tiered building!. <]) (jj The derrick or erection floor shall be solidly planked or decked over its en ure surface except lor access openings. Planking or decking of equivalent strength, shall be of proper thickness to carry the working load. Flanking shall be not less than 2 inches thick full sis un | 1926.752 Bolling, rivedag, filling-up, and plambiog-up. is) General requirement!. (1) Con tainers shall be provided tor storing at carrying rivets, bolls. and drift pins, and secured against accidental displacement when aloft. <2> Pneumatic hand tools shall be dis connected from the power source, and pressure in hoae Hoes shall be released, before any adjustments or repairs are dressed. and shall be laid tight and se <X> Air line boae sections shall be tied cured to prevent movement. together except when quick disconnect (II) On buildings or structures not coupler* are med to Join sections. adaptable to temporary floors, and where (4) Era protection shall be provided in scaffolds are not used, safety sets shall aeeordaima with Sufapart B of this part. bo Installed and maintained whenever (b> Botttat. (1) When bolts or drift the potattal fall distance exceeds two pins are brtag knocked out. means shall stories or 26 fort. The nets shall be hung ba provided to keep them from falling. with sufficient clearance to preraii con i3> impact wrenches shall be provided tacts with the surface of structures with a locking, device for retaining the below. socket. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 55 <e> Jtipetiay. (1) Riveting shall not be done Is tbo vicinity of combustible material unless precautions an takes to prevent On. (3) When rivet beads an knocked off, or backed out siea&i shall be provided to keep then from falling. (3) A safety win than be properly In stalled on the map and oo the handle of the pneumatic riveting hammer and hall be and at an Una. The Tin da than be not len than No. (Baa gauge), leaving the handle and annealed No. 14 00 the map. or equlvalmi. (d) Ptxmbtag-xp. (1) Connections of the equipment seed In phiablag-up shall be property aeeorod. (3) The turuhaeklci than be aeeund to prevmt unwinding while under (treat provtdt positive idenufleatlon of every employee underground. An accurate rec ord and location of the employees shall be kept on the surface. (b) tnurgmet proefsioat. (1) Evac- uatlon plans end procedures shall be developed and made known to the employees. i3) Emergency hoisting faculties shall be readily available at shafts more than M feet m depth, unless hoisting faculties an prodded that an Independent of electrical power failures. A boatswain's chair shall meet the nqulrementa of Subpirt L of UUi ptJt. (3) Burma of IClnct approved selfrescuers shall bt available near the ad vancing face to equip each face em ployee. Such equipment shall be on the <iu> When there bis been a failure of ventilation, and ventilation has been restored In e reasonable time, ah place* where flammable gis mar have accumu lated shall be examined by a competent person and determined to be free of flammable gas before power la restored and work resumed. 'tvi When the main fan or fans have bees shut down with ah employees out of the adit, tunnel or shaft, no employee, other than thorn qualified to examine the adit, tunnel, or shaft, or other au thorised employee, shah go underground until the fans have been started, the work areas for gas and other haxards. and declared safe. id The simply of fresh air shah not be leu than 300 eublc feet per minute for (3) PtciNng-up gun related equip haulage equipment and tn other areas each employee underground. The linear ment shall be placed ao that employed where employees might be tnpped by velocity of the air flow In the tunnel bore can get at the connection paints. smoke or gas, and shall be maintained shall not bt leu than 30 feet per minute <4> Plumbing-t*> guys shall be re In good condition. in thou timneie where blasting or reck moved only under the supervWeo of a (4) Telephone or other fUaal commu drilling is conducted or where there ere competent person. nication shah be provided between the other conditions that art likely to pro <e> Wood planktnt shall be of proper work fact and the tunnel portal, and duce dusts. fumes, vapors, or gases in thtrgrass to carry the working load, but such systems shall be Independent of the harmful quantities. shall be not less than 3 inches thick fuO tunnel power supply. 'vil If Id percent or higher concen toe undressed, exterior grads plywood, (e) Air Qsshty gag Vmttlcrioa--(1) tration of flammable gu Is detected In ad least 4t-toeh thick, or equtraleat Air qaJffy gag gaoattty. <i> Instruments air returning from an underground material. hah bt prodded to teat the atmosphere working place or places, the employees (S) ICK4] teuac at M&eyBt quantitatively for carboo monoxide, shall be withdrawn and the power cut strength shall be laid tight and secured nitrogen dioxide, flammable dr toxic off to the portion of the area endangered to prevent movement. gases, dusts, mists, and fumes that occur by such flammable gu until the con (g> Planks shaD overlap the bearing tn the tunnel or shaft Tests shall be con- centration of such gu Is reduced to 1 on each end by a minlimes ef 13 laches. dueled as frequently as necessary to as percent or less. (h> Wire mesh, exterior plywood, or sure that the required quality and quan tvil) Internal combustion engines equivalent, shell be used around columns tity of air la maintained, a record of all other than mobile diesel shall not be where planks do not at tightly. tests shah be maintained and be kept used underground. Mobile diesel-powered (1) Prortslooe shall bo made to secure temporary Boortng against displacement. (J> All uriTSMd openings to Boers, tsmporary or permanent, shall be rompletrty Idenkad over or guarded In aeeordancc with Bubpart M of this part. available. til) Ptald-type oxygen analysers, or other suitable devices, shall be used to test for oxygm M&eisncy. (hi) Rmplratars shah not be substi tuted for environmental control mea sures. However, where environmental (k) Btupluyun shall be prorlded controls have not yet been developed, or with safety belts in aecorfenes with when necessary by the nature of the 1 lta.104 when float scaffolds. they, are working on work Involved (far v--welding, sand Masting, lead burning), an em ployee may work for short pertoda of time m concentrations of airborne eoo- equipment used underground shall be certtfled by the Bureau of Mines. VB. Department of the Interior according to the Interior according to the Bureau of MPa publication "Mechanical Squip- ment for mines--tests for permissibility and suitability. Part 33. Mobile Diesel Power Equipment for Noe-Cool Mines. Schedule 34" of Merab 33. 1343. 'd> /Uamhution. 'll Sufficient light ing shall be provided, m accordance with the requirements of Table D-3 of Sub part D of this part, to permit salt opera- tamlnants which timed the limit of per Boos at the face as well u IS the gen Subpart S--Tunnels end Shafts, Culs- missible excurolans rofciiod to In sub- eral tunnel or shaft area and at the sans, Cofferdams, and Compressed dlrisloos (Id sod (D of this subpara Ut graph. If such rmplnyee wean a respira tory protective device approved by the employees' workplace. 'c> Fire presestioo sag ecnrfroi-- < 1) General. (U The requirements tor Are | I3J3JOO Tern ill mf shafts. Bureau of Warn as protection asninat prevention and protection eprrtfled In (a) General. (1) The spsriflr teqtdreaos of this Subpart S, Tunnels. Shafts. Caissons. Cofferdams, and Compressed Air. shall be compiled with as well as the applicable provisions of all ether sub- parts of this part. (3) Soft means of seems shall be pro vided and maintained to all working placet. the particular baxards tnvotved. uv) The exposure to airborne con taminants at an employee working tn e tunnel or shaft shah not exceed the threshold limit values adopted by the American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, as set forth and explained m the 1370 edition of "Threshold Limit Values of Airborne <3> When U66m uad lUlrm in provided m shafu and steep inclines, they shall meet the requirements of Sub parts L and M of this part. <v> Employees shah be withdrawn tram areas in which there ta s concmitraOoc of an airborne contaminant which exceeds the threshold Omit value hated (4) Access to unattended underground tot thit MDUBiDlSt ooenlngi shall be restricted by gates or tvt) Atmospheres In ah active areas Subpart P of this part shall be cnmplWri with tn all tunnel and shaft operations. ill) Signs warning against smoking and open flames shall be posted ao that they ran be rcsitlri seen ta areax or places where Are or explraiao hoards "ft, The carrying of matches, tighten, or otter flM&r-producAf wiotinf da* totals shall be prohibited In all under ground operations where Are or explo sion haxards exist. (iv) Rot more than x 1 day's supply of diesel fuel shall be stored under ground. 'v> or liquefied petroleum doors. Ooraed chutes, manways, or other shah contain at least M percept oxygen. gases shall not be takes, stored, or used openings shall be tightly covered, bulk- (3) Feathohoa. a' Tunnels shah be underground. beaded. or fenced off. and posted Con provided with induced pri (iff) OO. grease, or fuel stored under duits. trenches, and manhnbs shall mast mary ventUatlcn ta ah work areas The ground shah be kept ta tightly sealed the rsquucuienti of Subparts M end P dlrectfcm of airflow Mian bo reversible container* m nre-reslstant areas, at safe of this part (k) Vcnthadoo doers. sot operated distances tna explosives magaxtnee, (S> ffohstdenrs areas that present mechanically, shah be t--and In electrical l&staOatkxis, and shaft baxards shall be famed end pasted. stalled so that they art self-closing and igi feeb operation shall hev a win remain dosed regardless of the di 'vti) Air that has passed through - eheck-m and eheck-aat wstem that win rection of the air hitiiiii hi derground Ml or fuel-storage areas shall 56 CONSTRUCTION RfGUUTlONS not be used to ventilate working areas >>111) Approved Are-rtalstant hydrau lic fluids shall be used In hydraulically actuated underfround machinery and equipment. (ixi Fires ahall not be built undertround. '*> Noncombustible barriers shall be Installed beta* weldlnf or burning op erations in or over a shaft or raise. <xl> Fire extinguishers or equivalent protection ahaO be provided at the bead and tall pullwjs or underfround belt con veyors and A 300-foot Intervals slot's the belt Use. ixll) At tunnel operations, smplorlnf Id or more employees at one under- round at least too rescue errws (10 employees divided between shifts! ihn be trained annually In rescue procedures, in the use. care, and limitations of oxy- ten bresthine apparatus, and the use and maintenance of firefighting equip ment. Not less than one crew is em ployees) shall be trained at smaller operations. <f< Personal protective equipment. Prolactin clothing or equipment ahall be oorn as specified in Subparts O and E of this part. <g> Noise. <1> Permissible noise ex posures shall conform to those specified in 8ubpart O of (his pan. (h) Orouad support--(1) ruaaef por tal area. Portals ahaO be protected and supported where loose sad or met or fractured materiel Is encountered <3 > ruaaef arm. (1) The empKffer shall vm(n and teat the roof, face, and walla of Um work area at the start of each shift and frequently thereafter. (U) Looae ground shall be taken down or supported Oround ccedmons along haulage ways and trarehrays shall ba examined periodically and scaled cr supported as Decenary (HI) Torque meter* and torque wrenches ahall be available at tunnels where rock bolts are used far ground support. Frequent tens shell be mads to determine If bolts meet the required toequa. The test frequency shell be de termined br rock eondiuoa end distance (top TlbnttaB loorw. (hr) Damaged or dislodged tunnel sup ports. whether glad sets or timber. AaB be repaired or replaced. New supports thah be Installed whenever pcaa&ie be fore removing tire damaged supper*. (v) All km, mrlmffng horeeaboa- ahaped or arched rib gteel sets, shall be designed and ( so that tha bet- toms will have required anchorage to prevent pressures from pushing them Inward Into the excavation. Lateral brac ing ahall be provided between sets to further stabilise the support. (3) Sha/tt (I) Smell diameter shafts, which employees are required to enter, ahall be provided with a steal easing, concrete pipe, timber, or other materiel of required strength to support the sur rounding earth. (til The casing and bracing shall be provided the full depth of the shaft, or at least 5 feet into solid reek If pomible. and shall extmd at least 1 foot shore gretmd Irvel. OS) All wells or shafts over I last In dspth shall be retained with lagging. gAltnf. or eaAAf. itr) In shells, tha employer ahaO In- mect the evils, ladder*, ambers. block ing. and wadgaa of the last act to deter mine u they hare loosened following blasting operations. Where found un safe. corrections shall be made before ahift operations art started. (v) Safety belts shall ba wore on akips and platforms uaed m ahafta by crew* when the dip or cage does not occlude the opening to within 1 foot of the gtdae of the theft, unless guardrails or oases art provided. (I) DrUUng. (1) Equipment that it to be used during e ahift then be Inspected each shift by a competent person. Equip ment defects affecting safety an be corrected before tbs equipment la used. (3) The drilling am ahall be inapectsd for heaards before starting the drilling operation. <11 Bnpkryes shell not be allowed on a driS meat while tha drill bn la in opertttoo. (4) When a drill Is being moved from one drilling am to another, drill steel, took, and other equipment shell be se cured. and the meet placed in e safe position. (t) Receptacles or neks shall be pro vided tor drill steal stored on Jumbos. <) Before drilling cycle k started, warning shall be given to men working below Itunbo decks. (7) Drllh on columns shall be an chored firmly before drilling k started and shall be retlghtened frequently thereafter. () The employer shall prorids me chanical meant for lifting drills, roof bolts, mine streps, and other unwieldy heavy material to the top decks of Jimboa over 10 fast hi height. (> The employer ahall provide stair access to Jumbo decks widt enough to accomodate two persons If the deck k over it fart m height. (It) On Jumbo docks over 10 feet in height, (uardreik which are removable (pipe in sockets with chain handrail), or equal, than be provided on all tide* and tack pteUonu. (11) Sealing bars shall be in good oondlthm at all times, and blunted and severely worn ban shall not be mad. (13) What jumbos an being moved, rider* arm not be allowed on the Jumbo nrihai they are Minting the driver. (131 Before commencing tha drill erda, the face and Bftera shall be ex amined for misfires (residual sxptosliss) and. If fooDd. they shell ba removed before drilling commences at tbs face. Lifter* shall not be drilled through blasted rock (muck) or water. (14) Air lines that are buried In the invert shall be identified by signs potted nearby, warning all personnel. (J) Blostiag. All blMting end explotives-bandllng operations shall be eonducted In compliance with Subpart U of thk part. (k) Boulsoe. U) Equipment that k to be taed during t shift shall ba in spected by e competent person each shift. Equipment defects aflecUng safety shall be corrected before the equipment k (3) Powered mobile equipment shall be provided with adequate brakes. (3) Posersd mobile haulage equip ment shall be provided with aodibk warning drvieee. Lights than be proTided ft* botto CBta. (4) Cab windows shall br of safety glass, or equivalent, la good candiuon. sad shall be kept dean. (S) Adequate backstops or brakes shall be Installed on Inclined conveyor drive units to prevent conveyor* from running la reverse end creating a hazard to employees. ) No employee shell be permitted to rtde a power-driven chain, belt, or bucket conveyor, unless the conveyor is spedfloeBy assigned lor the transporta tion of smptose*. (7) The employer shell not permit amplest* to Me In dippers, shovel bucks*, foeks. clamshells, or in the beds at dump tracks, or en haulage equipment net mcrtiVnny designed or adapted for the transportaUoc t employe*. (3) Fkrtrirelly powered mobile equip ment than not be left unattended unless the master switch k In the off pcslUon. an operating controls are In the neutral petition, sad the brakes era set. or other equivalent precautions art taken egatnst reding. (() Whet, dumping care by hand, the ear dumps than be provided with tie down chains or bumper blocks to prevent can from orerturalng. (10) Rocker-bottom or bottom-dump can shall ba equipped with pasture lockInf devta. (11) Equipment which Is to be hauled shall bo w loaded and protected as to prevent suhm ee spillage. (13) Parked railcar* shall be Mocked securely. (13) Berms, bumper Mocks, saltty hooks, or *<!! means shall be pro vided to prevast ewertrerel and ovatonttnf ft tfu&ptsf tetttott. (14) Where necessary, bumper blocks, or the equivalent, shell be provided at an track deed cods. (13) Supplies, materlak. end took, other than small handtook. shall not be transported with employe* in maotrip care. (1) Electrical egsipsieat. (1) Electrtmi dnMflt ihiQ conform to th requirements of Subpari K of this part. (3) Powerttn* shall be wen separated at Insulated from waterUnea, telephone lilMB* ***** stfHnsf (3) Otl-filled transformer* then not be u*d underground note* they ere located in e fire-resistant enclosure and surrounded by a dike to contain tha con tents at the transformer* m event of s rupture. (m> Hoisting. (1) Rotating machines, either powered or hand operated, shall be worm-geared or powered both ways. The design must be such that when the power k stopped, the load cannot move. (3) Controls tor powered hoists' Shan be of the rtrartnun type with a nonlock ing switch or control. (3) A drvlee to shut off the power shall M installed aheed of the operating control. (4> Band-operated release mecha nisms. which can permit the load - to demand faster than the speed rating, not bt vta. (3) Hat* machtnee with cast metal par* ihaB uoa ba oaed. (g) Every ho*t shall be tested with twice the *"" load belore bclnc put into operation, and annually there after. (7)- AD anchorages of hoists shall be CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 57 tateetad el te beginnlnq of each shift. structed to te rules and regulations *Qfk3&t chamber; <2> An avlmed ocvwed metal eage whleh ooDoorn his safety or te mfoty of Uv) Be properly heeled. Uehted and shall be mod to raise and lower paeans others. ventilated; In te (haft. Tbs ow< shall bo dmlfnad <b> lfedical attendance, examination, (v) Be maintained in s sanitary con with a safsty factor of t tad shall bo and ropukkoas. (1) non than bo n- dition; topd-toctod prior to urn. Tbe cnertor ot tatood one or men Womead phyrtclans <rt> Bare a ncnshetterable port te ear* tea bo trot at prajoettsat or familiar ortth aad txparkneed to te threngh vhlch the cocupantd) may be aharp oornaa. Paly alnood shackles tea physical lequu eiuents aad te medical kept under constant observation: %ryBsssilfi,*2&DP* mi. aspect* of nomprraad air work aad te <rtl) Be designed for a vorklaq pra tnatment of decompression Ulaem. Bo nks of T PALS. door, a pekttro locking dorter shall bo shall bo ovaltoblo at all dam while vork (vtU) Be eqidppod with internal con tnrtaTWd to prevent te door fm open ing aertilmUlTy while te earo to betoq lowered or relied vbSo hoisting or Iowa- Inc dpiay I I9XJ01 Cilw--r in) Wimrerw, is eakson woe* to which nnmprorad air k ted. and te vorkte chanter to te tea 11 te Pa k to program to order to provide medleal wperrkkB of omployem employed to nconprmmd ok work. Be shall be phyefeeBy coalite sad be offlkm to ater a m meni Imd aovtronmact. (2) No ompiayeo shall bo pormlttod to tear t oompnomd air eartmomant tell bo boo boon oaaalte by te phyafctas aad loporiod bp him to bo phyraafiy trols which may bs ovsrrtdden by titerQ|| (mM|; (Bias prortdsd vlth air pressure (mages to tbov te air preaurs vtthin saoh osmparttoSBt to obscrvait Inside aadontkte the radkal lock. <x> B eqtowed vlth a manual type tpttoktar okra that can be activated Inkds te lock or by te outside lock knrth. and vhra snob damn an u any tea ewmaoded or tan* srtdk work km pragma ao that te bottom of te meavaban k run tea I toot bctov te dock of te rate chamber, a ahWd shall bo oroetad therein for te pretotaen pt um npii^Mi <b) Khafta than bo subjected to a hydrostatic or air promuro toot, at vbfeb procoon ter than bo tight. The abaft coalite to engage te soch week. (2) Id te event an onployoo k ab sent from vork ter M due, or k abate doe to ilrimo or Injury, be.shall aot re sume vork tell b* k reexamined by te phykeiaa. aad bis phyrteal oaadltma nported. as provided to this para*rapb, to besaoh as to permit him to verb to eem- "TFMSi an employee has bacn am- tin) Be provided with oxygen uaet and fitting* kadlnt Into external tanks. The fines tbaD bs fitted vlth check valves to prevent reverse flow. Tbe oxygen sys tem made te rh-mhee sbaO be Of a eloaed circuit design aad be so dadgsed as to satomatiralty shut off te oxystn supply vbeasvsr te firs xystea k "*Sf)"4s In constant charge of aa at te pr--an to which ter boor boas enfitertwl (0) Wbmmr a ohaft k oaod. k ohall bo provided. where opaeo pamlta. vlth a sals, proper, and ratable ifotrrom for tta Btn lendih, including landtag Platforma. aot mer* tea Pt te apart. Whore thk U Impracticable. suitable lad- ployed eonUaoeskty to rrerprtmwl ok tor a period rtortmotm by te physician, but not to rrcioorl l year, ho than bo reBtiBiiMrf fe* i)m ahnldftB lo dctSBlM If be Is stiff physically qualified to enpage to nomprosiod air vork. (I) Such physician shall at aO times katp a eomptoto aad full record <d ex aminations made by him. Hie physician shall also kom an accurate record of any tendant under te direct control at tbe retained phydrtan The attendant shall be hained in the us* of the loek aad suit ably instructed regarding steps to be taken ta te tnatment of employee ex- hiUttag symptoms compatible vlth a diegnnets of rtercsTiprrvrtrqi tnpcoi: fkffli Be adfaocnt to an adimuate emergens medleal faellity; <xtv) The medleal facility snail be dort than bo taotaftad with landing plat- iksi'smirmtnci Uteeaa or other lllnem or equipped vlth demand-type exygea In forma lnratod about 22 foot apart to injury tncspadtattng any employee for halation equipment approved by te UB. break te cteb. <d) AH roloonno, harts* a diameter or vork. and of an tent of Uft that occurs to the operation of a tunnel, r leant, or Bureau of bftoei: (xv) Be eapebk of being maintained otdo create tea 10 te shall be peo- other eompertmeat to vhlch oomprened at a temper atars. ta ae. not to excxM rtdod with o maa loek aad abaft for te exclusive tor of employees to) In addition to te *aan to te tecta, an accurate (ma*o than bo mato- tataod a te ante and tone kde of each hnTVheel Thao* (onaoo teO bo offriMfWo at an Una aad kept to ae- ourato wafting oda. (ft la -- operaBona trboro ob- ptoyeos an 11 ri --1 to acapterad ok working environments. te icqulrmtcis contained to 11912.202 shall bo ranplkrt with. | 1920Ad Codrid-- ioi li ovenoppug of te cofferdam by high *eten to pnesfhlo. means than be protldod for controlled flooding at te wort ana. (b) Wanln* ter evacuation of employees In earn of emergency mall *^5 Records shall be available lor te inepeetloo of te tertiary x bk npreaeatatlva. and a oopy thereof shall be farvarded to te Bums of labor Standards vlthto 42 boon loUovrtnc te oeeurieaec of te accident, death. Injury, or < ****'" lllneoa It than state as fuQy as possible te cause of said place when te Injured or sick employee vae taken, and soch otber relative In formation as may bo required by te ternary O) A tuOy equipped first aid etattcei teO be provided at each tunnel project tspardlesa of the number of perseu em ployed. An ambulance or trsnzportatlsB suitable for a fitter ease shall be at each pro(j4e)ctW. here tunnrls are Peine exca- 90` r. nor be lorn than 14* T, \ and (art) Be provided vlth sources of air. fra of oil and carbon monoxide, for normal and emcriency use, which are capable of rslstng te air premurt in the lock from 0 to 12 p-sik. to I minutes. ill) Ideitlflcaaon oadgn mill be furnished to aO employees, todiestins that te vearer k a compressed sir worker. A permanent record shall be kept of all Identification badqec touted. The badge shall give te employee's name, addrat of the medleal loek. the telephone number of te hocused phykrtan far the compressed air project, and instnietlen* that to ease of emer gency of unknown or doubtful cause or Ulnea. tbe wearer ebaJD be rushed to the medical lock. The badge shall be worn at aQ times--off tbe Job. as veil as co the be developed aad pooted. vsled from portals more than S road ie> Telephone and tlanal cammanica- (e) Cofferdam welkwaye. bridge*. or miles apart, a first aid station and trans hoa. (1) Effective and reliable means of rempt vlth at leaet tee mean* of rapid portation facilities shall be provided at communication, such as bells, whistles, or exit mail be provided ortth (uardrella oo each portaL telephones, shall be maintained at ail specified Is Subpart ki of thle part. (9) A medical lock than Be established timet between an the foQowlnx locations: <d) Cofferdams iocs ted elooe to Dart' and maintained to Immediate vorkmg <i> The working chamber face: gable shipping rhannets (ban bo pro order vbeaever air pressure in the vork- tiii Tbe working chamber side of the tected from veoaels to transit, vbere lug chamber ta Increased sbove the nor- mas lock near te door; poophie ms) itnOBbCR. ini) Tbe Interior of the man lock; | inUOl Ceapratf air. 1101 The medical lock shall: (ivi Loex attendant's station; (a) Oeaeral proeteioai. <1) Inert shall be praent. at all times, at least oat competent penoo rteoltriaied by aad repiiiuiiii tno employer. who shall be f.--niar etih tills subpatt In sO respects, sad raptn.t*ble for full compliance eltb (1) Have at least I text of clear head room at the center, and be subdivided into not Ims than tvo compartment*. Ui> Be inilflT arcxsnblf to employees vorkmg under compress* S sir; <ttl> Be kept ready for immediate um (v) Tbe eompretoor plant, tvi) Tbe first-aid station: ivlii Tbe emergency loek 'll one is re quired) : and .^ <vuu Tbe speeial deoompreulcm ehsmbee < one k required). id) ffiyas end record*. (D Tbe tone thorn and oiaer applicable rubpant for at least f boors subsoquent to te et ikrnmpniiilnr Shall be posted in each (1) Crer employee shall bo in emergence et any employee from the nun lock as follows: 58 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Tm or DoeoMPitanoo fa Tn Loco --------- pound* Id---------pound* In............. ousuta* ........... pound* to............. pound* In............. nlautaa. (Stood bp).............................................. (Supaintandont) This font (bofl b* post** tn to* Man Loot M all UB**. (3) Any ood* of signals and shah be conspicuously potted near workplace en> trnneee and such other looeueni a* map be norms it to brine thorn to the atten tion of all employees concerned. (3) For each g-bour thin, a record of employee* employed under air preseore shall be kept by an employe* who stall remain outside the lock near the en trance. This record shall show the period each employee spend* In the air cham ber and the time taken (ram ston. A copy shall be submitted to the appointed physician alter each shift. (c) Comprcarton, (l) Every employee sotnc under air pressure tor the first time ihall be instructed on how to aretd exemdre discomfort. (2) Dutiim the cempreaeloo of em ployeea. the preesur* than not bo to- ineirt to mart then t pnAg. within the first minute. The preesur* man be held at 2 paid, and again at 2 pxAg. suffi ciently loos to determine if any employ ee* art experiencing dleoonfon. <2) After the first misiite the pres ent* thall b* raised uniformly and at a rat* not to stood 10 pad. per minute. (4) If any employee ~--pi of dfccomfort, the preesur* shall be held to determine If the symptoms art reherud. If. after I minute* the discomfort does not disappear, the look attendant shall gradually reduce the preesur* until the employee desalt lhal the discomfort has ceased If he does not Indicate that the discomfort has disappeared, the lock at tendant shall reduce the psastus to atmospheric and the amptep** stall be released from the leak. (SI No employe* shah be subjected to psessuie exceeding SO pomfi per square inch except m emergency. (f) Decompression. (1) Dtirrnprsalnri to normal eoodltlan shall bs In accord ance with the Decesapraarioa Table* to Appendix A of this soOpart. (2) In the tmlIt M neoasaary for an employe* to be to 1' * air more than one* to a 24-beur period, the ap pointed physician shall be mpnnslhle for the establishment of method and pro cedures of decompression sppBcahl* to repetitive exposure*. (3) If decanting Is necessary, the ap pointed physician shah rstahltth pro cedure* before any employee 1* permitted to be decompressed by iwnnT meth ods. The paled of tone that the em ployees spend at atmospheric premure between the flwnmpreertoti foQowtng the shift sod recompressian shall not exceed 8 minatoe. (g) Sfca lock* sad mortal doeompresrto* cAsmben--(1) Jfoa locks. Cl) XX- eept tn aargeaey. no smpioydes em ployed to ecmpreemd air shah be per mitted to peat (mm the custom to atmospheric preesur* unto after de compression. In aeeordanet with the pro cedures in this subpart. (II) The lock attendant In chars* of a man lock shah bo under o* direct su pervision of the appointed physician. Be shall be itattooed at the lock controls on the free air side during the period of eompmston end decompression and shall remain at the lock centre! itelirm whenever there are men In the working chamber or to the man lock. (III) Except where air pressure tn the working chamber Is below 12 paig each man lock shall be equipped with automatic control* which, through taped programs, cams, or similar apparatus, than automatically regulate deecsapreedone. It shall ate be equipped with man ual control* to permit the lock attendant to override the automatic mechahlam to the event of an emergency. * provided In subdivision (vtti) of this subparagraph. (It) A manual control,, which can bo used In the event of an emergency, ihall be placed inside the man lock. (s) A dock, thermometer, end con tinuous reoordtog pressure tinge with a 4-hour graph shall be Installed outride of each man lock and shah bo changed prior to each shift's iVrontrrrrtlon The chart shah be of sufficient rim to reg ister a legible record of variations to pres sure within the man lock and than ho Whit to the lock attendant A copy of each graph shall be submitted to the ap pointed phyxidan after each shift, in addition, a prtaiurs gauge, dock, and ifaftll lin be t&ftAAtd Ju each man lock. AddKloeal Strings stafi be provided so that test gauges may be sltscbrd whenever necessary (vl> Except where air premia* 1* be low 12 paig. and there it no danger of rapid flooding, all caissons having a working area greater than ISC square feet end each bulkhrad In tunnrt* sS 14 feet or mar* to diameter, or equivalent area, shall has* at least two locks to perfect wusfclng condition, out of which shall be mod exclusively as s man lock, the other, a* e materials lock. (vll) Where only t wanhlnitltn manand-meterlals lock It required, this tingie lock shall be of sufficient eapaetty to bold the emplwoet constituting tun suedartre shifts. (rill) Emergency locks shall be targe enough to bold an entire heeding drift and a tanlt maintained of 12 paXg. There shall be a chamber erasable for pxygea decompression therapy to 2S P-*I*. (lx) The man lock s-iaS be targe enough so that those using it arc not compelled to be to s cramped position, and shall not have less than 8 feet desti head room at the center end a minimum of 30 cubic feet of air soace per occupant. (x) Locks on *l--v shall be to lo cated that the bottom door than be not lea than J feet above the water level sur rounding th* rslnm on the outside. (The water level, where it Is affected by Udm, U construed to mean high tide.) (si) In addition to the pleasure gauge In the locks, an accurate premia* gauge shan be maintained on the outer and inner side of mch bulkhesriL Ttaa gauges than be accessible at an Lima and shall be kept in accurate working order. (all) Man locks shall have an observa tion port at least 4 Inches to diameter located to such a position that an oc cupant* of the man lock may be ob served from th* working chamber and from th* free air tide of the lock. (xill) Adequate ventilation in the lock shall be provided. (xlv) Man locks ihall be maintained at a iwtutmiim temperature of 70' T. (kv> When tacks are not in use and employees are to the working chamber, lock doors shall bt kept open to the working rttensbor whore practicable. (xvl) Prorirtan than be made to allow tor metis parties to enter th* tunnel tf the working force U disabled (krill A ipeelal decompression cham ber of sufficient rtxe to accommodate the entire force of employees being de- eomprvmed at the end of s shift shaU be provided whenever the regularly es tablished working period tequires a total time of deoampramlon exceeding 78 minutes (2) 3pedal decompression chamber. <1> Th* hasdroom In the special decom pression chamber shan be not lea then a minimum T feet and the cubical con tent shall provide at lea*! SO cubic fret of airspace for each employe*. For each occupant, there shan be provided 4 square fret of free walking area and 8 square feet of sretlni space, exclusive of ana re quired for lavatory and toilet facilities. The rated capacity than be based on the stated "i"1""" space per employe* and than be posted at the chamber entrance. Th* posted capacity shall not bt acced ed. except In case of emergency 081 Each special decompression chamber shall be equipped'with the fol lowing: (*> A dock or docks suitably placed so that the attendant and the chamber occupant* can readily ascertain the time; (b) Preaure gauge* which wffl In dicate to the attendants and to the eKamhov occupants the priaure to the chamber; (c) VaJvea to enable the attendant to control the supply and discharge of compressed air Into end from the chamber; (d) Velvet and pipes tn connection with the air supply and exhaust, ar ranged so that the chamber pressure can be controlled from within and with out; (e) Effective means of oral Intercom munication between the attendant, oc cupants of the chamber, and the air eomprmaor plant; and (/) An otecrraUon port at the en trance to permit observation of the chamber occupants. (Ill) Bating facilities In special de compression chamber* shall be so ar range! as to permit a normal sitting potor* without cramping. Bating T-- not lea than II tneha* by 24 tv'*h-- wide, be provided per occupant. (tv) Adequate toilet and washing fa- dlltrie, in a screened or mrlnswl recess. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 59 thill be provided. Toilet bowls thill hive a bm:t-Ln protector on the rim ao that an air space la created when the teat lid is cloud. iv> Freeh and pur* drinkInf water hall be available. Thie mar be accom plished by cither piping water Into the special tecompreuicn chamber and providint drinking fountain*, or by pro viding Individual canteen*, or by some other unitary mean*. Community drinktn veaaels are prohibited. < vl) No refuse or discarded material of any kind shall be permitted to accu mulate. and the chamber shall be kept dean. (vll) Unleaa the special decompression chamber is serving a* the man lock to atmospheric pressure, the spedal decom pression chamber shall be situated, where practicable, adjacent to the man lock on the atmospheric pressure side of the bulkhead. A psutimy shah be pro vided. connecting the special chamber with the man lock, to permit employees in the process of decompression to move from the man lock to the special chamber without a reduction In the ambient pres sure from that designated for the next stswx of decompression. The pastasmy shah be ao arran*ed as to not interfere with the normal operation of the man lock, nor with the release of the oc cupants at the special chamber to atmospheric pressure upon the comple tion of the decompression procedure. (h> Co*pressor piaat and air repply. <1) At ah tlmaa there shall be a thor oughly experienced, competent, and reliable pence on duty at the air control valves as a sauce tender who shall resu ltte the pressure In the working areas. Durtn* tunneltnc operations, one sauce may reerulate the Pleasure In not more than two headincs: Provided, That the cause and controls are ah In one location. In caisson work, there shah be a cause tender for each caisson. ill The low air compressor plant shall be of mBdent capacity to not only permit the work to be done safely, but shall also provide a marcln to matt emergencies and repairs. (3) Low air compressor units shah have at least two Indepodent and oparate sources of power supply and aaeh shall be capable of operatins the entire low air plant and Its accessory systems. (4) The capacity, arrangement. and number of compressors shall be sufficient to maintain the necessary pressure with out overloadinc the euulpment and to assure maintenance of such pressure in the workinc chamber durinc periods of breakdown, repair, or emercency. (5) Switr- ;n from one Independent source of power supply to the other shall be done peradically to ensure the workanility of tbe apparatus In an emercency. to Duplicate low-pressure air lead lines and reculattnc valves shah be pro vided between the source of air supply and a poiri beyond the locks with one at the lines enmdinc to #ithin 100 leet of the worteng face. (7) Ah kick- and low-pressure air supply lines shall be napped with check valve*. (I) low-pressure air ahah be terulated automatically. In addition, man ually operated valves shall be provided for emerieney condition*. <l) The air Intakes for all air com pressors shall be located at a place where fumes, exhaust cases, and other air con taminants will be at a minimum. (10) Oaucea indiestine the pressure In the workinc chamber shall be Installed in the compressor building, the lock at tendant's station, and at the employer's field office. (i) Ventilation and air quality. (1) Exhaust valves and exhaust pipes shall be provided and operated ao that the w-orkiac chamber shall be well ventilated, and there shah be no pockets of dead air. Outlets may be required at tntenaediato point* alone the main low-pressure air supply line to the heading to ettmlnat* such pockets of dead air. TenOlatine air shall be not leas than >0 cubic feet per minute. (3) The air in the workplace shall be analysed by the employer not lesa than once each shift, and records of such tests shall be kept oo file at the place where the work is in procresa. The test results shall bt within the threshold limit velum specified tn Subpen D of this part, ter hazardous cases, aad within 10 percent of the lower explosive Bait of flammibi* cases. If these limits are not met. In. mediate actios to correct tbe sttuaKen shall be taken by the employer. (J> The temperature of an- workinc chambers which are subjected to air pressure shall, by means of after-cooler* or other suitable devices, be maintained at a temperature not to exceed OS' T, (4) Forced ventilation shall be pro vided during decompression. During the entire decompression period, forced ven tilation through or mechanical air purifying deuce* that will ensure a aource of fresh air ahall be provided. (3) Whenever beat-producing ma chine* (moles, ahlaldi) are used in com pressed air tunnel operations, a positive meant of maoring the beat build-up at the headinc shall be provided. (J) Mlectrleitp. (1) AO lighting in compressed-air chambers shall be by electricity exclusively, and two inde pendent eteetrte-Uchtlnc systems with independent sources of supply shall be used. Tbe emergency source shall bs arranged to become automatically op erative In the event of failure of the regularly used source. <3> The minimum lntenpty of light on any walkway, ladder, stairway, or working level shall be not lea thin 10 foot-candles, and In all workplaces the lighting shall at all Hoe be such as to enable employees to eee dearly. 13) AO electrical equipment, tad wir ing for light and power circuit*, shall comply with requirement* of the Na tional Beetrieal Coda. ANSI C1-1R71 (Sew. of last) for urn in damp, hazard ous, high temperature, and compreseed air environments. (4) External parti of lighting fixture* and an otlor electrical equipment, when within I fact of the floor, shall be con structed of Boneambusdbte. nonahmrpOve. tnsnlatmg materials, except that metal may be used U it U efiectlvely grounded. (S> Portable lamps shall be equipped with noocombustible, nonabsorptive. in sulating socket*, approved handles bas ket guards, and approved cords. (4) The us* at worn or defective portable and pendant conductor* Is prohibited. (k) Sanitation. (1) S*nlt*r7. heated, lighted, and ventilated dressing rooms and drying rooms shall be provided for an employees engaged in compressed air work. 8oeh rooms shall suitable benches and locktn. Bathing accommo dations (ihowan si the ratio of one to 10 employes* par shift), equipped with running hot and add water, and suitable and adequate toilet aceomaodationa. shall be provided. One toilet for each IS employee*, or fractional part thereof, shall be provided. (3) When the toilet bow) l* shut by a cover, there should be tn air space so that the bowl or bucket does not implode when pressure is Increased. (3) An parts of caissons and otbe working compartments than be kept tn a sanitary eoodJttan. (l) Firs prevention and protection. (1) Firefighting equipment than bo tllablr at all Una and shall be main lined In working condition. (3) While welding or flame-cutting is being date in compressed sir, a Are- watch with a fire ham a approved exUnruiahrr ahall stand by until such op eration is completed. (3) Shafts and caHsoi* containing flammable material of any kind, either above or below ground, shall be provided with a waterline and a fir* boa con nected thereto, ao arranged that afl points of the shaft or calswin are within reach at the hoae stream. (4) Tin boa shah be at least Itt tncha in nominal diameter: tbe water pressure shall at *D times be adeque** fa efficient operation of the type of aosil* used; aad the water sappily shall be such as to ensure an uninterrupted flow. Fire boa. when not In ua. shall be lo cated or guarded to prevent Injury thereto. (5) The power bourn, compressor hoae, and all buildings bousing venti lating equipment, shall be provided with at least oo* boae connection In the water line. with a fire boa connected thereto. A fire hose shin be maintained within reach of structures of wood over or near shafta. (4) Tunnels h*n be provided-with a 3-inch minimum diameter waterline ex tending into the working chamber and to within 100 feet at the workinc face. Such line shall have hoae outlets with 100 feet of Are hoae attached aad maintained as follow*: one at the waking face; one labde at the bulkhead of the workinc chamber: and one immedi ately eutddf such bulkhead. In addition, boa outlets shall be provided at 300-foot totarrala throughout tbe length of the tunnel and 100 feet of fire bow ahall be attached to the outlet nearest to any to- eaUcn where material 1* be ing kept a stared a where any flame is bang used. to CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (1) ia to Art boM protection rwquircfi br thi* (ubpark oo gvgry floor of every banding Dot under ecmpraMod olr. but uaed Id connection with Um eom- premod Dir wort, then than b( prcwdod Dt least oo* approved Art cxtlngulihcr of Um proper typo tor tho hoaard Involved. At least two approved Art exUnguiihera shall bo provided Id Um working chamber dd follows: Ono Dt Um working t>oc and ooo immediately Indde tho bulkhead (prarurr tide). HxUngnlihori Id Um working chamber ehaO use wgter u the be construetad of noneombustlble mate rial. Standard roflingi shall be securely Installed throughout the length of an walkways oa open sides ta accordance with Subpan M of this part. Where walk ways are ramped under safety screens, the walkway surface shall be ekidproofed by cleats or by equivalent means. (1) Bulkheads used to >"* < com pressed air shall be tested, where prac ticable. to prove their ability to racist Um highest air pressure which may be ex pected to be need. paJA. (1 atmosphere), er 0 padg. (b) "Osuge pressure" (palg.l--Pres sure measured by e gauge and Indicat ing the pressure exceeding atmospheric. (o) "Safety screen"--An sir- and water-tight diaphragm placed ames the upper pert of s compressed air tun as! between the face end bulkhead, in order to prevent flooding the crown of the tunnel between the safety screen and the bulkhead, thus providing a ale means ef refuge end exit from a flooding or flooded tunnel primary crUngulahlng agent end ehnll not um dnr exttaguUhtng egtnt which 11930.804- Definitions applicable to tkls sabout. (pi "Special decompression cham ber"--A chamber to provide greater could be harmful to the employees In the ewhni chDaber. The Are extinguisher eholl be protected from damage. (g) Highly eocobuctlhle materials ahaA (a) "Bulkhead"--An airtight struc ture separating the worlung from free air or from another chamber comfort for employees when the total decompression time exceeds 7 minutes. (g) 'Husking chamber"--The space or comportment under air pressure tn not be oeed or ttored to the worklnc chejnber. Wood, poper. end elmller com* buetlbU material ihDll not be need in the working dumber In ouentltlee whleh could CDaee e Are herorfl. The eempreseor bunitiny ihall be ecutrusted of non- comNnUhle meterljd. (> Men locki than be equipped with a manual type Are esttnguliber lyetem that can be activated tndde the man laek and alao bp the outside lock eUcortent Is eddlttnc. a Are boee and portable Are amngutaher UuT be provided bulde and outride the mas lock. The portable Are ertngulaher than be the dr? chemical WPe. (10) XqripoMBt, whim. and farm* tore In men take end medal deccapres* elan chamber! ahaD be eanetrncted of DeocambusUtale outerlala Bedding, etc.. ahaS be cbemleally treated to ae to be Art redatanL (11) Head franMe than be constructed of structural steel or open tramo-werk Arete oofed timber. Head honees and other temporary eurface buildings or gtnxtares within 100 feet of the shaft, caisson, or m>Mi *haU be built of fire-resistant materials. (13) Ho otL gasoline. or other eosnbus- tftte material than be stored withm 100 feet of any shaft, ealaon, or tunnel opentoK. ******* tfaftt ofif bu be stared to eatable tanks tn Isolated fireproof bulld- tngx. provided each buildings art not leas than f0 feet from any thafk cslsson, or tanivH opening, or any building directly connected thereto. (13) Positive mesne than be taken to prevent leaking flammshle liquids from Sowing Into the areas sperlfirally menuoned In the preceding paragraph. (14) An explosives used tn connection with compressed air work shall be se lected. stored, transported, and used as specified In Subpart D of this part under a lesser pressure than the waking pressure. (b> "Caisson"--A wood, steel, concrete or reinforced concrete, air- and water tight chamber in whleh It Is pcatlble for men to work under air pressure greater than atmoepbene premure to excavate material below water level. (c) "Pecanting"--A method used for daeompramne under emergency circum stances. in this procedure, the employee! are brought to atmospheric pressure with a vary high gas tension In the tissue* and then immediately recomprteied In a am end and separate rhamhw* or lock. (d> "Xmergsney locks"--A lock de signed to hold and permit Um quick passage of an entire shift of employees. (!) "High air"--Air pressure used to supply power to pneumatic tools and toito. (f) "tow air"--Air supplied to pres surise working chamhen and locks. <g> "Man lock"--A chamber through which men pass from ana air pressure environment Into another. (h> "Materials leek"--A chamber through which materials and equipment page from one air pressure environment Into another. (I) "Medical lock"--A special cham ber tn whleh employees are treated tor decompression illnesa. It may also be used in preemployment physical rrsmlnatlnns to determine the adaptability of the pro tective employee to changes tn pressure. (J) normal condition"--One during whleh exposure to compressed air Is limited to a single eanttnooue working period followed by a single decompres sion In any given 34-boor period: the total time of expearo to compressed air during the single continuous working period Is not Interrupted by exposure to normal atmospheric pressure, end a sec ond exposure to compressed sir does not occur until at least II consecutive hours which the wort Is being done. imsm 4 SCOMLWZUIOM TUSJS 1. Cspleaetios. Tbs tacompnaeloa tabiss era eeenputstf for working chamber pressures from is 11 peases, sae (ram 14 to so pouaea per square inch page melons* by t-poane Imrsnunts sag ter tapeewe umss fee sacs pranura sxuaglag (ram rmir naif to ovw S boon laeluaiva. Tlir mtipnwnm will bs nrwducml by two er sen nags* with a eiasnenie at taut ruga*. th* latter far a woroag rhambar pnssun at SO pounds par aqosra taeb (sag* er ever. Bugs t eoastste at a ragucUoe la aaMsat praseure rsagtag (ram 10 to maximum at IS pounds par square Inch, but m as mattaee win th* pressure be radueaU below pouads at tbs sad et stage 1. This reduction B pa assure a saaga I will alwmra tak* place at a rats aot greater than I pound* per onus Purtbar reduction a pressure wiu tabs plan* during sags 1 and subsequent stages as required at a aiowar rata, but a oo mat at a rat* greater than 1 pound par minuta. rmrnaniwamnti Table 1*0.1 nwUcutoa a the body a! iba awe tb* total dacompraaaion time a minutes (or various combinations of wurkug chamber pressure sad erposura tiara. Dseoaproaatau Table Mo. I liwllrutsa (or Lbs earn* vinous ecobtaiuoau at eurkag nhamlrar pressure and axpbaura urns tb* (oOowtbg: a The number ox stages required; b. Tbs raductioG a pressure and tbs ter minal prsaiqrt (er each rsquired stag*; a. Tbs tiara a minutes through which tbs reduction a poseurs is --pM,K--r (or such required stags: d. Tbs pressure reduction rat* a minutes per pound (or rach required stage: 1stpostter Won: Tb* Prtraure Reduction a Each Stags u Accomplished at a Uaiiorm Rata. Oo Mot Interpolate Between Values Shown on th* Tables. Oas the Men Blghsr Value o( Working Chamber Pres sure or exposure Tim* Should the Actual Working Cbaaiber Pressure or a* Actual <m) SalkAeeds end sc/ety screens. (1) of exposure to normal atmospheric pres Exposure Tim*. Respectively. Pail Between Intermediate bulkheads with locks or In sure has elapsed since the employee has Those (or Which Calculated Value* Ara termediate salety screens or both, are re been under pressure. Shown ta tn* Body at th* Tablet. quired where there Is the danger o( rapid flooding. (3) In tunnels 16 feet or more In di <k> Treasure"--A force acting on e unit ares. Usually thoa-u as pounds per square inch, (pad.) (1) "Absolute pressure" (palA.)-- Example*, example He. 1: 4 boon working period at ameter. hrftnf walkways shall be pro The sum of the atmoepbene pressure ao pounds pug*. vided from the fact to the man lock as and gauge pressure (paXg.). Oecompraassoa Tahi* Mo. 1: high tn the tunnel as practicable, with at <m> "Atmospheric pressure'--The least g feet of head room. Walkways shall pressure of air at ses level, usually 14.7 00 pounds lor 4 hours, total dacoapnmioa time. 43 ouautes. C0NST1WCTI0N HGUUTIONS 61 IH 9 3 !l S c a n Dfteoaprmcoa Tmbl* No. f: tut* l: Boduo* pmnn (m 10 pound* to 4 pound* mt tho uniform mu o* I pound* pm minuto. tlftpord s* *Uf* 1: toft. % t&anl noc*): Noduco prmmuro ft* uniform rmto from 4 pound* to 0 pnttfid M40 mi inouutrm.o ported to Xou-4.10 pound par t mlautom. pv pound. SU|| (Ann)) ftUpoto 40 minuto*. Tumi ttoM............ .. fiimplito-t: 0*bour vorfclaf portod ftt M pound* fftffft. Doeomprwdloo Tmtolo No. 1: 94 pouadi for S hourm. total doeoaprmtoon ua*. rxnnmpr--m Ttoto No. 9: Ntofo i: iiodtiao prmouro mm 94 pournto to pounto mi too uniform rmto to 9 pounto par rniam*. 41 minuto*. 117 ainutoa. rup--1 am rtofo 1 s minuto*. tofm1 9: Boduo* pnmwm ftt ft utfara rmto from pound* to 4 pound* urn*. *tafo 9..... 4 minute*. Inc to tn&ifr opor* mttoa. 8u<i t (ftami tUfo): ta tb toaeiml lwna prmtoon fhombor. vo duo* too promur* ftt ft uniform rmto from 4 pound* to ft*pound IK* ** ft portod to 110 mtnotoft. ftou. 0.097 pound pr &ia ut or 97i alButoo por pound. 8u<i I (ftfifti) oupood uao... Total ucno................... DtQMrmsao* Ttofc* No I--Total Dt<o*rat*oo Tmt DO minuto*. U7 minuto*. Wart pn*n trtMXiMkni P-i-L 4-............ M1*................................................ a*.............. a............... M............... .............. ............... M > W 1 * 1 7 1 Otw 1 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 i t a i M to to7 7 7 17 ft toT II O n to to toT U IS ttoo toII MMa U 9 to 71 MB 117 ia is U9 UT wta tttooo 14 to b J4 a 44 a 44 94 to M n a a 79 44 ito imn m144 41 41 !19 Ito Ml 144 1*4 m m ma m U1 174 mlmift m 9mtm14 1*4 197 HI Ml 171 M 404 XU BmJ 9M ito to IS S4S Ml ra Ml SmmB M m m i 141 IA imto SI ai a* M 140 V9Mi mto* ito ito m m M mms w a* us Ml Ml u wm mm mmm m Vi>trooi*--arutttoow*i Watte ES toK Nm. Poxf fna ti 14............................ H....................... ... I............................. IM...... .................. 1............ 1..... 4............................ *....................- 1 t I S 1 1I 1l 1 1 1 l | 4 H 4 14 M4 M4 4 14 4 14 4 t 9 4 1 4 t 4 ft* ito ft* lm ft* fitttoo L to ft fLtttoo Li ft* loi A3 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS K2 *_ N4 Ttwmtfnii4ud.aotoft Timto Total Um UtftJua i CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 63 lllS3l9aa**8ilIIt-*s*!2I i|'| iitiiiiiiiitmmitiitKimiiuiiiumiiiitnitmniisiiJiitDiiimm ;>i j** {g2**JJ**S**J5,*#8**fi**fi^*8**S**2** S*^S**X^#S*#*** m wj fill s : \: d !Jj d d d i!* 3***x*iS| = a saaaaasgEggaaast JH mmMiim;ii>iitmmtaiiasaimiM*t)imi!iH)itm!m<;simiii hits p* j I. i if a- a*a--g I ! a-8*aa*a*K*B*aaBs*Bx*-a*-s"-**'**'X"*--x*-x****'***as**s-'*s*as''a5 JU Jii*. Its. aa -.6a _ i i- = 64 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS II***SEIIIIIJ5***SSII!II! RssBftaasBaaaaBaassaaRaasaaaaaaasaaasaesassRSsaaxaaBasaasaaaaaaaaaaaaaasa a'a-a*a*a*a-*a*a*B'a*a''a-*a*B*BB*BaBa*#8a*aB* a3aa-a'aa*a8aa'*aa''aa-aa''aa-aa''aa*aa*iRtBaBaaiB*8aaafl*BB-aB*aa x ia a II] li* SESIt,0*SIE SIs8s*B*SlII aalaaaaasasaagsatsaaaaasaaaRaeaaaagaKaaassasaRssasaaaaaaaaaaaaaaasaBaaaa -a8-2g*ag**8t*2*,*2,,aa*Riwg*"Sg*a8,*t8-g8i,S8*t8-s*,*2R"*8"a8*2i*g8*8a,,aa"ii 2*02*C2e28x*2**2t2*0S**S*05*9voS** 82,"82<,,8a*8r,'S2*S2-8a*,S2*a2*8288 srss*8s*w*js*jrxra**9*x2*js* z I I I1 I I I CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 6S I1I1 * 5 iI iII I II* *1 8888*88*888188888888888**888*88:8888*888*82888*8*8888888*88*8882*8888888 *'`tU**&&0*tU**tU*~imi**M***~**-*1i*-pii*milU*'*Ati**U4*U*"2ti**&*~"**"i**'m"i'*li "Bl!"*M"*H",ll"*"*"***"s*!<!"S88-28R"aas-s|j"ss|-aaj-au*8jj-sts-saa"saa a***aa**8a**aa**aa'8a**aa*aa*aa**Ba**a-8B*8a*aa*"aa*82**as**as** 8***0***8***8**''**2***2 J2 *8*2* **2*8*2* J*2*8*2*J*2***2*8*3**g:**g:*8*:* JJ 44 iI I 4a "*81911111**12111 aasaasaaaaaaasaaasaaasaaaxaaaaaaassaaaaaaasaassaaasaaaasaasaaaasaxasaBaa aajrfaaaaaaaaaa|ja..'agaaajjaaggaaagaagaa;jgaaagaaaa*aaaaaaj|aaa||aaagaaj|gaaajj a-2aa*aaa"8aa"saj"saa"a85`,*is"28S"885"s*="*=8-2B8-2a*"*ag"28|"K85 2***2 **** a*-** j-"as-a a* 8****X*******X**SX"*8***8***8***S***8*"*8*-*3*2*3*S*3*2*3*2*32*3*2*3*2* X 34m 4 I a 66 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Hi IJ^ * 1 S I 8 M iiiam:Miatim!imu8:i mi ir,a,,js',*js**ji*,,*ia* xa** l:*lij*i'|jvij3*ijs-ijs* axa- si3Tii'lll5! md W lib* III atetfttstftstsfttsmatMBSftstsftssaftt??* i 8 stS*.SStSSSS88BS8gBS 88=88828 ?.e-*B*-,-'a-s3-ia,,-aB*-2a*,-aa "2s5-aaa"a*a"**a-sa|-ata-s*a"ss8"s2s~saa" SS"82"2SS8S8"S88"28S"S8S"2SS a2"82*82'**a2,,82'*a2-'a2"82-,"08a*S8-0SS'S2**32*c82-S2S2*'SS-' S2^* 882'*8S2''882*8S2'*8S2''8S28S2 ,*8S2''8SS*8S2**;;S**SI**S2*5S*SS2*8S2*3S''8B2* 68 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS I 1926.857 Storage. If) All roof cornices or other such blartiag cepe from current Induced by (a) The storage at waste material and debris on any floor shall not exceed the ornamental stonework shell'be removed prior to pulling walls over. radar, radio transmitters, lightning, ad jacent powerlines, dust storms, or other allowable floor loads. ig) During demolition, continuing in- sources of extraneous electricity. These <b) la buildings haring wooden floor oon*miction. the floonne board* mw enactions by a competent person shall be made as the work progresses to detect precautions shell include: il) Detonators shall be short-circuited be removed from not more than one floor above (rade to provide storage space for debris, provided falling material Is not haxards resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors, or walls, or loosened material. No employee shell be permitted In holes which have been primed and shunted until wired into the blasting circuit. permitted to endanger the stability of the structure. (e) When wood floor beasts serve to to work where such haxards exist until they are corrected by shoring, bracing, or other effective means. Hi The suspension of all blasting op erations and removal of persons from the blasting area during the approach brace Interior walls or fres-standlng exterlor wells, such beams shall be left In place until other equivalent support can be Installed to replace them. (d) floor arches, to an elevation of not more than U fact above (rade. mar be removed to provide storage ana for debris: Prodded. That neb removal does not endanger the stabllltr of the structure. | 1926.860 Selective drmoliliofi by explosives. Selective demolition by explosive* shall be conducted In accordance with the applicable sections of Subpart U of this part. Subporl U--Wotting and the Use at Explosives and progress of an electric storm: (1) The porting of signs warning against the am of robile radio transmit ten on all roods within 1.000 loot of the blasting operettas. myv>* sh*n have 4-toch white tetters on a red background, with tba words, "Blasting Area--Radio Transmitting Prohibttsd." (4) tasurlng that mobile radio transmitten which are leas than 100 feet (e) Storage space Into which material la dumped shall be blocked off. except for openings necessary for the removal of ptatenal. Such openings shall be kept elated at all times when material la not being removed. | 1914454 Removal of sled eoaatrwe. Ita. (a) When floor arches have been reBumd. Dte&kinft In lefionkMt vith 1 1926 415 (b) shall be provided for the workers engaged In rating the steel framing. (b) Crane*. derricks, and other hoisttag equipment used shall meet the re quirement* specified In Subperl N of this part. (c) Steel construction than be dis mantled eoiumn length by column length, and tier br tier (columns mag be in two-story lengths). (d) Any structural member being dis membered shall not be ovnturns d. | 1926459 Meehaaieal demolition. (a) No workers shall be permitted in anr area. wUeh can be adversely affected by demolition operations, when bentng or cjamming Is being performed. Oniy thoee workers necessary far the perform ance at the operations shall be permitted In this area at any other time. (b) The weight of the demolition ball shall not exceed 50 percent of the crane's rated load, based on the length at the boom and the maximum angle of opera tion at which the demolition ball will be used, or it shall not exceed 35 percent of the nominal breaking strength of the line by which it is suspended, which | 1926.900 Coer*] prevision*. (a) The employer shall permit only authorised and qualified persons to han dle and use expletives. (b) Smoking, firearms, matches, open flame lampa, and other fires, flame or beat producing devices and sparks shall be prohibited la or near explosive magatinee or while optatives art being han dled. transported or wed. (cl No person shell be allowed to han- dls or use expletives while under the In fluence of Intoxicating hquon. narcotics, er other dangerous drugs. (d) All expletives shall be accounted for at all times. Expletives not being used shall be kept In a locked magatine. unavailable to persons not authorized to handle them. The employer shall main tain an inventory and use record of all expletive*. Appropriate authorities shall be notified of any Ion. theft, or unauthor ized entry into a magazine. (e> No expletives or blasting agents shall be abandoned. (I) No Are shell be fought where the Are Is to imminent danger of contact with explosives. AH employees shell be re moved to a sale area and the fire area guarded against totruden. (g> Original containers, or Clam B shall be used ter taking deto nators and other explosives from storage magstincs to the blasting area. (h) When blasting is done in con gested areas or Is proximity to a struc ture. railway, or highway, or any other bistallaUeo that may be damaged, the blaster shell take special precautions in the loading, delaying, initiation, and confinement of each blast with mats or other methods so as to control the throw away from electric blasting cape. In other than original containers, shall be de energized and sfleetlvcly locked; <51 Compliance with the recommen dations of The Institute of the Makers of Explosives with regard to blasting in tbs vicinity of radio transmitters as stip ulated In Radio Frequency Enerry--A Potential Heard la the Use of Eeetrie Wasting Caps, Qa Publication No. 20, March 18*8. (1) Empty boxes and paper and fiber parking materials, which have prevtowly contained high explosives, shall not be used again for any purpose, but shall be destroyed by burning at an approved location. (m> Explosives, blasting agents, and blasting supplies that are obviously de teriorated or damaged shall not be wed. in) Delivery and Issue at explosives shall only be made fey and to authorized persons and Into authorized mtgstlnet or approved temporary storage or han dling areas. (o> siv"g operettas in the prox imity of overhead power Ones, eommunlcatlac Unei, utility service*, or other zemcea and strncturea shall not be car ried on until the operators sod;or owners have been notified and measure* for safe control have beat taken ip) The we of black powder shall be prohibited. iq) AH and firing shell be di rected and supervised by competent per sons thoroughly experienced in this field. ir) An blasts shell be fired electrically with an electric blasting machine or properly designed electric power source, except as provided in 1 1926 906 <a) and (r). ever result* in a lesser value. <e> The crane boom and leadline shall be at short as possible. id) The ball shall be attached to the loadline with a swivel-type connection to prevent twisting of the loadline, and shall be attached by positive means in such marr.gr that the weight cannot become accidentally disconnected. (e> When pulling over walls or portions of fragments, and thus prevent bodily injury to employees. (i) Employees authorised to prepare explosive charges or conduct blasting op erations shall use every reasonable pre caution Including, but not limited to. visual and audible warning signals, flags, or bamcedes. to ensure employee ealety. (]> Insofar as possible, blasting opera tions above ground shell be conducted between sunup and sundown. S 1926.901 Bls-iev qulifiraiioas. (a) A blaster shall be able to understend end give written and oral orders. (b) A blaster shall be in good physical condition and not be addicted to nar cotic*. mtoxicants, or similar types of drugs. le) A blaster shall be qualified, by reason of training, knowledge, or experi ence. m the field of transporting, storing, thereof, all steel members affected shall ik) Due precautions shall be taken to handling, and we of explosives, and have have been previously cut tree. prevent accidental discharge of electric a working knowledge of 8tste and local CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 69 Uws tad regulation* which pertain te explosive. <d> Blasten shall be required te fur nish satisfactory evidence of competency la handling explosive tad perforata* la t nit tntaaer the type of blasting that will be required. (*> The blotter shall be knowledgeable tad eotnpetent la the tue of cteb type of bltiUat method used. | 1926.902 Sarfae* IrmntporUlUa t explosive*. < t > Trtaxporutloa of explosive thtll meet the priontioot of Deportment of Transportation regulation* """***"* la 14 CTO Port lot. Air Transportation; 41 CFR Ptrtt 144-14*. Water Canton: 4* cm Pant 171-17*. Highway* tad Roll- woyt: 4* CNR Pan lto. Plpellnee; tad 4* cm Part* 290-2*7, Meter Carriers. fb) Motor vehicle or conveyances transporting explotives thtll only be tirieen by. tad be tn the chart* of. t Beentcd drtrer who It physically fit. Be than be familiar with the local. State, end Pedertl regulation governing the traatporttUcD of explosive*. (el Mo pertea than crake. or cony matcher or any other flame-produdaf derlee. nor than firearms or leaded car tridges be earned whfla la or aeor a motor eehicle or eonetyance troatporttac expletives <d> Explosives, blasting agents, tad blaatln* lupplles than not be traatported with other materialt or eargosa. Blacttac coat ttneludlnc electric) than not be transported la the mme vehicle with other explosive*. <*) Vehicle* used for traasporttnr xploaive* shall be ttna* enough to cany the Iced without difficulty, aad shall be la cood mechanical rendition. (f) Wha explodes* are transported by a vehlel* with an open body, a Class XX magaxln* or ort*iaal manufacturer's container than be securely mounted on the bed to esctain the carts. (*) All vehicle* need for the trans portation of explosives shall have tlsbt floors and any erpoaed tpart-predudac metal an the inside of the body shall be covered with wood, or other noesparkinc material, to prevent contact with con tainer* of explosives. <h> Even motor vehicle or conveyance used lor transporting explosive* than be marked or placarded on both sldea, the front, and the rear with the word "Ex plosives" in red letters, not less than 4 Inches in height, on white backxround. la addition to such martin* or placard ing. the motor vehicle or conveyance may display, in such a manner thet It will be readily visible from all directions, a red ffa* II lacha by 30 Inches, with the word "Explosives" painted, stamped, or sewed thereon, is white letters, at least I inches la height. U> Each vehicle used for transporta tion of explosives shall be equipped with a fully charged Ore extinguisher, in good condition. An Underwriters Laboratory- approved extinguisher of not leas than 10- ABC rating will meet the minimum requiremn: The driver shall be trained In the u*t of the extinguisher os hi* vehicle. (J) Motor vehicle* or oooveyaaoe* csuryln* expiaatves. blaatln* agents, or blaatln* supphw, shall hot be takas la- tide a (trace or (hop tor repairs or servicing. (k) No motor vehicle transpontine explosive* shall be left unattended. | 1926.903 Uedergveend Iran*portalion *f tsylwlm (a) AH explosives or blaatln* scants la transit underground shall be taken to the place of un or gtorac* without dcltj. (b) The quantity of explosive* or blaatln* agents taken to an underground trailing area shall not si need the amount atimeted to be necessary tor tbs bleat (ci Explosives In transit shall not be left unattended. <d) The hoist operator shall be noti fied before explosives or blasting agents are transported In a shaft conveyance. ta) Trucks used tor the transporta tion of explosive* imdergrotmd shall have ths electrical gystam rharked weekly to detect any failures which may constitute an elsetries! baser<L A written record sf such Inspections shell be kmt oc file. (f) The Installation of aaxillary light* on truck beds, which ere powered tor the truck's electrical system, shall be prohibited. (g) Explosive* and blaitlng scents shall bt hoisted, lowered, or conveyed 1b a powder car. No otheg materials, sup plier or equipment shall be transported In the same conveyance at the same tint. (h) No one. except the operator, his helper, and the powdarman. than ba permitted ta ride on a conveyance trans porting explotives and blasting scents. (l) No person shall ride In any shaft eonveyrnce transporting explotives aad Ma*91*i| MUti. (3) No explosives or blasting agents shall be transported on any locomotive At least two ear lengths shall separate the locomotive from the powder ear. (k> No explosive* or blaatln* agents thaH be trarsported on a man haul trip. d> The ear or eonveyaace containing explosive* or blasting agents shall be pulled, not pushed, whenever possible. imrTne tsiedw ear or oonvwrane* aspvrlany boot lor the purpose of trans porting explotives or bleating agents than bear a reflectorixed sign on each tida with the word "Explotives' In letsaa, not lets than 4 Inches tn height; upon a background af sharply contrasting color. (A) Compartment* for transporting deXraitton and expletives m the asm* ear or conveyance shall be phytieaSy separated by a (TWaiuw of 34 Inches or bthyvea solid partition at least I Inches (o) Detonate** and other oplarisei AaS not be transported at the maps time In any shaft caniwanoe. (p) Eiplotivea. Masting agtiita or lilsirtTig ngpBm shall not bt traiuportad with other materials. (q) Explotives or blasting agtnts. hot in original containers, shall t* placed la a statable container when transported flttAUbUy. (r) Detonators, primers, and other expletivae shall be carried In separate container! when transported manually | 1926.904 Storage *f tsploslvn aad biasslag agrau. (g) Explotives and related materials shall bt stored In approved facilities re quired under the applicable provisions of the Intarsal Revenue Service regula tions contained In 34 am 111, Com- Birct. Is feqpWni. (b> f caps, electric blasting cap*, detonating primers, and primed eanridett ti>aB not bt stored to th* same magitin* wttb other explosives or blast ing agents. (c) Smoking and open flames shall not bt permitted within M feet of explosives and detonator storage magatine. (d> No explosive* or blasting agents shall be' permanently stored in any underground operation until the opera tion has been dryeloped to th* point where at least two modes of exit have (a) Permanent underground storage magaxlnc* than be at least too fait from aay abaft, adit, or active underground working area. <f) Permanent underground mags- tines esctaming detcnatoti shall not be located clan than M feet to any matstin* itototog other explotives or blast ing agents. | 1926.903 Loadlag af replatiwt ar blastiag agemu, (a) Piuiaduie* that permit safe and efficient ghall be established be- fort IokUsi te itvtid. tb> AD drill boles shall be suOdentty large to admit freely the Insertion of th* cartridges af explotives. <c > Tamping *h*n bt don* only with wood rods or plastic tamping poles with out exposed acetal parti, but nonaparklng metal connectors may be used for lotnted pole*. TVUent tamping shall be avoided. The primer shall never be tamped. <d) No hotel (hall be loaded except those to be find m the not round of busting. After loading, all remaining ex plosive* and detonators shall be immedi ately returned to ta authorised maga- sloe. (O Drilling hn not be started until all remaining butts of old holes are ex amined for unexploded charges, and If any axe found, they shall be refired be fore work proceeds. (f) No person shall be allowed to deepen drill holes which have contained explosive or blasting agents. (g) No explosive or blasting agents shall be left unattended at the blest site. (b) Machine and eQ tools not used for loading explosive into bore hole shall be removed from the Immediate location of bote before explosive are delivered. Equipment thaH not be oper ated within 30 feet of loaded holes. (1) No activity of any nature other th" that which is required for loading CONSTRUCTION RfOUUTIONS 71 | 1926.908 Cm t( lullti| tori. that all nployoes an out of tbe blast vesmls or craft moored or anchored I) Cart (ball b* takm to aaltet a area before firing a blast detonating cord consistent with the type within 1.M0 feet shell be notified before a blast Is fired. and physical condition ot the bon bole and stemming and tbe type of optatives Tails 0-1 (t) No blast shall be fired while any swimming or diving operations are in Med. <b) Detonating cord shall be handled and uaed wtth tbe sams reepeet and eon given other explosives. <e) The of detonean* eord o- Wastois Biohal--a 1-miaul* serin er long Mute I misum prior to blut signs!. Buev Sjokaj--A aenos e< short Mute 1 min ute prior to tho shot. SU Cues OMUAb--A preloeged M*st follow ing tho laopootloa of Most im. progress In the vicinity of the miwt area. If such operations are in progress, signals and arrangements shall be agreed upon to assure that no Matt shall be fired while any person is tn the water. tondlnf out of a bore hole or from a (f) Blasting flags shall be displayed. eharte than be eat frees the supply Moot before loading the remainder of the bon hole or piecing additional ehanee. ld) Detonating eord ahoO be and used with eon to avoid damaging or severing the eord durlac and after lotdlxtf i&d bfiokiaieop. le) Detonating eerdeooneettons titan be competent and poeltttt tn aeeordanee with approved aad recommended meth ods. Knot-type or other cord-te-eord nonnectlnos shall be made only with detonator eord In which tbe explosive I 1926.910 taspeclioe After Hasdag. (a) immediately after the blast has been fired, the firing line shall be dis connected from the Masting >-* or vboro power switches an nad, they shall be lockad opm or In the off position. <b> gulhloui time shall bo allowed, not lorn than 16 minmoo tn tuimab, for tho smote and fumes to leave tho Masted area befen retiming to tho tiiot. An Inspection of the ana and tin surround ing rubble shall bo made by the Master to determine tf all charges have bean (g> The storage aad eg a. plosives aboard visesIs mad la under water Matting operations than be ac cording to provisions outlined herein on handling aad storing expiaetvea. (hi Wbm more than one charge I* placed todar weter. a float drvtos shall bo attached to an sternest of each charge tn such manner that It win be released by the firing. Misfires shall bs handled to aeeordanee with tho requlreznmta of I 1926.911. eon I* dt7. (f> All detonator eord tnmkUaes and braaehllaai shall be free of loops, sharp kinks, or angles that direct tbe eord book toward the rmMninf gas of detonation. exploded before employees an allowed to iwtiira to tho operation, and In fawu after the muck pOs has bean wetted down. | 1926.911 Blasting In cacmvattoa week aader compressed air. (a) Detonators aad optatives shall (() Ah detonator eord oonaaoUone | 1926.911 Mbfinm not be stored or kept in tunnels, shafts, shall be tnmeeted before firing the blest, <h> Wbn detonator eord mmieer- aod-delay eanateton or short-Interral- delay statute blasting caps an uMd with <a) if a misfire is found, the blaster shall provide proper safeguards for sxetadlng an employees from the danger aaoc. or mlaanna Detonator* tad expletive* for each round shall bt taken directly from tho magazines to the Masting sane mid Immediately loaded. Detonator* and detonator eord. the practice shall con form tirtrtty to the manufacturer's m When eonDoctog a blasting cap or Cb) No other work shall bo dene ex cept that necessary to resnovt the hasard of tho mtiflre and only these tmployees ii armory to do the work shall remain explotives left over after Inerting e round shall be removed from the working chamber before the connecting wires are connected up. an electric biasting eap to detonating tn tbe danger sooe. (b) When detonators or explotives eord. the eap shall be taped or otherwise <o> No attempt shall be made to ox- si* bought Into an air lock, do employee ettachtd securely along the side er tbe tract exptativas from any ehargad or except Use powdermaa, Master, lock end of the detonator eord. with tbe end misfired bole: a new primer shill be tender end the employees necessary for of Use eep containing the esptaetv* put in end the bole reblaetad. S reftr- carrying, shall be permitted to enter the chart* pointed m the direction in which tng of the misfired hole presents a has air lock. No other material, npolles. or the detonation is to proceed. ard. the explotives may be removed by equipment shall be locked through with <J> Detonators lor firing the trunk washing out with water er. whore the the expletives. line shell not be brought to the loading misfire Is under water, blown out with (el Detonators aad explotives shall be ana nor attached to the detonating eerd air. taken separately Into pressure working until everything else la In readlnem for <d) If there are any misfires while chamber*. the blest.1 using eap and fuse, ell employees shall (d) The Master or powdermaa shall be remain sway from tbe chart* for at restxmstbl* for the raotipt, unloading, 1 1926.909 Firiag feeblest. least l hour. Misfires shall be handled stonge. and on-tite transportation of is) A code of bleating signals equiva lent to Table 0-1. than be posted on one or mere conspicuous places at the opera tion. aad all employees shoo bo required to famtharte themselves with the code aad conform to It. Danger signs shall be placed at mltable locations. lb) Before a blast Is fired, a loud warning signal shall be given by the blaster In charge, who baa made certain that ell surplus ezplaelva in b s safe under tbe (Hreetlan of the person In ehargs of tho Masting. All wires shall be carefully traced end s search made for unexptaded charges. (e) No drilling, digging, or pusiviy shall be permitted until aS mlsaed holes have been detonated or the authorised representative bet approved that work can proceed. I 1926.912 Underwater Masting. (a) A Master shall conduct aO Mast explotives and detonators. (*) All metal pipes, rails, air locks, and steel tunnel lining shall be electri cally banded together end grounded et or near the portal or shaft, and such pipes aad rails shall be cross-bonded together et not lea than 1,000-foot inter vals throughout the length of the tunnel. In addition, each low air supply pipe ahull be grounded at Its delivery end. place and all employees vehicles, and equipment art at a safe distance, er under sufficient cover. (c) Flagmen shall be safely stationed an highways which pass through the danger zone so as to stop traffic during bluttof operation. id) It shall be the duty of the blaster ing operations, and no shot shall ae fired without his approval. Cb) t-nAjuviy tubes and ratine* of dis similar metals shall not be used beeatne of pomlble electric transient currents from galvanic action of the metals and water. (X) The explotives suitable for use m wet boles shell be water-resistant and hall be Pume Class 1. (g) When tunnel excavation tn rock face la approaching mixed face, and when tunnel exesration Is In mixed face. to fix the tune of blasting- <e) Only water-rexlstent Meeting Masting shall be performed with light (e) Before firing an underground caps and detonating eortia shall be used chargee and with light burden on each blest warning shall he given, and aO far aO marine blasting. Loading shall bole. Advance drilling shall be per possible motet into the Matting area, be done through e nonspartllng metal formed is mv~< excavation in rook (see and any enounces to sny working plaee loading tube when tube Is necessary. approaches mixed face, to determine the where s drift raise, or other opening Is <d> No Mast shall be fired while any general nature and extent of rock cover about to bole through, shell be eartfully veesel uncer way Is elaaer than 1.500 and the remaining distance ahead to guarded. The blatter shell make sun feet to the blasting area. Those on board soft ground as excavation advances. 72 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS | 1926.914 Dr Anlllon* applicable la (lib tubpart. <t> "American Table of Distance*" (alio knon u Quantity Distance Table*) mean* American Table of Dis tances for Stonee of Explosives a* nvteed and approved by Um Imtitute of the Maker* of Explosive* June 1,1M4. (b) "Approved storage faculty"--A faculty for the atone* of exploalve ma terial* conforming to the requlresenu of thli part and covered by a !**"** or permit laeued under authority of the tntemal Revenue Service. (See M C7B Part l*l>. (e) "Blast area"--The ana m wbleb azploelvee loading and m*(* operation* an being eandueud. (d> "Blaster"--The penan or persons aulborlxed to uae explonwe for bbuttnc purpoee* and meetlnc the quadscattxu oontallied In ( 1926.901. () "BiasOnc Kent'--A "** agent la any material or mixtun eonetsttn* of a fuel' and oxldlaer taed for blaetinc. but not cliertflrd an axploetve (4) Permanent blaetinc wire. A per manently mounted insulated wlr* used between the electric power source and the electric blastlnc cap circuit. <m> "Electric delay cap*"_ Caps declined to detonate at a prede termined period of tune after enercy Is applied to the Ignition system. (n) "Exploalve*"--(1> Any chemical compound, mixture, or device, the pri mary or common purpoee of which Is to function by explosion: that Is. with sub stantially instantaneous relsase of cm and beat, unleu such compound, mix ture or devteo Is otherwise speeifleally classified by tit* DA Department of Transportation. (2) AH material which la as Cl*** a. Class B, and Class c explosive* by tin OB. Department of Transporte- Uax (5) -Classification of explode** by the DB. Department of Transportation I* u follow*: Cists 4 CeploriMS. Posssssib* Cstaaauac buard. such as dyaaon*. aliroclyoann. the use of s moderate quantity of txplodvas In order that larger quantities or explodves may be Inserted therein. in "Water gels, or slurry explo sives"--A wide variety of materials used for blasting. They all contain substantial proportion* of water and high propor tions of ammonium nitrate, some of wbleb Is la solution In tbe water. Two broad claaee of water cel* are: (l) Those which art semiIliad by a material -'------ 1 at an explode*, such as TNT or smoke less powder, and (3) those wbleb contain no tngredleai rksrifieri as an explodes; tbaae an sandHmd with metals such as aluminum or wtth otbar fuels. Water Id* may be pnmttari at aa explodves plant or mtxari at tbe dt* immediately before delivery into tbt bon bole. Subyert V--Bower Distribution and Transmission Unot (Reserved] and in which none of the lngndlem* punt add. (sad idd*. nslmlnst* of aweary. la claaalfled aa an explode* provided the tumlahed (mixed) product cannot be detonated with a Ho. I tad blaetinc cap when ""*" A common blaetinc acent Mask powdtr. hinting cap*, and linrneiine prlBsn. Class C liyMssi. Prsssulrs BaauuM* baaard. such as prapsUaat txpledees, laetadl&l HBI IMkAiaa auainaau tubport W--Recording and ReperHrvg preeently tn ue* t* a mlxtun of am Class 0 Csplodees. tadud* canals types monium nitrate CNHJtCA) and carbonaeeoue eombuctfblea. coeh aa fuel dl or oCfitems aAaueiacOtutmed arwetee wbleb explosive*. sr beoetha,tamm eoal. and may dther be proewod. pn- ooapoeaau. hot is firmed qnaatnw*. Work tn|ury Fnqwoacy and Severity Dwtw and Accident Cost* (Itsonrodl mlxed and paefcaced from expladva (o> "Pus* henter*"--Special devteu cornpanto* or mixed in Um field. for the porpew of igniting safety fuse. (f) "Blasting oap"--A *"**"** tube <p) qf eloaed at one end. containing a chan* structure, other than an explodves of one or nan detnnatmc compounds manufactnrinc build)n*. used for 12m Subparl X--Effeettvw Dotes and deelcned tor and capable of dela tion from the (parks or flam* from a storace of explodves. iq) "Mldti*"--An explode* chart* I 1926.1050 EBeettve dstss (|u si). safety tuea tnaerted and crimped Into which tailed to detonate. Except where different elective dotes the open end. (r) "Mud-eapptnc" (sometimes known are meriflrallr provided m 1 1926.1051. <C> "Block boltac"--The breakm* of u buDdodnc. adobe blastlnc. or dohy- tbe safety and health standards pub boulder* by Brin* a chart* of explodves U>c). Tbe blastin* of boulder* by iry lished la Subparts C through D of this that ha* been loaded In a drill bole. a quantity of explodves acalast a rock, part shall become effective ea April M. (b) "Conveyance"--Any unit tor boulder, or oilier object without eon- mi. for all Mnl and federally trmnsportlnc exploring or blastlnc flnlnc the oxpladvu m a drill bole. stried adverttoed eeatraets subject acent*. includlnc but not limited to (s) "Nonelectric delay blastlnc cap*-- thereto which an advertised after that truck*, trailer*, rail can. baron and A blaetinc cap with an Integral delay date sad an April IT, lRTl, for an such easels. (1) "Detonating cord"--A flexible cord coptalnlnc a center core of bleb element In cocjunctloc with and capable of belnc detonated by a detonation Im pulse or (tend from miniaturised deto nating cord. explosive* which when detonated, win (t) "PAatiy hlflHn|w--T^f btMtlOf hare suffleient atrencth to detonate other operation by wbleb the oriental nek cap-sensitive explosives with which tt 1* formation Is dislodged from y* natural In contact <)) "Detonator"--Blastlnc caps. Mac ule blastin* caps, delay electric blaetinc caps, and nonelectric delay blastlnc eapt. (k) "Electric blactm* cap'--A blaet- lOOUOQ. <u> "Primer"--A e&rtriafe or eae- talner of explodves Into which a deto nator or detonating cord Is Inserted or attached. (vi "Safety fuse"--A flexible cord negotiated contracts for which negotiaboos begin after that dote. t 1936.1051 EBeetiv* dales (specific). (a) With respect to standard eoncanting brakes and fender* praecribod m 11926 602. the ndas enerialitod therein epadfy tbe appbcabk effective dates. (b> (1) To tbe extent that the stand ards tn this part apply to Oft* reddendal onestruetten. tbrir appltoaPan Is delayed until September 27.1(71. where- tnc cap deaicned for and capable at deto containing an Internal burning medium up<a the standard* shall apply to eon- nation by means of an electric eorrent by which fire is conveyed at a continuous tract* subject to the Contract'Wark (l) "Evetrie blastlnc elrcuiuy"-- and uniform rate for the purpose of Boun end Safety Standards Act which (1) Bus wire. An expendable wire, need in parallel or series, in parallel circuit*, to which are eonnected the let wlm of electric blastlnc cape. (2) Connectinc sire. An Insulated expendable wire used between electric firing blastlnc cap*. <w> "Secondary blastinc'--Tbe re duction of overdae material by the use of explode** to tbe dimension required for handling, includlnc mudcapptn* and blockliolt&f. is/ 'Stemming"--A suitable Inert in an advertaed ai or after that date and to such contract* which may be negoti ated when the negotiations ccenmenee n of 4fter UMt . (3) Bor the purpose of this peuagyaph. the te-m "Ugbt resldaitlsJ ocnetructian" Is to tbe ecostiuetien of hcenee blastin* caps and tlx leadlnc wires or combustible material or device used to end apartments wbleb do not exceed between the bus wire end the leadlnc confine or separate explodves In a drill tbiee etoriee & bright, and which do not wires. hole, or to cover explosives in mud- have ea elevator. (3 > Leadlnc wire. An insulated wire capping (Sea 1. n Out. M. *7. adding sac. 101 to used between (he electric power source iyi "Sprincmc"--The creation of a Public low *7-1*1.11 Ptet. *47: *0 CP C. *42: and the tiectnc blastin* cap circuit. pocket in the bottom of e drill bole by ternary* Onl He. 1X-11. ** PJt. 764) 1 'l 11 >' Section D" Taylor Diving and Salvage Co. Inc. Safety Regulations TAYLOR DIVING & SALVAGE CO., INC. SAFETY REGULATIONS 1. A Diver working in shallow water 30 feet or less will not be required to work more . than Twelve (12) Hours without having a proper rest. 2. Bottom time and Decompression time will be controlled by the Diving Supervisor v or the Diver s Tender. 3. On all jobs requiring 4 Divers, a Diving Supervisor shall be present to facilitate co ordination between Divers and the Barge, and Diver to Diver. Plus his other respon sibilities. 4. When extensive Diving Operations sre conducted in excess of 100 feet, and requiring more than Two Divers using Air as a breathing media, a Diving Supervisor will be In attendance. 5. Under normal working conditions in excess of 170 feet there will be HE/02 Diving Equipment aboard all barges with One Diving Supervisor, Two Manifold Operators, and the required number of Divers. 8. When dives are conducted in excess of ISO feet for 50 minutes bottom time, a Diving Supervisor, HE/02 Diving Equipment and the required personnel will be on board. 7. When a Diving Supervisor's service is required there shall be Two (2) Supervisors assigned to each diving task that requires continuous diving for over twelve (12) hours, (One Supervisor for each shift). 8. Diving Air Compressors: Only authorised Compressors shall be used for Diver's breathing medium as ordinary commercial Compressors contaminate the Air with Oil fumes as well as generate Carbon Monoxide putting the Diver in danger of toxicity. Diving Compressors shall be used for Diving only. Detergent Lubricating Oil shall not be used. Lubricating Oil with a viscosity of less than S.A.E. 30 shall not be used. Compressor Lub Oil Sumps shall never be filled above the Full mark on the Dip-stick. All precautions shall be taken to be su re the Compressor is not taking in Air fouled by the exhaust of its own drive engine or any other internal combustion engine. 9. Taylor Diving & Salvage office will be notified as soon as possible of all Diving Accidents, including "Bends". Telephone : Gt. Yarmouth 57341 57342. 10. Repetitive Dives: After repetitive Diving is planned, maximum bottom time to be used on the initial Dive is that which puts you in a repetitive group `O'. A second Dive may now be made for a bottom time again indicated by the repetitive group 'O' minus the Penalty. The Diver must not Dive again until he has had a 12 Hours surface period. When a number of short repetitive Dives are to be made, they shall not exceed Six (6) in njmber, nor exceed the bottom time for the group letter 'O'. The Diver shall not Dive again until he has had a surface period of 12 hours. When a multitude of short Dives are made after the last Dive during any 12 hour period, the Diver shall be given at least 10 minutes 02 breathing time in a recompression chamber at a depth pressure of 30 feet, after which 5 minutes additional 02 breathing time shall be given to surface the Diver. If 02 is not available. Air will have to be used. -1- TAYLOR DIVING & SALVAGE CO., INC. IV Live Boating: shall not be conducted at night, or in rough seas, or from any vessel with insufficient manoeuvreability to cause the Divers umbilical from fouling in the screws. Except when a recompression chamber is carried aboard the Diving boat, no Dives shall be made that require decompression. 12. The Diver shall never work under any object suspended by a Crane, or otherwise, when there is a danger of it falling on him or accross his umbilical. 13. No Air Diving will be conducted using a diving hose In excess of 300 feet. 14. All Dives will be made with a standby Diver on deck and an emergency diving rig in a standby-ready service. 15. Aqua Lungs: The Aqua Lung shall only be used for short Inspection Dives. NOT FOR WORKING DIVES. It shall not be used for Dives requiring decompression. It shall not be used to a depth greater than 170 feet. It shall not be used after dark, or in swift currents. 16. A Model 210 Quincy Compressor will NOT be used in excess of 50 feet. 17. Any accident causing injury to a Diver shall be investigated. If the investigation shows a method or procedure to be the cause, it shall be eliminated or modified to make safe. 18. A Demand Breathing Mask shall not be used deeper than 60 feet, except by direction of a Diving Supervisor. 19. The safe operating condition of the Recompression Chamber shall be the respon sibility of the Diving Supervisor or the Leading Diver, noting sueh things as:-- A. Positioned in a safe location. B. Have proper air supply with good Deck Hose, etc. C. Oxygen breathing system in safe condition. D. Mechanical condition, including doors, gaskets, valves depth gauges, port lights and air conditioner. E. The electrical equipment including lights, switches, air conditioning pump, supply cable, etc. F. INTERNAL LIGHTS SHALL NEVER BE USED WITH BULBS GREATER THAN 25 WATTS. G. If internal lamps are in any way unsafe; such as. having broken globes or small bulbs not being available, they shall be turned out and portable lamps used for illumination. H. If a portable light is used within the Chamber, it must be of the pressure-proof, low wattage type, such as the Ike Light, which does not generate excessive heat In no case shall a Thallium Iodide light be used for this purpose. I. No unauthorised, combustable material shall be allowed in the Chamber. J. No tobacco nor 3ny type of ignitor shall be allowed in the Chamber. K. Smoking shall never be allowed in the Chamber whether it is. under pressure or not. L. The Chamber shall be kept clean. 20. Personnel in a Recompression Chamber under pressure shall make sure that both they and all loose material are kept clear of atmosphere inlets and exhaust open ings. The exhaust is especially dangerous because it acts as a suction capable of causing extreme bodily harm. -2- TAYLOR DIVING A SALVAGE CO., INC. 21. Either gas or liquid hoses under pressure in excess of 250 psi shall be secured with safety lines to prevent whipping in the event of a fitting olowing off or the hose otherwise being parted. 22. Skylarking or carelessness shall never be allowed with a hose connected to a source of pressure. A hose In this condition aimed at a person while at close quarters is as dangerous as a loaded gun. Even with a relatively low pressure, It maintains the potential to blind, deafen, or kill its victim. The greatest danger is having the hose come in contact with any of the body openings so that It Is liable to cause Internal inflation and an agonizing death. 23. No Diver nor Tender shall be utilized who has not had a physical in the past 12 months. 24. The Diving Superintendent, Barge Captain, Barge Superintendent and Shore Base shall be notified as soon as possible of ail diving accidents, including Bends. This will remain the Divers or Diver's Tender responsibility. 25. Divers will remain on barge, near vicinity of recompression chamber for four (4) hours after last dive or after last chamber decompression. 26. After a case of Bends, a man shall not be allowed to Dive again until he has been okayed by a Company Physician except at the discretion of a Diving Supervisor. 27. If a Diver has breathing difficulty that otherwise cannot be accounted for, It shall be assumed that he has monoxide poisoning and shall be given oxygen therapy under pressure. 28. Drinking or possession of alcoholic beverages will not be tolerated on the Job, in crew boats or in Taylor Diving vehicles. Breach of the above rule can mean Im mediate discharge. 29. No man shall be Dived wearing a hairstyle, beard, or moustache that interferes with the safe operation of the Diving Helmet, Face Mask, or Oral Nasal Mask, necessary to property perform the Job. 30. The above Instruction will be strictly adhered to In order to get the most work out of the smallest number of Divers and keep danger of accidents to a minimum. If a Diving Supervisor is on the scene, he is authorised to make changes as necessity dictates without endangering a man's life or limb. -3- Section H Emergency Procedures Northern North Sea Procedure to be used in event of accident or Illness. Helicopter telephone numbers. Emergency station bill for use on F.T.P. during construction phase. Taylor Divers Emergencies-De compression. SUBJECT: Joint Policy .Letter In the Event of Serious Illness or Accident on Board Brown S Root's Construction Barges. TO: M-297M "H.W. Gordon" Phillips Petroleum Company Norway Brown & Root (UK) Ltd. "Bar-279" Eumech Group SERIOUS ACCIDENTS OR ILLNESS Purpose:- The purpose of this joint policy is to establish a uniform procedure for handling cases involving serious illness or accidents while the Brown & Root construction barges are offshore in the Norwegian sector of the North Sea. Responsibility:- The Brown & Root Superintendent and First Aid Man will determine when additional medical aid will be needed. At this time the Brown & Root Superintendent will carry through with the following procedure: Procedure - An accident or illness determined to be serious requiring medical evacuation will be brought to the attention of the following people:Doctor Nome or Doctor Meling. The medical officers have been contracted and are on 24 hours standby and ready to assist in anyway possible. These doctors will standby at the Hospital, come to the heliport or to the rig as the situation dictates. They are available through the following telephone nunbers and can be contacted through the following means:- -2- DURING OFFICE HOURS:- Notify the Brown & Root office or if unable to contact them notify the Phillips office. The office advised will carry through notification. AFTER OFFICE HOURS:- Through Rogaland Radio contact the medical standby doctors as follows: Doctor Nome Doctor Meling - Office telephone nirter 21500, home 47305 - Office telephone number 31000, home 26326 Mobile Radio dial Oil & ask for 4721L At the same time through Rogaland Radio, notify Helicopter Service to make an emergency flight. Use the standby helicopter schedule you have on file for telephone ntrters of who is to be alerted. Police:- If it is determined that the accident may be fatal, notify the Stavanger Police Department through Rogaland Radio requesting that the Police accompany the medical officer by name to the platform. Police Watch: Telephone 31520:- Depending on the reaction at the moment, Helicopter Service will be advised not to wait for the police if they do not arrive at the Heliport when the doctor is ready for take-off. (Please keep in mind this applies only to serious accidents.) Notification to other Responsible Personnel:- All serious accidents dictate prompt notification to Supervisory Personnel. Afterregular office hours and the above procedure has been accomplished, the following personnel will be notified in order and as soon as pos sible after accident or illness: 1 Phillips O. Ehlers B.R. Gable Fred Kumpf J. Rug! and 40878 42312 29995 57264 Brown & Root D.H. Carr T. Smith III R.H. Gibbs 26177 STAVANGER 25012 27752 The first person notified will be requested to notify his counterpart. After the helicopter departs from the platform, the following infor mation will be transmitted to the on-shore official previously con tacted as follows:- NAfC: NATIONALITY: BARGE: WORK POSITION: DATE/TIME OF ACCIDENT - ILLNESS: TYPE OF ACCIDENT - ILLNESS: DOCTOR NAME AND PROGNOSIS WHO ATTENDED PATIENT: ACTION TAHN: (Minute to minute detail) The on-shore official will review the circumstances, ensuring that all possible action had been accomplished and prepare a formal report to be given to Phillips for review and transmission to the Ministry of Industry. Approved: Phillips Petroleum Company Cr;ginal signed by K.D. Ehlers Brown & Root Original signed by A.L. Lunt TAYLOR OIVING & SALVAGE CO., INC. 31. Precautions -- Oxygen and Associated Equipment A. Except in emergency only medical breathing oxygen shall be used for Decom pression or Bends Treatment. B. Extra care shall be given to the handling of and storage of oxygen cylinders. C. No equipment; such as pressure gauges, pressure regulators, hoses, whips, pipe fittings, etc., shall be used in oxygen service unless they are oxygen clean, that is, 100% free of Hydrocarbons. D. After any repairs to oxygen equipment It shall not be used again until oxygencleaned under the supervision of a Diving Supervisor. E. No compound or lubricant shall be used in conjunction with oxygen equipment, unless okayed by a Diving Supervisor, F. Before attaching a pressure regulator to an oxygen cylinder, be sure that both male and female fittings are clean. G. Never allow one's clothing, or any other equipment to be blown down with oxygen. If one's clothing Is blown down with oxygen, it will become saturated and re main so for a considerable length of time. If during this time, a spark is induced, the victim will become a human torch. Victims of an oxygen enriched fire, such as this, very seldom survive or wish they hadn't. Ordinary fire, severe as it may be, only tends to cook the skin or flesh while this type of fire actually con sumes the flesh. -4- Helicopter Telephone Numbers Stavar.cer Norway Helikooter Service A/S Stavancer Flight Office Hangar Chief Pilot's Office Stavarcer 75535 75538 75537 Home Numbers: Chief Pilot-M. Boxill Traffic Manager-S. Torp 55009 56867 Aberdeen, Scotland Bristow Bristow Bristow Helicopter Service-Aberdeen Airport 2331 Ext. Helicooter-Aberdeen Airport-Dyce 2281 Engineers on Duty- 2561 49 Esbjerq, Oenmark Call Gulf Denmark-Cocer.hagen-- 11467 (Number on 24 hour watch) j'lui.MVs PLTdUl.LUM COM I*.IN V NOlL.i) PLATFORM 2/4 - FTP TEMPORARY EME lOENCY STATION BIl-I, FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE EMERGENCY PROCEDURE FIRE iUe) 1. Engineering Department Supervisors will be in charge. 2. Assisted by - O1 her Engineering Department Men Mechanical Supervisors Production Supervisors Contractors Supervisors 3. Yon in charge (Smith or Hornback) should go immediately to their office and communicate any needs for assistance and direct emergency control efforts. (VHF) 4. Wh**n .a fire is discovered: (A) Try to extinguish it. If this cannot be done immediately sound alarm. (Series of short blasts - Two electric emergency horns should be installed as soon as they can be located and unpacked). ()i) And proceed to your report station. North East Corner Cellar deck) 5. Report in;; Stations & Fire Duty (Alternate report station (A) Mechanical Supervisors. - Go immediately and start fire pumps or-ifesignu to someone to start them and stay with them. (3) Production Suoorvisors, Engineering Men and Contractors - Report Tmmcdj ately to Smrth or HornbncIt~for duTy'"assignments for your designated men. (C) Crane Opr. - Report immediately to assigned crane (Smith or Hornback) (D) Electricians & Instrument Men - Report to Quarters Area and be assigned emergency coiiTroJ-duties by designated Engr. Dept. Supv. (F) Weldors C; Riggers - Report to Quarters Area and be assigned to maif'i ire ex*t iTvguTshers by designated Production Supv. or Eng)-. Depl . Supv. (Temp, location oi c?:t.) <~) '.rihoii'- To ropf:'`i. to ('uarters Area and he assignee, to man fire Hum' by C' ui l * actor buperv isocs . i ', . Pn11-1-i )'" C'1'" - To report to gaUe.v and standby for First Aid HITty - l.i'7ei:'h j c - To siandey for generator or mechanical duties. 0. -c fires roqu i re planned coordinated attach. Points Vo consider: M,i.vW"r,i ul i1 > ot in:> of extinguishers. fti.'iling ii ). si;uipmc i> l . 7 Coni rol t j( J l o i : re . J.'ru t`i 11 o j y .! in' lire u; unde'- cent rol. r..vi;ttc;u>CY r;?oo.DK : MAN UVFhl'.y.G) 3 . Throw mil 1 i f ur 'ey and then sou mi alarm. (Dories of inlurmi ttent blasts O'" elect i ic emergency horns). NOTK: If aL nil possible Jiavc someone keep the man in sight. 2. Engi nee ring Department Supv. will he in charge. Immediately station lookouts on all lour corners of platform. To locate and k>;cp ran in * Lghf. 3. Launch liforaft ami lower designated rescue team (4 strong monswimmers if available) in porsonnui basket. 4. Team to man rail and proceed to rescue. (Rescue team MUST wear life jackets). 5. Man in charge (Smith or llornbacJ:) call for all help needed and alert all boats in immediate area. 6. After Rescue (A) Render necessary First Aid. (B) Keep victim warm. (C) Call lor medical aid as needed. KY.KKGKNCY PROCEDURE A13ANTOV PLATFORM 1. Decision to abandon platform will be made by Engineering Department Supervisors (Smith or Hornback) when in their judgement it is more hazardous to remain onboard than to attempt to abandon. 2. Sound alarm.1 `(Turn on*electric emergency'horns and leave them on). 3. Broadcast mayday. 4. Pre-assign men t.o '] iferafts and capsule. 5. Launch liFcvafts and attempt to man them from boat landings.' G. launch ii'p^nlc and a I i end. lo tic all ral'ls ami capsulo together Inini-t' I < : i v i i i;t ai>:' ot p La I Ji > riii it poouibJc. : Bo sure to put on your life jacket. iv> j 11 r. j i'i.'L'i it' da t form. Jump on] y as l he very last resort. i .i i:~cl 'hi *.y AcIo>' you act . ! '.'fw'. In anv cmcrc.nioy AL1. V"-' iDii.t 1 * SERVICE KEPKESENTATH E3 - P i- r :: i.11 1 y o L7 Y" AfV'a" Brown & Root (U.K.) Ltd. rc>. it/'/{).i CASINO YARD * sur;0l>: ROVO OT. YARMOUTH' TIL: $T. YARMOUTH MS7I S5S7* NORFOLK * ENGlAAU TUCX; S7J5fl |A/ S-OWN^ILTJ April 12,72 To From Subject : Barge Superintendents : Safety Dept. Brown ft Root U.K. , Yarmouth : Taylor Divers Emergencies,Decompression Doctor Cox and his group Central Surgery Yarmouth are the only designated group to handle any emergency which may arise with diving personnel with bends or decompression problems Should an emergency arise the phone numbers to call are: Day Tine- Central Surgery Gorleston -- 61617 (Doctors) 63263 Night Time- Home Phone- Gorleston ----- 614iS (Taylor Diving) Day Time - OfficePhone- Gorleston- 57341 Night Time - Home Phone- Gorleston 55703 ( Brown & Root Safety) Day Time Office Phone - 55371 Night Time Home Fhor.e - 62525 Night Time Homs Phone - 75-278 (Acle) These Numbers can be contacted thru, the Brown & Root Switch Board Yarmouth or Direct from your Unit which will be,at your own discres.3ion.As in all emergencies you should name your Unit,Give Your location and specify your problem. The above phone numbers are on call 24 hours a day 7 days a week. C.C Paddy Mansfield Raymond Jones Dr. R:.A.?. Cox OtSCCTOPS SO^/TriMlL I * I j i i j i i i i i( e -/ "Section E" The force exerted on a diver by Hater Currents (This table is used as guide for safe diving operations at sea) 'i i I i y .u i THE FORCE EXERTED ON THE HUMAN BODY BY WATER FLOWING AT DIFFERENT VELOCITIES Where s Sd = . 5 Cdp AV2 Sd - Drag force Pounds Total, at center of effort. Cd Drag coefficient 1.2 64 p Mass Density 32.2 = 1.9 A - Projected area 9.6 sq.Ft. (Suited Diver) (6'lV Height 170 lb. man) V Velocity in feet per second (Multiply knots by 1.689) Sd - .5 Cd p AV2 1/2 Knot Current m (.5) <1. 2) (1. 9) (9.6) .(1.689)2 (2 1 m (10.944) (1 x 1.689)2 - 31.08 J 1-1/2 m II (1.5 x 1.689)2 - 70 2 m II (2 x 1.689)^ * 124.32 2-1/2 ma (2.5 X 1.689)2 - 194 3 at n (3 x 1.689)2 280 3-1/2 s it (3.5 x 1.689)2 a 382 4 B a ii (4 x 1.689)2 a 497.28 4-1/2 ` 5 =a it n = ti (4.5 x 1.689)2 = 631 (5 x 1.689)2 a 776 5-1/2 - a s ii (5.5 x 1.689)2 a 944 6 =a it (6 x 1.689)2 = 1123 6-1/2 * =a ii (6.5 x 1.689)2 1315 7 aa it (7 x 1.689)2 - 1528 _i _ A.V.3.- THE FORCE EXERTED ON A DIVER'S AIR UMBILICAL BY WATER FLOWING AT ______________________________ DIFFERENT VELOCITIES____________________ The umbilical as measured in our shop has a diameter of 1.77* and weighs about 1 lb. per foot. This hose projects an area of 1.27 x 12 .106 sq. ft. per linear foot. 144 A current acting upon a projected area generates a drag force. If we assume a 100 ft. dive to bottom in current, the projected area of the hose is the diameter of the hose and the depth of the dive. 1.27 x 12 x 100 * 10.6 Sq. Ft. 144 This area does not increase appreciably regardless how much um bilical is let out because the current will pull it into a semi circle that will sag to the bottom due to the umbilical's own weight. Since the umbilical is supported on each end, the total drag force will be resisted by the surface craft and the diver. This force is obtained in the same manner as on Rage 1 except a lower drag coefficient (Cd = .8) is permitted due to the cylindrical nature of the umbilical. 1/2 knot current (.5) (.8) (1.0) (10.6) (1.689)2 . 5.72# 2 1 8.06 (1 x 1.689)2 * 23.0# 1-1/2 " (1*5 x 1.689)2 55.0# 2 2-1/2 - - (2 x 1.689)2 * 91.6# " (2*5 X 1.689)2 = 143.4# 3 3-1/2 - ' (3 x 1.689)2 204.0# ' (3*s x 1.689)2 = 281.6# 4* - (4 x 1.689)2 = 366# 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 " (4*5 X 1.689)2 = 444# " (5 x 1.689)2 = 572# " (5*5 x 1.689)2 =* 692# I r ^J ?age #2 6 knot current 6-1/2 7 8.06 " " (6 x 1.689)^ 828# (6*5 x 1.689)2 960# (7 x 1.689)2 - 1120# I feel that the umbilical's weight will reduce the normally equal division of load on the diver from 1/2 to 1/3 of the total. For a 1/2 knot current the diver will have to resist a total force of 7.77# acting on himself plus .33 x 5.72 - 1.89# from his hose 4.74#. Thus the diver must resist an additional minimum force approximately 25% greater than his own. (1.25 times that shown on Page 1) The ratio of the drag force as given above is an assumption. In creasing the total force to 1.37 times that of the diver (on Page 1) may be warranted. The projected area of the diver on Page 1 was based on a man 6'-1*5" weighing 170#. If the surface craft could be anchored up stream of the diver, the umbilical would trail down stream to the bottom. All of the forces on the uabilical would be resisted by the surface craft. And possibly some forces on the diver could be similarly removed. I 20 CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS (4) Basted materials shall be stacked by stcpplnc back the layers and crosskrvmg the bags at leaut every 10 bags high. any chain link exceeds that shown in Inches beyond the last full luck. In ap Table H-2, the assembly shall be removed plications where the projecting tails may from sendee. be objectionable, the tails shall be ta (e) Wire rope. (1) Tsbles H-3 through pered and spliced Into the body of the (Si Materials shall not be stored on H-M shall be used to determine the safe rope using tt least two additional tucks scr..Toldj or runways m excess of supplies working loads of various sizes and clas (which will require a tail length of ap needed for immediate operations. sifications of Improved plow steel wire proximately six rope diameters beyond i G * Brick stacks shall not be more than rope snd wire rope slings adtn various the last full tuek>. 1 feet in height. When a loose brick stack reaches a height of 4 feet, it shall be tapered back 2 inches In every foot of height above the 4-foot level. ("> When masonry blocks are stacked higher than 6 feet, the suck shall be ^tapered back one-half block per tier types of terminals. For sizes, classifica tions. and gTades not Included in these tables, the safe working load recom mended by the manufacturer for spe cific. identifiable products shall be fol lowed. provided that a safety factor of not less than 5 is maintained. (lv) For all eye splices, the eye shall be sufficiently large to provide ah In cluded angle of not greater than 60* at the splice when the eye is placed over the load or support. <v) Knots shall not be used In lieu of splices. above the 6-foot level. (8) Lumber: (2) Protruding ends of strands in (e) Synthetic webbing (nylon, polysplices on slings and bridles shall be cov tiler, and polypropylene). (1) The em <H Used lumber shall have all nails withdrawn before stacking. Ul> Lumber shall be sucked on level and solidly supported sills. ered or blunted. ployer shall have each synthetic web (3> Wire rope shall not be secured by sling marked or coded to show: knots, except on haul scrapers. back lines on (1) Name or trademark of manufac turer. tin) Lumber shall be to stacked as to be stable and self-supporting. (iv) Lumber pile* shall sot exceed 20 feet in height provided that lumber to be handled manually shall not be sucked (4) The following limitations shall apply to the use of wire rope: (1) An eye splice made In any wire rope shall have not less than three full tucks. However, this requirement shall (li) Rated capacities for the type of hitch. Uill Type of material. (2) Rated capacity shall not be ex- .more than IS feet high. not operate to preclude the use of an (f) Shackles and hooks. (1) Table (9i Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar other form of space or connection which H-l* shah be used to determln: the safe stock, asd other cylindrical materials, can be shown to be as efficient and which working loads of various sizes of shack unless racked, shall be tucked and is not otherwise prohibited. les. except that higher safe working loads blo-.ked so as to prevent spreading or (li) Except for eye splices In the ends are permissible when recommended by tilting. of wires and for endless rope slings, each the manufacturer tor specific. Identifia wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, ble products, provided that a safety fac or in pulling loads, shall consist of one tor of not less than 5 la maintained. i 1926.251 Rigging equipment for ma terial handling. (a) Central. (1) Rigging equipment for material handling ahall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as nec essary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service. (2) Rigging equipment shall not be loaded in excess of Its recommended ufe working load, as prescribed in Tables H-l through H-20 in this subpart: [Fol lowing 11926.252(e)} for the specific equipment. (3> Rigging equipment, when not In use. shall be removed from the imme diate work area so as not to present a hazard to employees. continuous piece without knot or splice. (iil) Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, or bull wires shall not be formed by wire rope clips or knots. Uv) Wire rope shall not be used If. In any length of eight diameters. Use total number of visible broken wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows other signs of ex cessive wear, corrosion, or defect. (5) When u-bolt wire rope dips are used to form eyes. Table H-20 shall be used to determine the number and spac ing of clips. (1) When used for eye splices, the u-bolt shall be applied so that the "u" section Is in contact with me dead end f the rope. (2) The manufacturer's recommenda tions shall be followed In determining the safe working loads of the various sizes and types of specific and Identifiable hooks. All hooks for which no applicable manufacturer's recommendations are available shall be tested to twice the in tended safe working load before they are initially put Into use. The employer shall maintain a record of the dates sad re sults of such testa { 1926.252 Disposal of waste materialt. (a) Whenever materials are dropped more than 20 feet to any point lying out side the exterior walla of the building, an enclosed chute of wood or equivalent (4) Special custom design grabs, hooks, clamps, or other lifting aecesso-' Hes. for such units as modular panels, prefabricated structures and similar ma terials. shall be marked to indicate the (d> Natural rope, and synthetic fiber-- fl) General. When using natural or syn thetic fiber rope slings. Tables H-l 5, 16, IT, .and It shall apply. (21 All splices In rope slings provided material, ahall be used. For the purpose of this paragraph, an enclosed chute is a slide closed In on all sides, through which material Is moved from a high place to s lower oca safe working loads and shall be proof- by the employer shall be made is accord (b) When debris is dropped through tested prior to use to 125 percent of their ance with fiber rope manufacturers' holes in the floor without the use of rated load. recommendations. chutes, the area onto which tire material (b) Alloy tteel chains. (1) Welded al loy steel chain slings shall 2uve perma nently affixed durable IdentiflcaUon tun ing size, grade, rated capacity, and sling manufacturer. (2) Hooks, rings, oblong linis. pearshaped links, welded or mechanical cou pling links, or other atUchments. when used with alloy steel chains, shall have (1) In manila rope, eye splices shall contain at least three full tucks, and short splices shall eontain at least six full tucks (three on each side of the center line of the splice). (li) In layed synthetic fiber rope, eye splices shall contain at least four full tucks, and short splices shall contain at least eight full tucks (four on each Is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 Inches high and not lea than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each leveL Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. a rated capacity at least equal to that side of the centerline of the splice). (e) AH scrip lumber, waste material, of the chain. (ill) Strand end tails 'shall not be and rubbish shall be removed from the (3) Job or shop nooks and links, or trimmed short (flush with the surface immediate work area as the work makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, of the rope) immediately adjacent to the progresses rods. etc., or other such attachments, full tucks. This precaution applies to (d> Disposal of waste material or de shall not be used. both eye and short splices and all types bris by burning shall comply with local (41 Rated capacity (working load of fiber rope. For fiber ropes under 1-inch fire regulations. limit) for alloy steel chain slings shall diameter, the tails shall project at least (e) All solvent waste, oily rags, and conform to the values shown in Table six rope diameters beyond the last full flammable liquids shall be kept In fire H-l. tuck. For fiber ropes 1-lneh diameter and resistant covered containers until re (5) Whenever wear at any point of larger, the tails shall project at least f moved from worksite. CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS Trtl* 1-1 Utt tkfitiTT neiiac loi* tam. rot umt itiii uua u.ntf KM, b*S 1A 0^ S* Id 1 I4A 14/t t4A Lm4m. 0400 It.SM le.Mt 31.000 a.m M.T90 w.see sy.soo T.eoe M.S0 100.000 Obaila tltef 4**l lU > <d*M IfNpM 00 |IF >Wii--aid bfltfl) 41 4mm-- 0 Saar# S Oa*a I.M 11.400 it.see sjmb S.SO 44400 OMOt TT.eeo te.m tie.too im.om in .eoo UM f.M0 IS.S00 11400 40Q eo.ooo 4400 U. U.M te.os 111.M0 140.0M UM 4400 1I.M0 14JM turn mm m.m eua pjm 4T4S 004M ioa.es miT#r4 fra4bU Moq VvOaal AaJ 0) 4ao*aa a 4mm- * 4s"* NtiMHlbfiaa IT.000 T0.SS 41400 h.m Ye. 900 101,000 114400 let.ooo IY4.0M os.m SW.000 4400 tM MOM S.MO 1404 04441 UJ4S 141400 I444M 11401 17.0M M.S00 HiMO 00400 04.00 Mam i4o.es (1) fteUDf of multiset simp adjusted for eape of oeeeured oo ibe included engle btrvoeo the tadlaed lot uf the vortical. ( JUUAf of mulUlct ellnp Adjusted for eagle of loading betutea the lacliMd lf end tbe bortaaau) plane of tbs load. Other frodco of proof looted stool chela include Proof Coil. IBB Coll end Hl-Teot Chela, T^eoe pods we not recommended for overhead lifting end therefore ere not covered tf this code. Tools 8'3-Uuiui'w Aaovaut Wlu st ant Point or Link case JfCASUS star (tads) OUOSOMO SCOT (fOCft) K.............................. .................................. % t............................... *............................... %............................... *............. :.............. . ChSO sue (McJUt) 8 -----------------------1................................. . i*........................... %........................... 1%........................... . %1 ..................... i*........................... Mirtmbm Wlovebie veer (tmcM Table H*) BATtt aiienti too iwu u hmi laMAMMlVCUlUPKATlQH OMOnt M ITIII Ui|( IMt mm roiicatio os Mm) 1/4 $/n vo fi//si o/u 0 u f/i i M/l l.l/e WLVO/l 144 14/4 3 Cmm 4 B 10 4a M 4 a 10 4 a 10 a 10 ii:i 4 a If a If 4a 10 4 a ro 4aM aJY 4 alt 4iir 4 a ft 4 nil 4 n ft OT as as u L4 U u u u at i1f4 04 tu U.I M.0 tao 04.0 a asi are u 1.4 ao is at 4.4 at at at 114 1X4 M.0 tao 11.4 M.0 t X4S as i.i L4 at a? as 44 14 14 MS no tx# 1Y4 014 oxo >14 tLm--4 CtMROl ?* a mat CUw Teteil IttlM 1 or m t OT m 1 SIT SIT as as so asi 141 aw ati an us at 14 1.0 IS LI i.i I.S at so L4 I.S 1.4 XT It 11 Lt 14 as 4.1 i.r 14 14 4.4 14 4 ai as 1.1 14 as 4.Y at as 14 Y4 ao as at as as Ml 4 1X0 1X4 44 M 4 1X0 tao IT4 as Y.l T.t 1T4 no 014 Y.4 04 as MO sxo ni at M0 IL4 044 r.o oao M0 tao 1X4 tao M0 M0 1X4 1X4 1X4 S4 110 osat.ot M4 41.1 M0 414 oao tat 014 0X4 41.1 14 oao T M TtO Mn * rntmm Tt KMtr* __ 9m Mh wil Mm (1001) mm m*m b OT nSma m Catf IH> IMM A * twt4 t M N4 NiM *Tn mmrnmm mmtf mm*t m-- M / wM | rT *J^i b mmrnt. WtaMMl Ubf bie ytOII 0* Nww * !-- awe aAMAfla N# Sill Ub b ftw* I --ur MR*. 21